Catalogo Knuth

Decades of Proven Reliability and Quality - That‘s What We Stand For!

www.knuth-usa.comwww.knuth-machinetools.com

CATALOG 2012Machine Tools and Accessories From One Source

CNC Machining • Sheet Metal Work • Grinding • Sawing • Turning • Milling • Drilling • Cutting • Eroding

In a 65,000 ft2 area at our North American headquarters in Lincolnshire, Illinois, we keep machines ready for demos and quick delivery. The quality of our machines will convince you! Make an appointment for a personal demo: 847-415-3333

Take full advantage of our online portalwww.knuth-usa.comIn addition to our complete machine tool portfolio, you will fi nd:

• The latest on current sale events and new products

• A complete array of recommended accessories

• Videos and product brochures with complete information on all of our machines

• Don‘t wait - log in now to save money on your next order!

High Reliability for High Customer SatisfactionKNUTH SERVICE• Highly qualifi ed technicians ensure reliable service from one central source

• Reliable spare parts procurement - Large parts warehouse for high availability of parts

• Our Service Hotline is available daily from 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.

• Programming training with the purchase of any CNC machine - on site, or at our facilities

Innovation to give you a competitive edgeKNUTH Center of Cutting TechnologyLASER - PLASMA - HYDRO: We have the perfect process and the right machine

for your cutting tasks.

Learn more at www.knuth.de/schneidzentrum.html

GPlus 450 Our Future-Oriented Control System• Intuitive operation • High dynamics and accuracy • 450 NC blocks per second

For more information, please visit www.knuth-gplus.com

Quality starts with proper acceptance testingQUALITY BY KNUTH• A careful selection of machines and long-term relationships with OEMs guarantee

high quality standards.

• For every KNUTH Machine, our engineers perform vigorous acceptance testing at the

manufacturer sites. This sets us apart from our competitors!

• Every KNUTH Machine is manufactured according to CE standards and accompanied

by individual test certifi cates

.• Prior to delivery, every machine undergoes extensive function checks at our head

quarters to ensure a trouble-free start-up at the customer site

QUALITY INNOVATION &RELIABILITY

Ausstellung Ost: [email protected]

KNUTH-Neutec Handelsges. mbHZum Mühlenfließ 8 / Gewerbegebiet • 15366 Neuenhagen bei BerlinTel. 03342 - 24870 • Fax 248720

3

Benefi t from our 85 years of Machine Tool experience. We have plants around the world to provide factory sales, service and training. All this is brought to you at pricing that only a truly global organization can offer.Experience our unsurpassed Training and Service! We offer training courses for our CNC customers, so they can “chip away” immediately on their new machines!

We constantly strive to keep our prices as low as possible! Please visit www.knuth-usa.com regularly to stay up-to-date on any price reductions or adjustments that may become necessary. You also will fi nd our current General Terms and Conditions on this site. We reserve the right to change any information and data included in the catalog.Visit our „Specials“ website for discounts and special offers on a large selection of demo machines, used machines and former catalog items. Do not miss these excel-lent deals - visit www.knuth-machinetools.com regularly!

• WARNING •Please be aware that some suppliers in the Russian and in several other markets make false presentations of their products, misleading customers to believe they are buying Knuth products with the high quality and reliable service they expect.If you have any doubts about the authenticity of a product, please contact us. We will be glad to help you identify, if you are getting an original product.

[email protected]

North American Headquarters:KNUTH Machine Tools USA, Inc.,590 Bond Street

Lincolnshire, IL 60069

Tel. ( 8 6 6 ) 6 6 K N U T H ( 8 6 6 ) 6 6 5 - 6 8 8 4

Tel. +1-847-415-3333

Fax +1-847-415-2402

Email: [email protected]

Our 60,000 ft2 showroom and warehouse is just 20 minutesnorth of O‘Hare International Airport in Chicago.

I-294 to Lake-Cook Rd, 2 miles west to Milwaukee, 2 miles north to Aptakisic, 1 mile west to Bond - we are on the corner!

World Headquarters in Wasbek, Germany:

KNUTH Werkzeugmaschinen GmbHSchmalenbrook 14 • 24647 Wasbek / Neumünster

Tel.: +49 4321 - 609-0 • Fax: +49 4321 - 68900

www.knuth.de

Email: [email protected]

www.knuth-usa.comwww.knuth-machinetools.com

This catalog is effective until September 2012. Prices subject to change without notice.

TRADE SHOWS 2011

09 / 07-14 MOS Celje - Slovenia

09 / 19-24 EMO Hannover - Germany

10 / 03-07 MSV Brno - Czech Republic

10 / 05-08 TIB Bucharest - Rumania

10 / 19-21 Eurotool Krakow - Poland

10 / 24-28 In-House Exhibit Pardubice - Czech Republic

11 / 04-05 Cutting Center In-House Exhibit Neumünster - Germany

11 / 10-12 Eastern Branch In-House Exhibit Neuenhagen / Berlin - Germany

11 / 14 KNUTH Chicago In-House Exhibit Chicago - USA

11 / 14-17 Fabtech Chicago - USA

11 / 16-18 Instrutec Tallinn - Estonia

11 / 17-19 Southern Branch In-House Exhibit Denkendorf / Ingolstadt - Germany

11 / 22-25 Prom Forum Kiev - Ukraine

11 / 24-26 Tech Industry Riga - Lithuania

11/30-12/03 Manufacturing Jakarta - Indonesia

TRADE SHOWS 2012

01 / 09-12 Steel Fab Sharjah - United Arab Emirates

01 / 25-28 Nortec Hamburg - Germany

02 / 19-22 Machinex Jeddah - Saudi Arabia

03 / 13-16 Techni Show Jaarbeurs Utrecht - Netherlands

02/28-03/03 Metav Düsseldorf - Germany

03 / 27-29 Westec Los Angeles - USA

03 / 27-29 STOM Kielce - Poland

03 / 29-31 MECSPE Parma - Italy

April Metalloobrabotka Minsk - Belarus

05 / 02-04 Fabtech Mexico City - Mexico

05 / 14-18 Technical Fair Belgrade - Serbia

05/28-06/01 Metalloobrabotka Moskau - Russia

05/29-06/01 Mach Tool Poznan - Poland

For information on all trade shows, see www.knuth-usa.com

4

Turning - Milling - 90 - 159DrillingConventional Lathes, Milling Machinesand Drill Presses

CNC Machining 30 - 89CNC Milling/Turning, CNC Drill Presses

Bench-type Milling and Engraving Systems 21 - 23

Cutting - Eroding 6 - 29Water-jet / Laser / Plasma / Electric Discharge

3-in-1 Sheet-Metal Working Machine 2143-Jaw Chucks 2283-Point internal calipers 2424-Jaw Chucks 228Accessories for Drill Presses 233Adapter 230Adapter sleeves 231Angle V-Blocks 244Angle-Iron Bender 213Arbor Presses 213Assembly Stand 233Automatic Band-Saws 161fwdBand Saw Machines 164fwdBand Saws, Metal 160fwdBed-Type Milling Machines 122fwdBelt Sanders 188, 189Bench Drill Presses 156, 157, 159Bench-Mounted Column Drill Press 155Bench-type Milling and Engraving Systems 21, 22/23Benders 203fwd, 210fwdBoring Heads 234Box-Column Drill Presses 150Broaches 222Caliper Rule 242Centers 223C-Frame Presses 193Chip Lift-Off Device 223Circular Cutters 227Circular Saws 173Clamped Turning Tool Set 225Clamping Tool Kit 232CNC Cylindrical Grinding Machines 176/177CNC Dividers 247CNC Drill Press a. Milling Unit 32

CNC Drill Press/Milling Center 33CNC Drill Press/Milling Mach. 58CNC Drill Presses 59CNC Drill Unit 34/35CNC Electric Discharge Mach. 24/25CNC Gantry Machining Centers 36/37CNC Horizontal Lathe 67fwdCNC Inclined Bed Lathe 64/65, 66, 72fwdCNC Lathes 60fwd, 110CNC Lathes w. Cycle Control 77fwdCNC Machining Centers 36fwdCNC Milling Machines 56, 116/117CNC Mini Drill Press/Milling Machine 108CNC Mini Lathe 109CNC Press Brakes 196/197CNC Production Center 252CNC Spark Erosion Mach. 26/27, 28/29CNC Training 111Collet Chucks 231, 235Collet Holders 235Collets 231, 235Column Drill Press with Milling Function 154Column Drill Presses 152fwdCombo Grinding Machines 188, 189Compound Sliding Table 240, 241Concentricity Tester 244Control for Laser Jet Cutters 10Controls for Lathe/Milling Machines / Cyl. Grinders 30/31Coolant Systems 222Corrugated Parallel Pads 235Countersinking Bits 227Cylindrical Grinding Mach. 176fwdDial Gauge 242Diamond Files 222

Direct indexing head 246Disk Sander 188, 189Divider 245, 247Dividing Head 246Draw bolts 231Drill Bits 227Drill Chuck Mount 231, 233Drill Press/Cutter Grinder 185Drill Press/Milling Machine 58, 137, 139fwdDrill Presses 144fwdDrill Unit 32fwdDrilling/Milling Unit 32, 145Eccentric Shaft Press 194/195Edge Bevelling Machines 219Edge Tracer 233Electric Discharge Machine 24/25 26/27, 28/29End Milling Set 226End-Face Roughing Cutter 226Engraving Systems 11, 21fwdExtension Sleeves 233Flat Countersinks 227Folding Machines 140fwdForm Countersink 227Fully Automated Miter Band Saw 161Gear Drill Presses 158Granite measuring tools 244Grinding Machines 174fwdHand Reamer Set 222Hardness Tester 245Heavy-Duty CNC Lathe 88/89Heavy-Duty Lathes 88fwdHorizontal and Vertical Milling Machines 138Horizontal CNC Machining Centers 38/39, 40/41Hydraulic Presses 190, 213Independent Chucks 228

5

Saws 160 - 173Band Saws, horizontal/verticalCircular SawsConventional and NC

Grinding 174 - 189Surface / Circular / Universal / Tool /Belt SandersConventional and CNC

Sheet Metal Work 190 - 216Bending, Cutting, Pressing, PunchingConventional and CNC

Tools &Accessories 217 - 251

Indexable Insert End Mills 226Industrial Drill Presses 156Internal Calipers 242Keyway Broaches 222Knurl Holder 225Laser Labeling, Marking and Engraving System 11Laser Technology 6fwdLathe and Milling Machine 107Lathe Chucks 228Lathes 60fwd, 90fwdLead Screw and Feed Shaft Lathe 96/97Levered Clamping Straps 232Load Control 217Load Rollers 217Machine Hoist 217Magnetic Measuring Tripods 244Magnetic V-Blocks 244Manual Swing-Beam Shears 210Measuring Tool Set 243Mechanics Lathe 102fwdMetal Band Saws 160Micrometer calipers 243Milling Chucks 230, 231Milling Cutters 226Milling Machines 36fwd, 112fwdMilling Pins 227Milling Table Feed 220Mini Drill Press/Milling Machine Combo 140/141Miter Band Saw 168fwdMoving Column Vertical CNC Machining Center 42/43Multigrind Grinding Machine 174/175Multipurpose Milling Machine 132/133Notching Machine 216Pipe-Thread Cutter 216Plasma Cutting Systems 12/13

Position Indicators 250, 251Precision Feeler Gauges 242Precision gauge blocks 243Precision Lathe 94/95, 98/99Premium CNC Machining Center 54/55Press Brakes 196/197, 198/199Presses 190fwd, 213Profile Steel Cutters 208/209Quick-Action Drill Chuck 233Quick-Action Radial Drill Press 151Quick-Change Tool Holder 229Radial Drill Presses 144, 146fwdRadius Cutter Head 224Reducing Sleeves 230, 233Ring and Profile Bender 206, 207Roll Bending Machines 203, 204, 205Roller Conveyor 218Rotary Tables 248, 249Safety Guards 223Sand Blasting Booths 218Sawing 160fwdScales 250Semi-autom. Miter Band-Saw 165Shears 200fwd, 208/209Sheet Metal Work 190fwdShell-end milling arbors 230, 231Soft jaw pads 228Software for Laser Jet Cutters 10Software for Lathe/Milling Machine / Cyl. Grinders 30/31Software for Water jet cutters 20Spindle Bore Stop 224Step Blocks, Assorted 232Stop Screws 235Stud bolts 232Surface and Test Plates 244

Surface Grinders 182, 183, 184Surface Plate 244Swing Elements 220Swing-Beam Shears 200/201, 202, 210Swivel Table 241Taper Drifts 233Thread-Cutting Chuck 223Thread-Cutting Machine 227Tool Grinder 187Tool Milling Machines 114fwdTool-Holder Bits 233Tool-Post Grinder 186Tube Bender 214Tube Notching Machine 215Turning Tool Grinder 189Turning Tool Set 225Turret 224Turret Lathe 106Universal Bender 213Universal Grinder 174/175Universal Lathe 90fwd, 100Universal Milling Machines 112/113, 128fwd, 134fwdUniversal Tool Grinding Mach. 186Vertical CNC Lathes 60fwdVertical Lathes 62/63Vertical CNC Mach. Centers 42fwd, 57Vertical Milling Machine 127Vises 236fwdWater-Jet Cutting Systems 14fwdWork Lamps 221Workshop Caliper Rules 242Workshop Presses 191, 192

6

Standard Equipment: Complete system with PC control, –CO2 laser, optics for beam path, high-pressure cutter head, capacitive height scan-ner, toggle for cutting gas/cutting pressure, support grid for metal cutting, automatically moving guard plate, coolant return cooler, operator manual, programming instructions

• Excellent cut quality ensured by high-quality beam and rigid machine structure

• Compact machine layout for easy feed of material and removal of cut parts

• User-friendly, application-oriented operating software with integrated technology database (Cutting Chief inside)

• Lowest operating cost and longest maintenance intervals (Remote system diagnostics via Advanced Remote Control)

• Minimum emissions due to exhaust vacuum above workpiece board

• Laser Cutting Systems with extremely small foot-prints

• Low machine weight and minimal setup site requirements

• Minimal installation requirements

For the latest specials, visit www.knuth-machinetools.com

Hand-wheel posi-tioning system(Optional)

Vacuum and filter system (Optional)

Specifi cations Laser-Jet 1512 2512

Travel- X axis in 59.1 98.4

- Y axis in 49.2 49.2

- Z axis in 2.8 2.8

Workpiece support height in 39.4 39.4

Throat width in 72.8 112.2

Throat height in 2.4 2.4

Max. part weight lb/ft2 6.7 6.7

Rapid feed ft/min 196.9 196.9

Positioning accuracy in ± 0.0002 ± 0.0002

Repeatability in ± 0.0002 ± 0.0002

Machine width in 109 148

Machine depth in 119 119

Weight (SM 1500) lb 4,409 4,630

System with SM 600 Part No. 140 815 140 811

Price $


Price $


Price $

CO2 – Laser type SM 600 SM 1000 SM1500

Wavelength μm 10.6 10.6 10.6Beam quality K > 0.8 0.8 0.8Beam power W 600 1000 1500Pulse peak power kW 2 3.5 5Pulse frequency Hz 1000 1000 1000Laser gas Premix LASAL 81Connected load kW Max. 7 Max. 10 Max. 13

Options Part No. Price §• Vacuum and filter system 140 840• Upgrade for non-metal work 250 746 upon request• Feed table for non-metal work 250 747 upon request• Coolant return cooler upgrade 250 748• Purge air regeneration 250 749• Replacement lens socket 250 750• Optics adjustment & cleaning set 250 751• Hand-wheel positioning system 250 601• CAD-CAM software (grid nesting) 250 752• CAD-CAM software extension 250 753• Calculation software 250 754

7

Laser-Jet 1512 • 2512B

Made in Germany

Laser Cutting Systems

• Fine contour cuts with pulsed laser-jet

• Separate thick plates with full CW laser power, and cut thin plates

with power plus high cutting speed

• Controlled focus retracing via capacitive height scanning ensures

highest cut quality

• Automatic cutting process guidance during plunge-cuts, cut

corners plus small and large radii

(Engineered cutting solutions)

• Integrated toggle between 2 cutting gases, each with

2 pressure levels

• Flexible cutting of various metals

• Labeling of cut parts with the same cutter head

• Cutting of non-metallic materials is possible after

retrofitting (optional)

Flexible, functional, and space-saving machine with low investment cost and low operating cost

starting at

For more information and options, visit www.knuth-usa.com

Cu

ttin

g •

Ero

din

g

Cut graphic elements Cut parts of alu., stainless steel and structural steel Cut parts of acrylic material up to 30 mm thick

8

K.LASER Control

Standard Equipment: Laser source, control system, coolant system, safety glasses, operating tools, operator manual


Options Part No. Price $• Tube cutter, up to 4.3 in 250 805

• Easy import of common file formats, like *.DXF, CorelDraw,

Mastercam and G-Code programs

• Automatic optimization of travel paths

• Windows-based IPC CNC control

• Networkable control for easy file transfers

• Radius optimization

• Process time and parts counter

Tube cutter (Optional)

K.LASER 1530 / 600 is shown with control and coolant system

Specifi cations K.LASER 1530 / 600Travel - X axis in 118- Y axis in 59 - Z axis in 4.7Cutting speeds in/min 0 - 236Machining table height in 38Rapid feed in/min 591AccuracyPositioning accuracy in ± 0.0008 Repeatability in ± 0.0008

Laser type Nd: YAGLaser exciter xenon lampMean laser power (max.) W 600Pulse frequency Hz 1 - 450Cutting gas air / O

2 / N

2

Power consumption (laser) kW < 20 Dimensions/WeightDimensions in 165 x 197Weight in 9,259Part No. 140 850Price $

9

K.LASER 1530/600B

For more information, visit www.knuth-usa.com

Cu

ttin

g •

Ero

din

g

Laser Cutting System

Low-Cost Entry-Level Laser Cutting System

• Compact machine design

• Minimum capital investment - Maximum competitiveness

• Cutting and welding function

• Servo drives on all axes

• Roller system for easy material feed

• Workpiece clamping on the work table for optimum

material fixation

Samples made of steel

10

GPlus Cut 4000 B• Innovative hardware with a modular design (Including self-diagnostics

for every individual module)• Rapid data refresh rate (0.25 ms clock time = 4000 Hz for position control)• Large data storage for extensive cutting jobs • PLC and NC kernel are protected against Windows crashes • 3 USB ports for data transfers and internet connection (Allows remote control

of machine by the customer and remote diagnostics by the manufacturer for application consultation and system analysis - Advanced Remote Control

Powerful PC Control for the Laser-Jet

• User-friendly, easy-to-learn HMI (Separate windows for manual operation, data entry, cut simulation, automatic operation)

• Automatic parameter settings via technology database (Parameters can be adjusted during cutting operation to optimize the cut; cutting geometries can be directly imported from DXF, DIN/ISO files)

• Pre-selected routines to guide the cutting process along a contour (Engineered cutting solutions)

• Easy resuming of cutting process after an interruption

The optional CAD-CAM Software Packages include: – • Easy cutting program creation without any CNC knowledge, geometry imports

from DXF, DWG, DIN/ISO files• Analyzer for testing and editing of geometry files• 50 macros with configured standard geometries• Technology assignment for engraving label text and cutting contours• Automatic design of starting cuts, insertion of lands, bridges and chain cutting

programming, starting cuts from the edge• Grid Nesting• Extension for parquet, contour and manual nesting, for the creation of common

cut lines and separation cuts to remove plate material excess, excess material management

• Extension for calculation of cutting time and parts cost

Technological Equipment• IPC: Intel Pentium M 1.8 GHz,

1024 MB RAM, 160 GB hard drive,6 x USB 2.0

• Windows XP Professional 32-bit3 x Ethernet 10/100Fieldbus EtherCAT

• I/O: Bus terminals according to BeckhoffNew Automation Technology

• CNC: TwinCAT NC I + NC PTP + TwinCAT PLC as Multi-PLC

• CADCAM (optional): cncCUT inPC Version 2D (IBE Software) +GPlus/Laser – Post-Processor

I/O – bus terminals (Fieldbus EtherCAT)

cutting parameters directly from technology database

simulation of the cut on user HMI

Cut parts with starting tapers nested in grids (CAD-CAM option)

contour nesting on grid remainder (excess) and separation of excess plate material (optional)

For more information, visit www.knuth-usa.com/gplus,8.html

B

L-Scan

11

Laser Labeling, Marking and Engraving System

Standard Equipment: diode-pumped, solid-state laser with 50 W mean beam power; scanner with 2 rotary mirrors and galvo drives; beam expansion; laser pointer; field lens for 4 x 4” machining; industrial PC and LCD monitor; input and control software; heat exchanger for laser cooling; programming and operating instructions

Compact laser for labeling, marking and engraving with a wide range of applications

• Standard workable area 4 x 4”,available with optional field lens for 3 x 3” or 7 x 7”

• Scan speeds up to 276 ”/sec• Wide spectrum of applications and materials• Flexible and versatile for use in batch

and single-part machining• User-friendly PC-based software• Laser cooling with controlled heat exchanger

is especially well suited for entgraving metallic materials

Specifi cations L-Scan DQF 50 DQF 100Machining surface 4 x 4 4 x 4Setup area 12 x 12” 12 x 12”X / Y axis travel 6” / 6” 6” / 6” Engraving depth ≤ 0.008” ≤ 0.02”Max. scan speed ”/sec 276 276Min. beam width 0.0004” 0.0006”Beam wave-length 4” 4”Mean laser power (max. W 50 100Max. pulse frequency kHz 50 50

Line voltage / line frequency Hz 50 50Power consumption (without cooling

Hp 2 - 4 2 - 5

Dimensions 24 x 39 x 59”

24 x 39 x 59”

Weight (without heat exchanger)

lbs 440 440

Part No. 170 317 170 315Price $

starting at

Options Part No. Price $• 5X Beam Expander for small engraving widths 250 196 • Field lens for 3 x 3” workable field 250 197

Part No. Price $• Field lens for 7 x 7” workable field 250 198 • Turning fixture for cylindrical parts 250 199


Cu

ttin

g •

Ero

din

g

12 For more information and options, visit www.knuth-usa.com

Specifi cations for Plasma-Jet DSH 1530 2040 2060 2080 20120CNC Control Hypertherm Hypertherm Hypertherm Hypertherm HyperthermCutter SystemWorking area in 59 x 118 79 x 158 79 x 236 79 x 315 79 x 472Rapid feed in/min 1,181 1,181 1,181 1,181 1,181Table load capacity (max.) lb/ft2 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000AccuracyPositioning accuracy in ± 0.0008 ± 0.0008 ± 0.0008 ± 0.0008 ± 0.0008Repeatability in ± 0.0008 ± 0.0008 ± 0.0008 ± 0.0008 ± 0.0008Dimensions/WeightOverall dimensions (LxWxH) in 104 x 165 x 79 124 x 205 x 79 124 x 283 x 79 124 x 362 x 79 124 x 532 x 79Weight lb 7,937 10,362 13,118 15,873 21,385HySpeed HSD 130 Part No. 140 500 140 501 140 502 140 503 140 504Price $HPR 130 XD Part No. 140 520 140 521 140 522 140 523 140 524Price $HPR 260 XD Part No. 140 540 140 541 140 542 140 543 140 544Price $HPR 400 XD Part No. 140 560 140 561 140 562 140 563 140 564Price $

Standard Equipment: Hypertherm CNC control, Hypertherm plasma source, Hypertherm arc height control, Hypertherm cutter head, segmented vacuum exhaust table

Options Part No. Price $• Filter exhaust system, 4000 m3/h 250 629 • Filter exhaust system, 8000 m3/h 250 628 • Automatic Hypertherm gas console 250 626

• Oxy-fuel Flame Head 250 625 • Auto Nesting Sofware 250 624

Other options upon request: Multi-head operation, drilling/boring equipment, custom sizes, plasma sources

Specifi cations for Plasma Source HSD 130 HPR 130 XD HPR 260 XD HPR 400

Max. cutting capacity (Edge start) St 37

in 1.5 1.5 2.5 3

Production capacity (Plunge-cut) St 37

in 0.98 1.3 1.5 2

Cut angle Class 4 Acc. to ISO 9013

Class 2 - 4 Acc. to ISO 9013



Plasma source power kW 19.5 22 36 49

Cutting current A 45-130 30-130 30-260 30-400

Gas supply - Plasma gas Air/Air, N2/Air,

N2/CO

2, H35/N

2

H35/N2, N

2/N

2, H35-N

2/N

2,

F5/N2, Air/Air, O

2/Air, O

2/O

2

H35/N2, N

2/N

2, H35-N

2/N

2,

F5/N2, Air/Air, O

2/Air, O

2/O

2

02/Air, 0

2/0

2, Argon/Air, H35/

N2, N

2/N

2, H35-N

2/N

2, F5/N

2

Overall dimensions (L x W x H) in 44 x 22 x 42 43 x 22 x 38 45 x 32 x 47 47 x 35 x 50

Weight lb 631 701 1,250 1,876

Oxy-fuel cutter head (Optional) Plasma cut in 0.4 in steel

13

Plasma-Jet DSHB


Cu

ttin

g •

Ero

din

g

World-Class Plasma Cutter Systems based on the know-how and technology of the market leader Hypertherm

Plasma Cutting Systems

• Complete Hypertherm equipment: Plasma source, CNC control, software and vertical control are included to allow immediate use of all the possibilities modern plasma technology offers

• The Plasma Cutter Guide Machine features a rigid construction and is available in virtually any size

• High-quality linear guides on all axes ensure high precision and rapid axis travel

• Dual-drive bridge• Dynamic AC servo drives on all axes• Low-wear and low-maintenance gears are designed for

continuous operation• A free-standing, extremly rigid vacuum exhaust table is

segmented to allow pneumatic flap control and to provide

optimum suction performance across the entire work area.• Quick-coupling for cutter head changes in seconds• Automatic vertical adjustment for Hypertherm unit• Automatic collision guard• Windows-based Control System• Large selection of plasma sources• Available with optional oxy-fuel flame head• Additional options available upon request

starting at

Specifi cations for Plasma-Jet DSH 3060 3080 30120 30150 30180CNC Control Hypertherm Hypertherm Hypertherm Hypertherm HyperthermCutter SystemWorking area in 118 x 236 118 x 315 118 x 472 118 x 591 118 x 709Rapid feed in/min 1,181 1,181 1,181 1,181 1,181Table load capacity (max.) lb/ft2 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000AccuracyPositioning accuracy in ± 0.0008 ± 0.0008 ± 0.0008 ± 0.0008 ± 0.0008Repeatability in ± 0.0008 ± 0.0008 ± 0.0008 ± 0.0008 ± 0.0008Dimensions/WeightOverall dimensions (LxWxH) in 163 x 284 x 79 163 x 362 x 79 163 x 532 x 79 163 x 650 x 79 163 x 768 x 79Weight lb 16,314 20,062 27,558 33,290 39,022HSD 130 Part No. 140 505 140 506 140 507 140 508 140 509Price $HPR 130 XD Part No. 140 525 140 526 140 527 140 528 140 529Price $HPR 260 XD Part No. 140 545 140 546 140 547 140 548 140 549Price $HPR 400 XD Part No. 140 565 140 566 140 567 140 568 140 569Price $

Shown with optional accessories

14

• Hydraulic drive with axial-piston pump• Infinitely variable pressure control via CNC• Pressure booster, complete with high-pressure

tubing• Relief valve integrated in the high-pressure circuit

NEOLine 40i Intensifier Pumpthe Standard Pump for Hydrojet Cutters

• Maximum power and reliability for pure-water and abrasive cutting operations

• Superior operation safety and ease of maintenance

Specifi cations High-Pressure NEOLine 40i Intensifi er PumpNominal power rate Hp 40Max. continuous pressure psi 55,000Max. water fl ow rate (@ full pressure) gpm 0.72Max. single orifi ce dia. (@ full pressure) in 0.012Hydraulic reservoir capacity gal 32Cooling water fl ow @ 75°(24° C) Water Temp gpm <3 Attenuator volume gal 0.26Overall dimensions (L x W x H) in 58 x 49 x 41.6Weight lb 2,000

Standard Equipment: CNC control with GPlus 450 Cut and TFT monitor, electronic hand-wheel, control panel, GPlus 450 Cut cutting software, grid nesting, high-pressure NEOLine 40i intensifier pump, abrasive cutter head, abrasives container (1000 kg), abrasives conveyor, automatic Z axis with collision guard, operating and programming instructions

Options Part No. Price $

• Starter kit 166 213

• Laser pointer 180 828

• Abrasive mud vacuum system 180 739

• Calculation module 588 534

• Software option for contour nesting 180 820

• Light curtains on 2 sides 180 333



• Check valve 576 068


HydroJet 3060 D is shown

15

Hydro-Jet D B

This Water Jet Cutting System allows cost-effective machining and delivers maximum cutting quality even for very large parts

Gantry-Type Water Jet Cutting System

Rigid base frame plus NEOLine 40i Intensifi er Pump. The standard equipment includes a complete, integrated abrasives system.

• Abrasive cutting of steel, aluminum, marble, compound materials and much more

• Dual-drive bridge• Dual linear guideways in X and Z• Stainless steel tank and support grid• High-quality pre-loaded ball screws (Recirculating spindle nut)

with automatic lubrication for lasting high cutting precision• CNC controlled water pressure• CNC controlled abrasives feed• GPlus 450 Cut including grid nesting• Dual head operation upon request

The water jet is a universal tool with many benefi ts:• No thermal stress and only minimal mechanical stress• No hardening or tension on the part• No dust, smoke or toxic fumes• Small kerf width and very clean cut edges• Virtually burr-free cuts = No rework necessary• Direct plunge-cut at any position

Specifi cations Hydro Jet 3020 D 3040 D 3060 D 3080 DCutter SystemCutting capacity in 118 x 79 118 x 157.5 118 x 236 118 x 315 Z axis travel in 9.8 9.8 9.8 9.8 Max. table load capacity lb/ft2 3,307 3,307 3,307 3,307Fill capacity of sand container (max) lb 2,205 2,205 2,205 2,205Sand feed lb/min. 0 - 1.1 0 - 1.1 0 - 1.1 0 - 1.1FeedMaximum rapid feed in/min 984 984 1,181 1,181Work feed in/min 0 - 315 0 - 315 0 - 315 0 - 315AccuracyPositioning accuracy in ± 0.004 ± 0.004 ± 0.004 ± 0.004Repeatability in ± 0.002 ± 0.002 ± 0.002 ± 0.002 Dimensions/WeightOverall dimensions (L x W x H) in 280 x 181 x 89 213 x 181 x 89 354 x 244 x 95 433 x 244 x 95Weight (Without water) lb 4,409 5,512 9,921 15,873Weight with water lb 14,551 19,842 31,967 44,093Part No. 166 220 166 221 166 222 166 223Price $

Cu

ttin

g •

Ero

din

g

For more information, please visit www.knuth-usa.com

starting at

Actual machine may vary slightly

16

B

Hydro-Jet 2010Versatile Water Jet Cutting System for Complex Cutting Tasks

Water Jet Cutting System

• Bilaterally driven and guided gantry • DC servo motors with zero-backlash gears and precise linear

guides on all three axes• Water tank and guide machine are set up as stand-alone units• Fine tuned drive system with helical gears on X and Y axis

ensures high precision and reliability• Guideways and drive elements are reliably protected from

spray water and contamination• Extra rigid stainless steel tank with high load bearing capacity• Additional catch grid catches small parts

• Electronic height-control maintains a constant distance between the water-jet nozzle and the part

• CNC controlled water pressure• CNC-controlled abrasive material supply (the abrasive sand is

precisely metered and fed without pressure)• Very easy programming of PC control via graphic user

interface

Standard Equipment: CNC control GPlus 450 Cut with TFT monitor, electronic hand-wheel, control panel, GPlus 450 Cut cutting software, grid nesting, high-pressure intensifier pump NEOLine 40i, abrasive cutter head, abrasives container (2,204.6 lb), abrasives conveyor, automatic Z axis with collision guard, settling tank, operating and programming instructions

Options Part No. Price $Starter kit 166 213Pump enclosure for BHDT 40.37 180 769

Laser pointer 180 828Abrasive mud vacuum system 180 739 From Light curtains on 2 sides 180 333

Specifi cations Hydro-Jet 2010Cutting capacity in 78.7 x 39.4Z axis travel in 9.8Table load capacity lb/ft2 1,322.8Abrasive / pure-water YesCutting tank is isolated from the guide machine YesDrive type Gear rack Feed Max. feed in/min 630Accuracy Positioning accuracy in (across 19.7) ± 0.002Repeatability in (across 19.7) ± 0.002Dimensions/Weight Dimensions in 132 x 89 x 158Weight (total) lb 6,945Part No. 180 711Price $


KMT NEOLine 40i Intensifier Pump• 40 Hp three-phase pump motor • 0.72 gal/min fl ow rate (max.) • Max. 55,000 psi continuous operating pressure

17

Hydro-Jet Eco 0515 S • 0515 SLD

Water Jet Cutting System

Specifi cations Hydro-Jet Eco 0515 S Eco 0515 SLCutter System Cutting capacity in 59 x 19.7Z axis travel in 3Operating pressure psi 55,000 55,000Abrasive / pure-water Yes YesAbrasives Containers lb 165.3 2,204.6Drive type for X / Y axis Preloaded ball screwsDrive type for Z axis Man. adjustment / hand wheel

Max. feed in/min 157Accuracy Positioning accuracy X / Y axis in ± 0.002 / 12Repeatability X / Y axis in ± 0.002 / 12Dimensions/Weight Overall dimensions (L x W x H) in 102 x 161 x 118Weight (total) lb 8,378 8,025Part No. 166 205 166 207Price $

Options Part No. Price $• Contour nesting 180 820 • Pump enclosure for Eco 0515 SL 180 769 • Oil/air cooler for Eco 0515 SL 250 213

• Abrasives reservoir, 1 ton capacity, for Eco 0515 S 250 598

• Starter set 166 210 • Light curtains on 2 sides 180 333

Standard Equipment: GPlus 450 Cut CNC control with TFT monitor, grid nesting, electronic hand-wheel, control panel, high-pressure pump, abrasive cutter head, abrasives container, sand metering, 3-chamber settling tank, sound proof enclosure (Eco 0515 S), operating and programming instructions

Cu

ttin

g •

Ero

din

g

NEW with KMT NEOLine 40i Intensifier Pump!

Abr

asiv

es C

onta

iner

s fo

r E

co 0

515

SL

High power -

Low consumption - Minimal maintenance cost!

Hydro-Jet Eco 0515 S:• 55,000 psi work pressure• 0.72 gal/min flow rate• 40 Hp motor rating

Hydro-Jet Eco 0515 SL:• 55,000 psi work pressure• 0.72 gal/min flow rate• 40 Hp motor rating

Enter the Fascinating World of Water Jet Cutting Technology!Abrasive cutting of steel, aluminum, marble, compound materials and much more

starting at


• High-precision cuts in virtually any material• Quick programming on an integrated PC control with graphical

user interface; software package included• Perfectly tuned drive system• High-pressure pump, 40 Hp

• Compact machine for easy transportation and setup; includes guide machine, water basin, settling basin, and control cabinet are mounted on a granite machine frame

18

HydroJet Eco 2040 is shown

• Hydraulic drive with axial-piston pump• Pressure booster, complete with high-pressure

tubing• Pulsation damper with pressure accumulator• Relief valve integrated in the high-pressure circuit

High Pressure pump NEOLine 40i Intensifier PumpStandard pumps for Hydro-Jet Eco

• Maximum power and reliability for pure-water and abrasive cutting operations

• Superior operation safety and ease of maintenance

Specifi cations for High-Pressure NEOLine 40i Intensifi er PumpNominal power rate Hp 40Max. continuous pressure psi 55,000Max. water fl ow rate (@ full pressure) gpm 0.72Max. single orifi ce dia. (@ full pressure) in 0.012Hydraulic reservoir capacity gal 32Cooling water fl ow @ 75°(24° C) Water Temp gpm <3 Attenuator volume gal 0.26Overall dimensions (L x W x H) in 58 x 49 x 42Weight lb 2,000

Standard Equipment: CNC control with GPlus 450-Cut, TFT monitor, electronic hand-wheel, control panel, GPlus 450 Cut cutting software grid nesting, high pressure NEOLine 40i intensifier pump, abrasive cutter head, abrasives container (1000 kg), abrasives conveyor system, operating manual and programming instructions


NEOLine 40i intensifier Pump is shown

Options • Laser pointer 180 828

• Collision guard for Z axis 250 135

• Software option for contour nesting 180 820

• Starter kit 166 213




19

B

Hydro-Jet Eco Water-Jet Cutting Systems

Rigid Water-Jet Cutting System with Small Footprint and Maximum Operator Comfort

• High-pressure system up to 55,000 psi• Completely equipped for Abrasive & Pure-Water Cutting• Axes are driven via preloaded ball screws• Flying Bridge design

• Work area is open on three sides for comfortable loading• Mechanical feed on Z axis • Separately set up abrasives container with 2,205 lb

fill capacity

Specifi cations Hydro-Jet Eco 1313 Eco 1525 Eco 1530 Eco 2040Cutting capacity in 51 x 51 98 x 59 118 x 59 157 x 79Z axis travel in 6 6 6 6Operating pressure psi 55,000 55,000 55,000 55,000Flow rate gal/min 0.8 0.8 1 1Max. table load capacity lbs/ft2 164 164 164 164Rapid feed in/min 787 315 315 315Positioning accuracy in ± 0.004 ± 0.004 ± 0.004 ± 0.004Repeatability in ± 0.002 ± 0.002 ± 0.002 ± 0.002Overall dimensions (L x W x H) in 114 x 110 x 83 146 x 146 x 79 146 x 165 x 79 165 x 205 x 79Weight (Without water) lb 4,409 6,614 7,716 9,921Weight with water lb 8,819 11,023 15,432 23,149

Max. sand feed lb/min 0 - 1.1 0 - 1.1 0 - 1.1 0 - 1.1Part No. 166 219 166 200 166 217 166 216Price $

HydroJet Eco 1525 is shown

starting at

Cu

ttin

g •

Ero

din

g


20

GPlus 450Cut

• Industrial PC-based CNC• Block processing time:

450 NC blocks per sec• 40 GB hard drive storage

• 2.0 GHz Intel Celeron processor• 10/100 MBit Ethernet interface (to

load NC programs from a network)• USB port for data transfers

Plate and Parameter Database

Technology and Machine Setup

Grid Nesting (rectangular nesting)

Parquet Nesting with Part Rotation (optional)

Contour Nesting (optional)

Quick - powerful - user-oriented

Our Future-Oriented Control System for Cutting Systems

• Easy, user-oriented operation allows quick creation of programs• Geometry imports from DXF and DIN/ISO program files• Faulty geometries can be repaired and edited with the integrated DXF Analyzer• 50 standard macros simplify the creation of a wide variety of geometries• Instant display of all starting cut changes in the drawing with simulation option• Optimum material utilization via grid nesting function with critical features like

turning, mirroring, and manual sorting• Material database with plate management function - for the management of

all customer-specific data on machined materials, including cutting technology data, and dimensions

• Optimum contour approach made possible by a multitude of definable starting cut conditions differentiating between circular and non-circular inside and outside contours

• Zoom feature - enlarges the part view and all starting cuts• User-friendly HMI allows modification of any cutting parameters during cutting,

plus easy operation including all required service messages (GPlus 450 Cut)

• Cutting and marking of parts in one program

• easy to learn without prior DIN-ISO programming knowledge - from newcomers to professional users

• short learning curve for experienced users - immediate productivity• quick programming directly at the machine, or easy transfer of

programs to minimize down-times• GPlus Support for any programming questions and quick assistance

for problems


TFGM 35 • 45 • 100 • 1100B

21

Universal use for a variety of milling and engraving applications on different materials like aluminum, brass, copper, PVC, wood, acrylics, hard fiber boards, etc.

Bench-type Milling and Engraving Systems

Specifications TFGM 35 TFGM 45 TFGM 100 TFGM 1100Working area 15”x19”x3.35” 9”x22”x3.35” 39”x25.5”x3.35” 41”x41”x3.54”Table size 19.5”x27.5” 35.5”x23.5” 59”x31.5” 47”x45”Max. operating speed X,Y ”/s 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4Travel speed ”/min 165 165 165 165Standard motor speed 11,000-25,000 11,000-25,000 11,000-25,000 11,000-25,000Voltage 220 220 220 220 Motor rating Hp 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4Weight lbs 66 92 194 370Part No. 170 800 170 900 170 902 170 904Price $

Standard Equipment: standard milling motor spindle,collets 3 mm and 8 mm, univer-sal cutter 1 mm, 2 mm, 3 mm, 4 holding clamps, Opticut CNC 4.4 CAM System - completely wired for connection to cus-tomer-provided PC(System Requirements: Win-dows 98/XP / Vista, USB port)

• Integrated CAM system for automatic control through a PC/Laptop

• Rigid aluminum construction with stepper motor axis drives plus various equipment options allow universal machining of different materials

• State-of-the-art controller electronics and user-friendly software for quick and reliable processing of customized machining parameters

starting at

TFGM 100 shown

Application Examples:• Production of advertising material (milling,

engraving, cutting)• Embossing (coins, medals, coining punch)• Engraving (door signs, goblets)• Industrial engraving (serial number plates,

warning signs)• Electronics (front plates, control panel labeling, PCBs)• Model construction (architecture, hobby)• Precision mechanics• Furniture industry

The Opticut Control Software allows selec-tion of 4 stepper motor axes via the USB port directly from a laptop. An advanced graphic user interface provides quick access to many tasks, like milling, drilling, foil cutting, engra-ving, scanning, plotting and ditigalizing. The machine area is represented by the CAD-like user interface of the Opticut Software. From this area, all elements can be displayed, like drawing data, workpiece, zero point, park po-sition, or measuring position. Minimum hard-ware and software requirements for Opticut are listed below:

• Operating system: Windows 98/ME/2000/XP

• Microsoft. Net Framework V1.1 and • Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.01• Microsoft Managed DirectX 9 or higher • for joystick• Pentium 400MHz processor or higher • (or equivalent equipment)• CD-ROM drive• RAM: 64 MB• Hard drive: 40 MB free disk space• Controller SMC4D

• Opticut CNC 4.4 Features:• Automatic homing• Zeroing• Park position• Spindle with automatic start/stop• Control for automatic cooling spray (optional)• Control for height scanning (optional)• Incremental machining for deep immersion depths• Autom. tool radius compensation, inward and

outward• Selective machining sequence• Tool management• Cutting time determination• Import of HPGL.PLT, DIN 66025, .DXF,

.EPS and .Al files

Cu

ttin

g •

Ero

din

g


22

CAM - System Opticut CNC 5.0

ALVINIL-1000 oscillating electric knife with a speed of 3,500 cuts/minute and a stroke of 0.137”Part No. 170 930 Price $

ALVINIL-2000 oscillating electric knife with a speed of 4,500 cuts/minute and a stroke of 0.236”Part No. 170 912 Price $

ALVINIL-3000 oscillating pneumatic knife with a speed of 9,000 cuts/minute and a stroke of 0.054”Part No. 170 931 Price $

• Extensive selection of accessories for a wide application spectrum• Either T-slot setup table or vacuum table included at no extra cost

Perfect cuts and bores within minimum time in all non-ferrous heavy metals, plastic, wood, and with the appropriate equipment even in structural steel

TFGM 2516 with vacuum table shown Option: spindle motor with tool changer

Additional options: headstock drives in various designs - upon request with automatic tool-changer, air cooling or recution cooling system, pneumatic clamping or manual clamping, and speeds from 50 to 100000 rpm. Delta / 3-D bundeled end-to-end software solution for CNC routers, engravers, and sign making

Special option: oscillating, tangentially controlled cutter head is available in 3 designs for cutting foam, cardboard, corrugated paperboard, rubber, leather, carpeting, etc. with impressive speed and perfection:

The Opticut Control Software allows selection of 4 stepper motor axes via the USB port directly from a laptop.

An advanced graphic user interface provides quick access to many tasks, like milling, drilling, foil cutting, engraving, scan-ning, plotting and ditigalizing. The machine area is represen-ted by the CAD-like user interface of the Opticut Software. From this area, all elements can be displayed, like drawing data, workpiece, zero point, park position, or measuring position.


23

TFGMB

The perfect solution for machining large boards! With cutting speeds up to 360 ”/min, and table sizes from 40” to 157”

Specifications TFGM 1100 Pro TFGM 2111 TFGM 2516 TFGM 31205 TFGM 41205Working Area 42”x42”x6.3” 80”x42”x6.3” 100”x42”x6.3” 120”x80”x6.3” 160”x 80”x6.3”Table size 40”x40” 79”x40” 100”x60” 118”x78” 157”x79”Max. operating speed ”/min 360 360 360 360 360 Rapid feed ”/min 472 472 472 472 472Std. motor speed rpm 11,000-25,000 11,000-25,000 11,000-25,000 11,000-25,000 11,000-25,000Motor rating hp 1 1 1 1 1Vacuum tablepower consumption hp 4 6 8 9 9Voltage V 230 230 230 230 230Weight lbs 430 560 900 1300 1620Part No. with vacuum table 170 907 170 922 170 924 170 926 170 928Part No. with T-slot setup table 170 908 170 923 170 925 170 927 170 929Price $

• Y axis with double linear guides• X axis with drives on both sides (except TFGM ECO)• extra-wide linear guides combined with an efficient

gear drive allow rapid feed speeds up to 472”/min (except TFGM ECO)

• Z axis includes a motor brake• 3 vacuum pumps for optimum workpiece fixation• Driven by our OPTICUT CNC controller

Standard Equipment: standard cutter motor spindle, vacuum-ready (without pump), four holding clamps,Opticut CNC 5.0 CAM System completely wired for connection to customer-provided PC (system requirements: Windows 98 / XP / 7 / Vista, USB port)

Bench-type Milling and Engraving Systems

starting at


Cu

ttin

g •

Ero

din

g

TFGM 1100 Pro shownwith vacuum table

Either T-slot setup table or vacuum table included at no extra cost

TFGM ECO 1575 showntable size 59 x 29”available only with vacuum table (for Specifications, see www.knuth.de)

TFGM ECO 1575 with automatic tool length measurement

24

Smart DEM SpecificationsMachineMax. workpiece size ” 13.8” x 17.7” x 7.9”Max. workpiece weight lbs 660 X/Y table travel 9.8” x 13.8”U/V axis travel 1.2” x 1.2”Wire diameter 0.010”Max. wire tension N 1600Max. cutting angle +/- 5°/ 4”Max. wire spool lbs 13Machine weight lbs 4400 Wire guide diamond wire guideMax. cutting capacity in2/min 0.1 in2/minBest surface roughness 0.000047” RaPositioning accuracy 0.0008”Connected load kW 3

Dielectric SystemDielectric fluid deionized waterReservoir capacity gal 26Filter paper filter 0.0004”CNC controlDisplay LCD displaySoftware ELAPT 3.2Controlled axes X, Y, U, VSmallest input increment 0.00004”Interpolation linear, circularContour rotation +/- 90°Position indicator all axesInterface RS-232Media drive 3.5” floppy drive Part No. 180 455Price $

Stamps Cones OctagonMaterial tool steel Material tool steel Material tool steel Height 0.75” Height 3.125” Height 1.18”Machining time 90 min. Angle ± 5° Machining time 45 min.Number of cuts 2 (1 rough, 1 fine) Machining time 170 min. Number of cuts 2 (1 rough, 1 fine)Surface grade 0.000047” Ra Number of cuts 1 rough Surface grade 0.000047” Ra

• Consistent wire diameter ensures excellent erosion surface cutting-wire runs through in one pass, no reversing needed!

• Independent programming of X/Y and U/V axes

• 14” LCD display• Automatic positioning• Functions include: copy, flip, mirror, scale,

rotate• Processing of DXF files• Test run feature• Diagnostics, and much more• Can be programmed during program

execution

data transfer via USB port very precise, low-wear wire guide


25

SMART DEMB

Powerful wire spark erosion machine for production of high-precision dies and electrodes

CNC Electric Discharge Machine

• Best surface grade• High erosion capacity• E-Pulse technology• PC control• Easy, quick programming• CAD/CAM software included

Standard Equipment: CAD/CAM software, erosion wire 0.010”, dia-mond guides, paper filter, operating tools, RS-232 interface and cable, operator manual

For available options for this machine, please visit our website and search for SMART DEM (Product Search)

Cu

ttin

g •

Ero

din

g


B

ZNC-EDM 250

26

starting at

• NC controlled feed on Z axis• Compact design for machining of

small parts• Rigid machine base • Linear scales in all axes to ensure constant

precision• Separate dielectric reservoir• Low-maintenance, high efficiency• DC servo drive for fine-tuning of system

stability• User-friendly, easy to learn operation• Parameters are entered directly and the

control panel and can easily be optimized• Parameters set for a particular machining

process can be stored

Low-Cost Entry-Level Electric Discharge Technology

Electric Discharge Machine

ZNC-EDM 250 shown with optional accessories

Specifications ZNC-EDM 250 ZNC 435 L ZNC 760 LMachineTravel - X axis 10” 18” 27.5”

- Y axis 8” 14” 23.5”Quill stroke 8” 10” 12”Table dimensions 17” x 11” 27.5” x 17.5” 27.5” x 47”Electrode holder-to-table distance 7.8” - 15.75” 9.8” - 23.6” 11.8” - 34.25”Max. electrode weight lbs 66 165 440Max. part weight lbs 440 1543 4409Overall dimensions (LxWxH) 55” x 58” x 83” 59” x 63” x 83” 73” x 65” x 100”Weight lbs 2210 3970 8380GeneratorConnected load W 4000 6000 7000Mean laser power (max.) A 40 80 100Max. removal rate inch3/min 0.02 0.03 0.05Roughing depth μm Ra < 0.3 0.3 0.3Minimum electrode wear % ≤ 0.2 0.2 0.2Weight lb - 440 440Part No. 100 105 100 115 100 116Price $

Options Part No. Price $• Adjustable electrode holder 100 107• Magnetic clamping plate 250 278For additional options for this machine, visit our website and search for ZNC-EDM 250 (Product Search)


27

ZNC 435 L • 760 LB

starting at

For maximum precision and cost-effectiveness

CNC-Controlled Electric Discharge Machines

• User-friendly CNC control assists the user in the selection of work parameters

• The machine frame design incorporates modern aspects plus many years of manufacturing experience

• X and Y axes are equipped with preloaded ball screws for low maintenance and high precision

• The main axis is positioned by a precision spindle, which has its own lubricant circuit - ensuring constant temperature

conditions at the spindle, minimum friction and maximum precision

• The dielectric system is driven by a premium pump made by a renown European manufacturer

• Machine operation is user-oriented and easy to learn• Fine-incremented work parameters allow high powered

material removal and finishing in one process• Diagnostics information is very helpful for troubleshooting

Standard Equipment of ZNC 435 L and 760 L: control unit, fire extinguishing system, work lamp, filter, scales for X / Y axis, chuck, operating tools, operator manual

Cu

ttin

g •

Ero

din

gZNC 435 L is shown

Options for ZNC 435 L and 760 L: Part No. Price $• Planetary erosion head 250 277 • Magnetic clamping plate 250 278

For additional options for these machines, visit our website and search for ZNC 435 L or 760 L (Product Search)


28

Specifications FEM 1300 CNC 2300 CNCWorking areaX axis travel in 19.7 27.6Y axis travel in 11.8 15.7Z axis travel in 11.8 13.8Table dimensions in 23.4 x 15.7 31.5 x 19.7Electrode holder-to-table distance in 11.8 - 23.6 11.8 - 23.6Workpiece weight (max.) lb 2,205 4,409GeneratorConnected load kVA 10 17 Removal rate (max.) in3/min 0.023 0.034

Electrode weight (max.) lb 154 221Electrode wear (min.) 0,03 % 0,03 %Mean generator capacity A 128 64AccuracyRoughness μm < 0.1 Ra < 0.1 RaDimensions/WeightDimensions in 69 x 63

x 87 82 x 95 x 97

Weight lb 5,071 10,141Part No. 100 120 100 121Price $

Standard Equipment: CNC control with control unit, electronic hand-wheel, RS-232 interface, USB port, vacuum system, automatic central lubri-cation, machine feet, operating tools, operator manual

Options Part No. Price $• C axis 250 651 • 4-station tool changer, pneumatic 250 652

• Pneumatic 3R electrode holder Ø 1.8 in 250 653• 64 A generator (FEM 1300) 250 654


• Powerful AC servo-motors and a closed-loop linear scale measuring system ensure highest precision

• Wide variety of applications - even 3D machining is possible with the integrated C-axis for planetary and track erosion

• High-performance control for simultaneous 4-axis machining, easy to program

• User-friendly operation - all functions are clearly arranged on the control

• An extensive integrated database provides quick access to optimized cutting parameters for various

material combinations of electrodes and workpieces• Parameters may be adjusted during machining and can be

stored for future use• Multi-Tasking – minimize downtimes by entering programming

during program runs• Easy transfer of data via RS-232 or USB port• An electronic hand-wheel simplifies set-up and movement of

machine

FEM 1300 CNC shown

This special design with a fixed table, and head travel on all axes (X, Y and Z) gives this machine a clear advantage:

- Superior stability:i.e., High workpiece weights and changing dielectric volumes have no effect on the machine's geometry

- Excellent user comfort: The compact design simplifies tooling and set-up of the workpiece, providing the user with perfect visibility of the workpiece and the machining process

29

FEM 1300 CNC • 2300 CNCB

Maximum Precision and Process Control - Powerful and Reliable

4-Axis CNC Spark Erosion Counter-sinking Machines

Cu

ttin

g •

Ero

din

g

Highest removal efficiency with lowest electrode wear. Plus, superior surface quality resulting from years of experience and advancement of the ADVANCED PLUS Generator.

Contouring Process

Rectangular Orbital Process 3-D Machining

Circular Orbital Process Free Orbital Process

Helical Process with C axis (Option)

FEM 2300 CNC shown

starting at


30

A

Milling Cycles• circular pockets• rectangular pocket• arc pockets• face milling• thread cutting, inside/outside

Drilling Cycles• Basic drilling• Drilling with dwell time

• deep-hole drilling• Tapping• Reaming

Drill Patterns• Hole series• Hole circle / segment• Free drill positioning• Rectangle / parallelogram

• Grid

• cylindrical grinding, oscillating• face grinding, oscillating• multiple plunge-cut (groove)

plane• multiple plunge-cut (groove)

linear• plain shoulders• linear shoulders

• Plain turning• Facing• Taper turning• Radius turning• Plunge-cut• Recessing forms E and F• Thread turning• Multiple thread turning• Contour turning

• TFT 17“ touch screen monitor• single CPU concept (advantage: ties up only 2% of the system capacity)• 40 GB storage, 2.0 GHz Intel Celeron processor, 256 MB RAM• block processing time: 450 NC blocks per sec • 10/100 MBit Ethernet interface (to load NC programs from a network) • worldwide remote diagnostics• Profibus, CANopen, DeviceNet implementation is possible • machine can be integrated in factory networks• technology-specific cycles for turning, milling, drilling, grinding

Windows-based PC System

Overview of M Cycles (Milling)

Samples of Parameter Help Graphics

Overview of G Cycles (Grinding) Overview of T Cycles (Turning)

Finished parts in no time - Intuitive control, extensive cycle database for quick and easy programming

All machines with GPlus can be found on www.knuth-usa.com/gplus,8.html

See important data at a glance - Large 17" touch-screen monitor displays important information in an easy to read format for simplifi ed operation

• Easy to learn without prior DIN-ISO programming knowledge -

From newcomers to professional users

• Short learning curve for experienced users - Immediate

productivity

• Quick programming directly at the machine, or easy transfer of

programs to minimize down-times

• GPlus Support for any programming questions and quick

assistance in case of problems

Everything at a glance on 17" display Clear summary of cycle masks Graphic simulation

Inside angle at corner point 1 Finish measurement Radius turningFinal boring depth

31

GPlus 450

GPlus Remote Service • Intuitive operation

• Quick to learn

• Touch-screen technology

• High dynamics and accuracy

• USB port and Ethernet interface

With the GPlus CNC control you receive the standard capability of online remote diagnostics for your Knuth machine tool. This easy and quick ex-change of machine data simplifies communications and increases machine efficiency. Your competitive edge:• Reduction of down-time • Increased system availability • Proactive service • Reduced cost

GPlus Remote Service SoftwareAll GPlus CNC systems come with a standard Ethernet interface. This allows easy integration of your GPlus CNC system in your network. This enables you to work together with our service technicians on your GPlus system. • Diagnostics: for process optimization and troubleshooting• Monitoring: for process monitoring

• Updates: so you always have the newest featuresOver 95% of all service requests can be resolved remotely, without the necessity of an on-site visit. This helps you save time and money.

CNC Control for Milling machines, Lathes, and Cylindrical Grinding machines

Quick – Precise – CustomizedOur Future-Oriented Control System for Machine Tools


Taper Turning (Linear) Plain Turning Shoulder Plunge-Cutting Multiple Plunge-Cutting

CN

C M

ac

hin

ing

32

B

BO

90

CN

C

Sp

ecif

icat

ion

s B

O 9

0 C

NC

Tra

vels

X a

xis

28

”Y

axi

s

20”

Z a

xis

31

”R

apid

feed

(X

, Y, Z

) ”/m

in

591”

Wor

k fe

ed (

X, Y

, Z)

”/min

0.

04“-

197”

Tabl

e ro

tatio

n ra

nge

(5°

units

)36

0°S

pind

le n

ose-

to-t

able

dis

t.22

”Ta

ble

size

25

”x25

”Ta

ble

load

cap

acity

lb

s 22

00T-

slot

s

.25”

x.71

”/H

8H

eads

tock

mou

ntB

T/C

AT

40

S

pind

le s

peed

, inf

inite

ly v

aria

ble

rpm

0-60

00

Dril

ling

capa

city

1.

2”

Inis

h bo

re8”

C

uttin

g ca

paci

tyin

3 /m

in

5

Pos

ition

ing

accu

racy

± 0.

0003

”

Rep

eata

bilit

y±

0.00

02”

Ang

ular

acc

urac

y ±

3”M

otor

rat

ing

Hp

15M

achi

ne w

eigh

t lb

s 10

560

Ove

rall

dim

ensi

ons

(LxW

xH)

140”

x93”

x83”

Par

t No.

180

025

Pri

ce $

CN

C B

ore

Mill

• H

eavy

-dut

y ca

st-ir

on m

achi

ne fr

ame

plus

wid

e gu

idew

ays

to e

nsur

e op

timum

res

ults

for

all d

rillin

g an

d m

illin

g w

ork

• P

rovi

des

long

trav

els

on a

ll ax

es a

nd a

gre

ater

tabl

e lo

ad c

apac

ity to

ena

ble

mac

hini

ng o

f lar

ge p

arts

• S

iem

ens

serv

o dr

ives

, pre

load

ed b

all s

crew

s w

ith la

rge

diam

eter

s, a

nd h

igh-

qual

ity li

near

gui

dew

ays

ensu

re

max

imum

pre

cisi

on a

t eve

n th

e hi

ghes

t tra

vel s

peed

s•

BT

or

CA

T 4

0 sp

indl

e m

ount

with

aut

omat

ic to

ol

clam

ping

• P

neum

atic

rot

ary

tabl

e en

sure

s m

axim

um a

ngul

ar

accu

racy

and

pro

vide

s si

mpl

e ad

just

men

t of a

ngle

se

tting

s•

Com

plet

e S

iem

ens

cont

rol p

acka

ge in

clud

es a

Sie

men

s 80

2C C

ontr

ol p

lus

serv

o ax

is d

rives

to fu

lfill

all t

he

requ

irem

ents

of a

sta

te-o

f-th

e-ar

t CN

C m

achi

ne

Sta

nd

ard

Eq

uip

men

t: S

iem

ens

802C

con

trol

, pne

umat

ic r

otar

y ta

ble,

ele

ctro

nic

hand

-whe

el, h

alog

en w

ork

lam

p, c

entr

al

lubr

icat

ion,

125

mm

cut

ter

head

, dril

l chu

ck 0

.118

“ -

0.63

“ B

18, t

ool h

olde

r bi

ts M

T4

B18

, red

ucin

g sl

eeve

s M

T3,

MT

4,

MT

5, fo

unda

tion

bolts

, ope

rato

r m

anua

l and

pro

gram

min

g in

stru

ctio

ns

Fo

r av

aila

ble

op

tio

ns

for

this

mac

hine

, vis

it ou

r w

ebsi

te

and

sear

ch fo

r B

O 9

0 C

NC

(P

rodu

ct S

earc

h)


33

BO 130 CNCB

B

Heavy-Duty CNC Milling / Drilling Unit with Fanuc 0i-MD control for both large and heavy parts

CNC Bore Mill

Specifications BO 130 CNCControl Fanuc 0i-MDSpindle diameter 5”Drilling capacity 50”Counter-boring capacity 10”Spindle taper BT 50Table dimensions 39.4” x 53”Max. table load capacity lbs 11000Spindle center-to-table surface distance 0” - 47”Table travel - Linear axis (X) 39.4”- Transverse axis (W) 59”Axial travel of spindle (Z axis) 21.7”Headstock travel (Y axis) 47”Number of slots / slot width quantity/” 7/0.87”Slot distance 9.8”Spindle speed, infinitely var. rpm 12 - 1000

Max. torque - Spindle foot pound 980- Feed motor (X, Z) inch pound 195- Feed motor (Y, W) inch pound 265Spindle feed ”/min .02” - 39.4”Feed X, Y, W axis / rapid feed ”/min 2” - 78”/400”Z axis rapid feed ”/min 200”Positioning accuracy (X, Y) 0.0016”

(Z, W) 0.0012”Repeatability (X, Y) 0.0008”

(Z, W) 0.0006”Work table rotation accuracy ± 6” (4x90°)Work table repeatability ± 3” (4x90°)Motor rating Hp 17.5/20Overall dimensions (LxWxH) 276” x 183” x 149”Weight lbs 33,070Part No. 180 095Price $

Standard Equipment: Fanuc 0i-MD control with Manual Guide 0i, electronic hand-wheel, RS232 port, central lubrication, work lamp, operator’s manual and programming instructions

• 4-sided machining• Infinitely variable spindle speed with AC servo-motor,

20 Hp and high torque• Wide machine bed with 4 guideways• Rigid milling table with high load capacity for part

weights up to 5 tons• 3-axis CNC control • Rigid square guides ensure consistent work

accuracy• High-quality, high-precision preloaded ball-screws

supported by special bearings ensure maximum positioning accuracy for all feed axes

• Telescoping stainless steel covers protect the guides from chips and dirt

• Rotary table with manual clamping can be locked at 4 positions: 0°. 90°, 180°, and 270°

CN

C M

ac

hin

ing

For available options for this machine, visit our

website and search for BO 130 CNC (Product Search)


34

Specifications BO 110 CNCControl Siemens 802DSpindle diameter 4.3”Finish bore 9.4”Drilling capacity 2”Spindle taper BT/CAT 50Table dimensions 52”x 40”Max. table load capacity lbs 11,000Distancespindle center-to-table distance 0.2” – 35.6”Table travel linear axis (X) 51.1”Transverse axis (W) 22” Axial travel of spindle (Z axis) 47”Headstock travel (Y axis) 35.4”Facing slide travel 6.2”Max. work diameterfacing slide 24.8”Table rotation (B) 360°

Spindle speed, infinitely var. rpm 12 – 1100Facing slide speed (infinitely var.) rpm 4 – 125Max. spindle torque ft/lb 800Max. faceplate torque ft/lb 800Max. axial feed force lb/force 2,900 lbSpindle feed ”/min 0.01 – 50Feed X / Y / Z axis ”/min 200Feed W axis ”/min 81Feed facing slide ”/min 54Positioning accuracy X .001”; Y .002”; Z.002”Repeatability X / Y / Z axis .0005”Work table rotation accuracy +/-6sec (4x90°)Work table repeatability +/-3sec (4x90°)Motor rating Hp 15Dimensions 192” x 96” x 108”Weight lbs 26,450Part No. 100 065Price $

• Spindle speed and facing slide speed are infinitely variable

• Rotary table for a part weight up to 5 tons• 3-axis CNC control• Telescoping steel cover protects the guides from chips

and dirt• Rigid square guides are hardened and precision-ground

to ensure exact work results for many years

• Wide machine bed with 4 guideways for linear table movement

• Precise table center support on cylindrical roller bearings

• Preloaded ball screws on all feed axes• Automatic central lubrication• Axially adjustable drill spindle with

speeds up to 1100 rpm• Powerful main drive motor

with 15 Hp

Standard Equipment: Siemens 802D control, preloaded ball screws, central lubrication, electronic hand-wheel, RS-232 port, PC transfer software, programming instruction, operator manual

• Precise table center support provided by preloaded axial/radial cylindrical roller bearings

Rotating setup table


For available options for this machine, please visit our website and search for BO 110 CNC (Product Search)

35

B

BO 110 CNCCNC Drill Unit

Heavy-Duty CNC Drill Unit with Siemens 802D control for large and heavy parts C

NC

Ma

ch

inin

g


36

Specifi cations PBZ Heavy 2217 3217 3220 3225 4225X axis travel in 86.6 126 126 126 165Y axis travel in 67 67 78.7 98 98Z axis travel in 31.5 31.5 31.5 31.5 39W axis travel in - - - - -Table dimensions in 78.7 x 59 118 x 59 118 x 67 118 x 83 157.5 x 83.7Table load capacity (max.) lb 13,228 17,637 22,406 33,069 35,274T-slots (distance x width) in 6.3 x 0.9 6.3 x 0.9 6.3 x 0.9 6.3 x 0.9 6.3 x 1.1Spindle nose-to-table dist. in 8 - 39 8 - 39 12 - 43 12 - 43 7.9 - 47HeadstockSpeed range rpm 50 - 6000 50 - 6000 50 - 6000 50 - 6000 50 - 6000 Spindle mount BT 50 BT 50 BT 50 BT 50 BT 50FeedFapid feed X / Y axis in/min 394 394 394 394 394Z axis rapid feed in/min 315 315 315 315 315Work feed in/min 236 236 236 236 236Tool changerNumber of tool stations 32 32 32 32 32Tool size Ø x L (max.) in 7.9 x 11.8 7.9 x 11.8 7.9 x 11.8 7.9 x 11.8 7.9 x 11.8Tool weight (max.) lb 44 44 44 44 44AccuracyPositioning accuracy X axis in 0.0014 0.0017 0.0017 0.0017 0.002 Positioning accuracy Y axis in 0.0011 0.0011 0.0014 0.0014 0.0014Positioning accuracy Z axis in 0.0011 0.0011 0.0011 0.0011 0.0011 Repeatability X / Y / Z axis

in 0.0008 0.0008 0.0008 0.0008 0.0008

Drive CapacitiesMain drive motor rating (Contin./30 min)

Hp 20 / 25 20 / 25 20 / 25 30 / 35 30 / 35

Dimensions/WeightDimensions in 236x138,6x177 307x138,6x197 322,8x157,5x197 322,8x178x189 39x178x197Weight lb 55,116 60,186 66,139 81,571 97,003Part No. 170 050 170 051 170 052 170 053 170 054Price $

Specifi cations PBZ Heavy 5225 6225 6232 6232 WX axis travel in 205 244 244 244Y axis travel in 98 98 126 126Z axis travel in 39 39 39 39W axis travel in - - - 47Table dimensions in 197 x 47 236 x 83 236 x 110 236 x 110Table load capacity (max.) lb 44,093 48,502 70,548 70,548T-slots (distance x width) in 6.3 x 1.1 6.3 x 1.1 7.9 x 1.1 7.9 x 1.1Spindle nose-to-table dist. in 7.9 - 47 7.9 - 47 7.9 - 47 0 - 47 HeadstockSpeed range rpm 50 - 6000 50 - 6000 50 - 6000 50 - 6000 Spindle mount BT 50 BT 50 BT 50 BT 50FeedRapid feed X / Y axis in/min 394 394 394 394Z axis rapid feed in/min 315 315 315 315Work feed in/min 236 236 236 236Tool changerNumber of tool stations 32 32 32 32Tool size Ø x L (max.) in 7.9 x 11.8 7.9 x 11.8 7.9 x 11.8 7.9 x 11.8Tool weight (max.) lb 44 44 44 44AccuracyPositioning accuracy X axis in 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003Positioning accuracy Y axis in 0.001 0.001 0.002 0.002Positioning accuracy Z axis in 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001Repeatability X / Y / Z axis

in 0.0008 0.0008 0.0008 0.0008

Drive CapacitiesMain drive motor rating (Contin./30 min)

Hp 30 / 35 30 / 35 30 / 35 30 / 35

Dimensions/WeightDimensions in 472x178x197 551x178x197 610x219x217 610x252x268Weight lb 105,820 114,640 154,325 187,393 Part No. 170 055 170 056 170 057 170 058Price $


37

PBZ HeavyB

CNC Gantry-Type Machining Center

Power - Performance - Precision

CN

C M

ac

hin

ing

Standard Equipment: Fanuc 0i-TD control, electronic hand-wheel, automatic central lubrication, coolant system, spindle oil cooler, RS-232 port, work lamp, guard covers, chip conveyor, alarm indicator lamp, foundation bolts, test certificate, operating tools, operator manual

Options Part No. Price $• NC Rotary Table, 39 in diameter 250 655 • Side cutter head, manual swivel (360°) 250 656

• Bed, columns and travel tracks form a solid frame structure for high rigidity under hard machining conditions and high table loads

• Triple linear guides support the table across its entire travel distance in the X axis and allow table loads up to 70,548 lbs total weight (PBZ 6232)

• All axes feature preloaded ball screws, preloaded spindle nuts and powerful drive motors

• Quadruple linear guides of headstock on Z axis ensure maxi-mum rigidity even with extra-long lay-outs

• The included hydraulic spindle gears allow a wide speed range and high torque

• Including weight balancing system for easy movement and precise Z axis positioning

• The main spindle features an oil cooler to ensure constantly balanced temperatures

• Quick tool changes via a tool-changer with dual-arm gripper• Fanuc 0i MD control with Manual Guide for easy programming

and maximum reliability• Chip conveyors on both sides of the table with a capacity of

121 lb/min ensure quick chip removal from workspace; inclu-ding chain-type chip conveyor

• Productivity and flexibility can be increased even further by using any of the optional accessories: NC – Rotary Table, 90° Angle Cutter (More accessessories upon request)

• Automatic central lubrication is included• The PBZ 6232 with W axis allows optimum positioning of the

traverse during machining of different types of workpieces


starting at

• travel up to 244“• table load capacity up to 70400 lbs

38 For the latest specials, visit www.knuth-machinetools.com

• Large T-slot rotary table can be positioned in increments of 1º (Quadrant 2500 Plus 0.001º) allowing cost-effective multi-sided machining of complex and large workpieces in one setup.

• The massive headstock with a torsion-free and bending-resistant main spindle moves on premium bearings in a heavily ribbed machine column with large linear guideways

• Powerful servo drives and preloaded ball screws ensure optimum dynamics and precision

• The tool-changer with dual-arm gripper and 24 / 40 tool stations is mounted outside the work area, where it is well

protected and easily accessible• Optional tool changers with 32 or 40 stations are available

(Quadrant 800, 1000, 1200)• The Fanuc control provides maximum reliability and

functionality• The easily accessible enclosure is included in the standard

equipment and features a high-performance coolant system and a chip conveyor

• Plus central lubrication for low maintenance

Rigid moving column design Tool changer with dual-arm gripper

Specifications Quadrant 800 1000 1200 1500 2500 2500 PlusWorking areaTravel - X axis in 31.5 39 47 59 98 98

- Y axis in 23.5 31.5 35.5 47 59 71- Z axis in 24 35 35 43 59 59

TableMinimum turning angle, indexing table 1° 1° 1° 1° 1° 0,01°Table dimensions in 20 x 24 25 x 25 31.5 x 31.5 47 x 47 59 x 59 79 x 79Max. load capacity lb 1,102 4,409 6,614 11,023 17,637 22,046T-slots (qty x width x spacing) in 6 x 0.6 x 3 5 x 0.7 x 5 5 x 0.7 x 6 5 x 0.9 x 8 5 x 1.1 x 11 5 x 1.1 x 11HeadstockSpindle speed, max. rpm 6000 6000 6000 6000 6000 6000Spindle mount BT 50 BT 50 BT 50 BT 50 BT 50 BT 50Spindle nose-to-table distance in 6 - 30 8 - 43 10 - 46 13 - 56 25 - 84 35 - 94

Spindle center-to-table distance in 2 - 26 0 - 31.5 0 - 35.5 0 - 47 0 - 59 0 - 71FeedRapid feed X / Y / Z axis ft/min 49 / 39 / 49 49 / 39 / 49 49 / 39 / 49 49 / 49 / 49 39 / 39 / 39 39 / 39 / 39Operating speed in/min 0.04 - 197 0.04 - 197 0.04 - 197 0.04 - 197 0.04 - 197 0.04 - 197AccuracyPositioning accuracy in 0.0008 0.0008 0.0008 0.001 0.0012 0.0012Repeatability in 0.00004 0.00004 0.00004 0.0005 0.0006 0.0006Accuracy, indexing table mm 6“ 6“ 6“ 20“ 15“ 15“Repeatability, indexing table mm 2“ 2“ 2“ 2“ 2“ 2“Tool changerTool mount BT 50 BT 50 BT 50 BT 50 BT 50 BT 50Tool stations qty 24 24 24 40 40 40Tool dimensions (diameter x length) in 0.2 x 0.6 0.2 x 0.6 0.2 x 0.6 0.2 x 0.6 0.2 x 0.6 0.2 x 0.6Max. tool weight lb 40 40 40 44 44 44Drive CapacitiesMotor power, main drive(continuous mode / 30 min.) Hp 15 / 20 20 / 25 25 / 30 25 / 20 25 / 30 25 / 30Total connected load kVA 40 45 50 50 55 55Dimensions/WeightDimensions in 150 x 150

x 116169 x 157x 120

169 x 157x 124

236 x 236x 209

307 x 287x 220

335 x 287x 256

Weight lb 20,944 27,558 34,172 48,502 57,320 66,139Part No. 181 002 181 003 181 004 181 005 181 006 181 007Price $

Heavy-duty machine base

39

QuadrantB

CN

C M

ac

hin

ing


Horizontal Bed-type CNC Milling Center with rotary table - Maximum precision plus maximum machining power

Horizontal CNC Machining Center

• Heavy machine body and special T-bed design for utilizing the advantages of horizontal machining plus superior rigidity allowing workpiece weights up to 22,046 lbs (Quadrant 2500 Plus)

• Machine bed, table and column are made of premiumcast-iron to provide optimum damping properties

• Wide box-ways on the machine bed ensure superior stability and excellent geometrical accuracy

• The wide table console and the on Y traversable column rest securely on the guides across the entire travel distance; no tilting moment, reduced wear

starting at

Standard Equipment: Fanuc 0i-MD control, indexing table - 1º (Quadrant 2500 Plus - 0.001º), electronic hand-wheel, 24-station or 40-station dual arm tool changer, chip conveyor and chip cart, full enclosure, coolant system, automatic central lubrication, work space lighting, signal lamp to indicate lubricant loss, spray gun, air gun, operating tools, operating and programming instructions

Options Part No. Price $• Coolant flow through spindle 250 802

Optional Quadrant 800 • 1000 • 1200• Automatic 32-station tool changer 250 800

• Automatic 40-station tool changer 250 801• Linear Scale 250 803

Optional Quadrant 1200 • 1500 • 2500• Linear Scale 250 804

40

Specifications Scalar 500Working areaX axis travel in 24Y axis travel in 20Z axis travel in 26.7Table dimensions in 19.7 x 19.7Table load capacity (max.) lb 992Spindle nose-to-table dist. in 5.5 - 29.5 HeadstockSpindle speed rpm 10000 Headstock torque (max.) ft/lb 70Spindle mount ISO 40FeedRapid feed X / Y / Z axis in/min 1,260Feed speed X / Y / Z axis

in/min 0.04 - 315

Tool ChangerNumber of tool stations 40Tool changing time, tool/tool sec 3

Tool weight (max.) lb 15.4 Tool length (max.) in 11.8 Tool diameter (max.) in 3AccuracyPositioning accuracy X / Y / Z axis in 0.0001 Repeatability X / Y / Z axis in 0.0001Drive CapacitiesMain drive motor rating (cont. / 30 min.) Hp 15 / 20 Motor rating for X axis Hp 5.4Motor rating Y axis Hp 5.4Motor rating for Z axis Hp 5.4

Dimensions/WeightDimensions in 188 x 91

x 98 Weight lb 21,231Part No. 170 072Price $

Standard Equipment: Fanuc 0i-MD control, 40-station chain-driven tool changer, 2-station pallet changer, indexing table 360°, automatic central lubrication, spindle cooler, foundation bolts, machine feet, coolant system, chain-type chip conveyor, chip conveyor with collection container, elec-tronic hand-wheel, operating tools, operating and programming instructions

Options Part No. Price $• Fanuc 18i-MB control 250 661• Spindle (15,000 rpm) HSK 63A 250 664• Spindle motor 10,000 rpm (20 / 25 Hp) 250 666• Motor & spindle set: 15,000 rpm BT40 with

inside spindle cooling (20 bar) 250 670• 60-station tool changer 250 673

• Renishaw TS27R stylus 250 674• Renishaw OPM40-2 stylus for 3D measuring 250 675• Optical scales, X / Y / Z axis 250 676• Inside spindle cooler (290 psi) 10,000 rpm 250 679• Chip flushing system 250 682• Oil/water separator 250 683

Fully functional 4th axis for all-around machining on 4 sides Extensive standard equipment - and a wide variety of options

Premium machine frame with linear guides on all 3 axes 40-station chain-driven tool changer


41

Scalar 500B

Dual pallet changer system, 40 tool stations, axis and travel speeds up to 105 ft/min = Increased efficiency - Less downtime

Horizontal Machining Center

• Premium machine frame made of Meehanite casting, which has been tempered to ensure an extremely rigid structure with excellent damping properties

• Linear guides on all three axes ensure highest positioning accuracy, even during rapid axis movements

• Large spindle nose-to-table distance (5.5 - 29.5 in) allowing complex clamping means and workpieces

• Work piece changes via APC pallet changer - allows concurrent work pieces during production for increased efficiency and to give you a competitive edge

• Tool changer: servomotor-driven, maximum positioning accuracy (0.000157 in) and 40 tool stations are standard (60 stations available as optional equipment)

• High travel speeds up to 105 ft/min and spindle speeds up to 10,000 rpm (15,000 rpm optional)

• Fully functional 4th axis for all-around machining on 4 sides• Positioning accuracy of 4th axis is 0.001 deg.• Fanuc 0i-MD control is user-friendly, powerful and innovative• Extensive chip flushing system for optimum chip removal flow

CN

C M

ac

hin

ing


42

Specifications for Matrix 4000 6000 8000Working areaX axis travel in 157.5 236.2 315Y / Z axis travel in 23.6 23.6 23.6Table dimensions in 23.6 x 157.5 23.6 x 236.2 23.6 x 315Table load capacity lb 4,409 5,512 6,614T-slots (qty x width x spacing) in 5 x 0.7 x 3.9 5 x 0.7 x 3.9 5 x 0.7 x 3.9Spindle nose-to-table distance in 4 - 28 4 - 28 4 - 28 HeadstockSpeed range rpm 60 - 8000 60 - 8000 60 - 8000 Headstock torque (max.) ft/lb 70 70 70Spindle mount BT 40 BT 40 BT 40FeedWork feed X / Y / Z axis in/min 0.04 - 787 0.04 - 787 0.04 - 787Tool CarrierNumber of tool stations 24 24 24Tool size Ø x L (max.) in 5 x 11.8 5 x 11.8 5 x 11.8

• Work table and machine frame are made of premium cast-iron and are combined into one unit, resulting in maximum machine stability and extremely quiet operation with optimum vibration damping characteristics

• Moving column design combined with a gear drive allows dynamic rapid feed speeds up to 66 ft/min, regardless of workpiece weights

• Zero-backlash moving column feed across the entire travel distance is guaranteed by two gearboxes mounted against each other. This allows immediate power transmission onto the gears and ensures a high degree of efficiency and minimum energy loss

• The long milling table holds loads up to 6,614 lbs and allows simultaneous clamping of multiple parts, or long-bed machining

• Equipped with a GPlus 450 control, the Matrix impresses experienced users with its flexibility, user-friendly operation as well as easy and quick programming of graphics supported milling and drilling cycles

• Includes totally enclosed work space, 24-station tool turret and 3-axis central lubrication system

• Powerful spindle with speeds up to 12,000 rpm spindle cooler optional

Options Part No. Price $• 12,000 rpm-1 spindle and spindle cooler 250 684

• 32-station tool changer 250 685• Coolant flow through spindle 250 689


43

MatrixB

Powerful, Precise, and Robust - For efficient milling of very large and heavy parts

Moving Column Vertical CNC Machining Center

CN

C M

ac

hin

ing

Specifications for Matrix 4000 6000 8000Tool weight (max.) lb 15.4 15.4 15.4Tool changing time chip/chip sec 1.2 1.2 1.2Tool changing time, tool/tool sec 2.5 2.5 2.5AccuracyPositioning accuracy X / Y / Z axis in ± 0.0002 ± 0.0002 ± 0.0002Repeatability X / Y / Z axis in ± 0.0001 ± 0.0001 ± 0.0001Drive CapacitiesMain drive motor rating (cont/30 min) Hp 10 / 15 10 / 15 10 / 15Motor rating X axis Hp 7 7 7Motor rating Y axis Hp 5 5 5

Motor rating Z axis Hp 5 5 5Dimensions/WeightDimensions in 354 x 158 x 118 433 x 158 x 118 512 x 158 x 118Weight lb 44,093 50,706 55,116Part No. 181 061 181 062 181 063Price $


Standard Equipment: GPlus 450, 24-station tool turret, coolant system, totally enclosed work space, automatic central lubrication, spindle blow-out system, heat exchanger for control cabinet,electronic hand-wheel, mounting bolts, work lamp, operating tools, operating manual and program-ming instructions

Matrix 6000 shown

• Table loads up to 6,614 lbs (Matrix 8000)• Long-bed machining and clamping of several workpieces

starting at

44

Specifications X.mill 1680 X.mill 1890Control GPlus 450 GPlus 450Working areaX axis travel 63” 71”Y axis travel 32” 36”Z axis travel 27.5” 27.5”Table dimensions 67” x 32” 75” x 36”Table load capacity lbs 4850 6610T-slots (qty x width x spacing) 7 x 0.7” x 4.75” 7 x 0.7” x 4.75”Spindle nose-to-table distance 7” x 34.5” 7” x 34.5”Throat (spindle center to frame) 35.25” 40.25”Headstock Spindle speed rpm 6000 6000Spindle mount BT50 BT50FeedRapid feed X / Y / Z axis ”/min 590 590Work feed X / Y / Z axis ”/min 0.04 - 276 0.04 - 276

Options Part No. Price $• Chain-type chip conveyor (X.mill 1680) 250 055 • Chain-type chip conveyor (X.mill 1890) 250 054

• Tool length measurement 250 046 • Coolant fed through spindle (1020 psi) 250 047 • 4th axis, see page 247

Chip Flushing System

Gear step (standard)

Standard Equipment: • GPlus 450 control• 24-station tool changer with dual-arm gripper• Totally enclosed work space• Spiral chip conveyor

• Electronic hand-wheel• Servo drives on all axes spindle with gear step 6000 rpm BT 50 spindle oil cooler• Pneumatic tool clamping• Air-conditioned control cabinet

• Chip fl ushing system• Thread cutting without compensating chuck• Coolant system• Air and coolant spray wand• Automatic central lubrication

• Work space lighting• Signal lamp• Alignment elements • Operating tools• Operating manual and programming instructions


X.mill 1890 with gears (option) shown

B

X.mill 1680 • 1890

45

starting atRigidity, maximum precision and cost-effective operation make this proven series even more powerful

Vertical CNC Machining Centers

• Extra wide cast-iron frame with heavy ribbing minimizes vibrations, resonance and torsion to ensure maximum accuracy and optimum surfaces of the part

• Extra-wide rectangular X axis guideways ensure superior rigidity during heavy chip removal operations and allow machining of large and heavy parts

• Extraordinary table load capacity up to 118“ (X.mill 1890)• All guideways are ground, hardened and protected by

premium stainless steel covers• Large, preloaded ball screws are driven directly by the servo

motors

X.mill 1890 shown with optional accessories

Specifi cations X.mill 1680 X.mill 1890Number of tool stations 24 24Tool size Ø x L (max.) Ø 4 x 12” Ø 4 x 12” For tooling Ø 7 x 12” Ø 7 x 12”Tool weight (max.) lbs 33 33Tool changing time, tool/tool sec 2.5 2.5 Accuracy Positioning accuracy ± 0.0002 / 12” ± 0.0002 / 12” Repeatability ± 0.00012” ± 0.00012” Drive CapacitiesMain drive (continuous/30 min) Hp 20 / 25 25 / 30Motor rating for X / Y / Z axis drive Hp 6 / 6 / 7 6 / 6 / 7Dimensions/WeightOverall dimensions (LxWxH) 170 x 134 x 122” 177 x 134 x 126”Weight lbs 30,870 36,380Part No. 170 085 170 086Price $

CN

C M

ac

hin

ing

4th and 5th axis (optional)


46

Standard Equipment: GPlus 450 control, tool changer with dual-arm gripper, chip conveyor, electronic hand-wheel, servo drives for all axes, pneumatic tool clamping, air conditioning, totally enclosed work space, work lamp, RS-232 and USB ports, automatic central lubrication operating tools, operator manual

X.mill 1300 shown

Specifications X.mill 1300 X.mill 1500Control GPlus 450 GPlus 450Working areaX axis travel 51” 59”Y axis travel 27.5” 31.5”Z axis travel 25.5” 27.5”Table dimensions 55” x 28” 67” x 32”Table load capacity lbs 2200 3300T-slots (qty x width x spacing) 5 x 0.7” x 6” 5 x 0.8” x 5.25”Spindle nose-to-table dist. 6” - 31.5” 6.5” - 34.35”Throat 31” 31.5”HeadstockSpeed range rpm 60 - 8000 60 - 8000Spindle mount BT 50 BT 50FeedRapid feed X / Y axis ”/min 590 590Z axis rapid feed ”/min 394 394Work feed ”/min 0.2-197 0.2-197Tool CarrierTool stations 24 24AccuracyPositioning accuracy ± 0.0004” ± 0.0004” Repeatability ± 0.0002” ± 0.0002” Drive CapacitiesMain drive motor rating (cont/30 min) Hp 15 / 20 20 / 25Dimensions/WeightOverall dimensions (LxWxH) 140” x 137” x 121” 168” x 134” x 121”Weight lbs 24,260 30,870Part No. 182 240 182 238Price $

Options 4th axis, see page 247


47

X.mill 1300 • 1500B

• Tool magazine for 24 tools, with quick double-arm gripper= tool changing time: 1.7 s

• Machine bed and vertical guide system feature very wide, hardended and ground rectangular guides

• 4-guideway system in the machine bed for high table load capacity (X.mill 1300,X.mill 1500)

• Large precision preloaded ballscrews, direct servo-motor drive

to ensure maximum reliability and precision• Pneumatic tool clamping for easy and quick tool changes• Automatic central lubrication for low-maintenance operation• Powerful headstock motor, 15 to 25 Hp in continuous operation

4-track box way(X.mill 1300 / 1500)

Heavy-duty torsion-resistant cast-iron frame

for machining of large, heavy parts with extra-wide rectangular guides

CNC Vertical Machining Center

X.mill 1500 shown

CN

C M

ac

hin

ing


starting at

48

Standard Equipment:• GPlus 450 control• 24-station tool changer with dual-arm gripper• Electronic hand-wheel

• Spiral chip conveyor• Spindle Oil Cooler• Enclosed work space• Work lamp with program end indicator

• Ethernet and USB port• Air-conditioned control cabinet • Automatic central lubrication• Coolant system• Chip flushing system plus

spray gun for flushing, 12 bar• Compressed air gun• Operating tools• Operating manual and programming instructions

Specifications X.mill 1100 LWorking areaX / Y / Z axis travel 43” / 23.5” / 27.5”Table dimensions 47” x 24”Table load capacity (max.) lbs 1870T-slots (qty x width x spacing) 5 x 0.7” x 4”Spindle nose-to-table distance 4” - 31.5”Throat 25.75”HeadstockSpindle speed (max.) rpm 8000 Spindle mount BT 40FeedRapid feed X, Y / Z axis ”/min 1417 / 1180Work feed ”/min 0.04-472Tool CarrierNumber of tool stations 24

Tool size Ø x L (max.) 3” x 12Tool weight (max.) lbs 17Tool changing time chip/chip sec 8 Tool changing time, tool/tool sec 1.6 AccuracyPositioning accuracy 0.00012”Repeatability 0.0008”Drive CapacitiesMain drive motor rating (cont/30 min) Hp 15 / 20Motor rating for X / Y / Z axis drive Hp 4 / 4 / 6Dimensions/WeightDimensions 114” x 87”x 106”Weight lbs 15,000Part No. 170 082Price $


Extra-wide machine bed

Precise linear guide system Preloaded ball screws

Options Part No. Price $• Milling spindle, 10,000 rpm 250 216 • Milling spindle, 15000 rpm 250 231 • Rapid feed X / Y axis, 48 m/min 250 230

• Autom. tool length measurement 250 217 • Coolant fed through milling spindle (30 bar) 250 222• Chain-type chip conveyor 250 229• 4th axis, see page 247

Tool changer with dual-arm gripper

49

X.mill 1100 LB

Precise and quick - for machining of complex and heavy parts


CN

C M

ac

hin

ing

• Machine frame with linear guides in an extra-wide configuration, rigid construction for efficient machining

• Linear guide system for rapid feeds up to 1890 ”/min (option)• High-precision preloaded ball screws on all 3 axes• Dual-arm 24-station tool changer for quick and precise

tool changes

• Chip conveyor and purge system for optional chip remover system

• Very accessible work table for easy setup and tooling• Enclosed work space ensures safe and

contamination-free work


50

Options Part No. Price $ • Chain-type chip conveyor 250 631• Automatic tool length measurement 250 632

• Coolant through spindle (435 psi) 250 633• Spindle, 10,000 rpm including spindle oil cooler 250 638• 4th axis, see page 247

Specifi cations X.mill 900 LWorking areaX axis travel in 33.5Y axis travel in 21.7Z axis travel in 21.7Table dimensions in 37.4 x 21.7Table load capacity lb 1,102.3T-slots (qty x width x distance)) in 5 x 0.71 x 4Spindle nose-to-table distance in 3.9 - 25.6Throat in 24.9HeadstockSpindle speed rpm 8000Spindle mount BT40FeedRapid feed X / Y axis in/min 944.9Z axis rapid feed in/min 787.4Work feed X / Y axis in/min 0.2 - 394Z axis work feed in/min 0.2 - 472Tool CarrierNumber of tool stations 24

Tool size Ø x L (max.) in 3 / 4.7 x 11.8Tool weight (max.) lb 17.6Tool-changing timeChip/chip sec 7Tool-changing time Tool/tool sec 2AccuracyPositioning accuracy in ± 0.00016Repeatability in ± 0.00012Drive CapacitiesMotor rating - Main drive (contin./30 min) Hp 15 / 20- X / Y / Z axis drive Hp 3.9Dimensions/WeightDimensions in 102 x 87

x 106Weight lb 11,464Part No. 182 249Price $


Standard Equipment: GPlus 450 control, 24-station tool changer with dual-arm gripper, electronic hand-wheel, spiral chip conveyor, spindle oil cooler, enclosed work space, work lamp, machine status light, Ethernet and USB ports, air-conditioned control cabinet, automatic central lubrication, coolant system, chip flushing system and spray gun for rinsing (174 psi), air gun, operating tools, operating and programming instructions

Extra-wide, very rigid machine frame

Massive machine head and rigid column design

51

B

X.mill 900 LThe Multi-Purpose Machine - Rigid and Powerful

CNC Machining Center

• Extra rigid heavy-duty machine frame for high static loads and heavy-duty machining

• High-quality linear guides ensure rigidity and durability• High-precision preloaded ball screws on

all 3 axes• Very accessible work table for easy setup of

clamping tools and workpieces

• Powerful servo-drives ensure high feed dynamics • Effective coolant system ensures optimum

use of tools and excellent chip removal• 24-station tool changer with dual-arm tool gripper - short

changing times and high capacity• A multitude of options allow maximum customization

to meet any requirements

starting at

CN

C M

ac

hin

ing

Servo drives on all 3 axesPreloaded precision ball screws


52

Specifications X.mill 640 GPlus 450 Siemens 828 DWorking areaX axis travel in 25.2 25.2Y axis travel in 15.7 15.7Z axis travel in 19.7 19.7Table dimensions in 29.5 x 14.2 29.5 x 14.2Table height in 33.5 33.5 Table load capacity lbs 661 661T-slots (qty x width x spacing) in 3 x 0.7 x 4 3 x 0.7 x 4Spindle nose-to-table dist. in 2.0 - 21.6 2.0 - 21.6HeadstockSpeed range rpm 60 - 8000 60 - 8000Spindle throat in 16.9 16.9Spindle mount MAS BT 40 MAS BT 40FeedRapid feed X / Y / Z axis in/min 1,181 1,181Work feed in/min 0.2 - 197 0.4 - 1974th axis with tailstock, vertical and horizontal setup (option)Manual lathe chuck in - 6Positioning accuracy sec - ± 40Repeatability sec - 4Braking torque ft/lb - 169.6

Gear ratio - 90 : 1Spindle mount - A-6Dimensions in - 7.3 x 3.5 x 6.9Weight (with motor) lbs - 154.3Tool CarrierNumber of tool stations qty 16 16Tool size Ø x length (max.) in 3.1 x 9.8 3.1 x 9.8Tool weight (max.) lb 18 18Tool changing time, Tool/Tool sec 1.6 1.6AccuracyPositioning accuracy in ± 0.00012 ± 0.00012 Repeatability in ± 0.00008 ± 0.00008 Drive CapacitiesMain drive motor rating (contin./30 min)

Hp 10 / 15 9 / 13

Dimensions/WeightOverall dimensions (L x W x H)

in 76 x 98 x 94

76 x 98 x 94

Weight in 7,937 9,259Part No. 181 285 181 286Price $

Standard Equipment: GPlus 450 control or Siemens 828 D, electronic hand-wheel, servo drives on all three axes, 16-station tool changer, pneumatic tool clamping, air conditioning, totally enclosed work space, work lamp, Ethernet and USB ports, inclined chip tray, automatic central lubrication, spindle oil cooler, operating tools, operator manual.

NEW with Siemens Sinumerik 828D

X.mill 640 with Siemens control and 4th axis (option) shown


Options for X.mill 640 (with Siemens 828 D) 4th axis, see page 247

X.mill 640B

53

The Power Package = Compact, Powerful, Precise and Very Economical


starting at


CN

C M

ac

hin

ing

Siemens Sinumerik 828D

4th and 5th axis (optional)

GPlus 450 control

• Premium linear guides on all axes• Powerful axis servo drives• Solid cast-iron machine body serves as foundation for high

precision at high travel speeds, and powerful chip removal• Totally enclosed work space with side doors ensures

maximum safety and flexibility

X.mill 640 with GPlus control is shown

Options for X.mill 640 (with GPlus 450) 4th axis, see page 247


• High-speed advance and rapid feed for a significantly increased machine efficiency

• Constant accuracy and stability ensured by premium preloaded ball screws with integrated cooling (X.mill 700 HS)

• Milling spindle with closed cooling circuit for maximum precision and durability at high-speed machining operations (X.mill 700 HS)

• Superior mechanical properties of the total component package ensure longer tool life

• Easy accessibility of work table for easy setup and tooling

Standard Equipment: GPlus 450 CNC control or Siemens 828 D control, 24-station tool changer with dual-arm gripper, electronic hand-wheel, spiral chip conveyor, totally enclosed work space, work lamp with program end indicator, Ethernet and USB ports, cooling system for milling spindle (700 HS), cooling system for preloaded ball screw (700 HS), air-conditioned control cabinet, automatic central lubrication, cutting oil system, spray gun for rinsing, operating tools, operating and program-ming instructions

Options Part No. Price $• Milling spindle HSK-E 50 with 24,000 rpm (Model HS) 250 241 • Milling spindle HSK-E 50 with 30,000 rpm (Model HS) 250 242 • Automatic tool length measurement 250 217• Coolant nozzle ring for milling spindle 250 313• Linear scale measuring system (Model HS) 250 248• 4th axis; see page 247• Additional options available upon request

Closed cooling circuit supplies preloaded ball screws, spindle and motor bearings

KNUTH Machining Centers with mineral casting frame for high-precision production and maximum productivity

1. Preloaded ball screws feature internal cooling to prevent excessive heat build-up during high-speed machine operation 2. The cutter spindle features closed-circuit cooling to ensure a constant optimum temperature range 3. The milling motor bearing is integrated into the cooling circuit to prevent any heat transfer from the motor to the cutter head4. High-capacity cooling system

• Excellent damping properties• High rigidity• Excellent thermal stability

X.mill 700 • 700 HS

55

B

World-Class High-Performance Machining Center features Mineral Casting Frame

Premium CNC Machining Center • NEW with Siemens 828 D

• Main spindle speed up to

30,000 rpm (optional)

• Preloaded ball screws with

inside cooling

• Rapid feed 197 ft/min

• Axis acceleration 1g starting at

Specifications X.mill 700 X.mill 700 HS

Working area

X axis travel in 27.6 27.6

Y axis travel in 19.7 19.7

Z axis travel in 19.7 19.7

Table dimensions in 29.5 x 17.7 29.5 x 17.7

Table load capacity lb 661 661

T-slots (Number/Width/Spacing) qty/in 5 x 5/8 x 3 5 x 5/8 x 3

Spindle nose-to-table

distance

in 3 - 22.5 3 - 22.5

Throat (Spindle center to

frame distance)

in 21 21 (GPlus)

18 (Siemens)

Headstock / Drive type Belt drive Direct drive

Spindle speed rpm 8000 15000

Spindle mount BT 40 BT 40

Feed

Rapid feed X / Y / Z axis in/min 1,181 2,362

Work feed

X / Y / Z axis in/min 393 472

Tool Carrier

Number of tool stations qty 24 24

Tool size Ø x L (max.) in 3 (4.75) x 10 3 (4.75) x 10

Tool weight (max.) lb 17.6 17.6

Tool-changing time

- Chip/Chip

- Tool/Tool

sec

sec

3

2.5

3

2.5

Accuracy

Positioning accuracy in 0.00012 / 12 0.00012 / 12

Repeatability in 0.00008 / 12 0.00008 / 12

Drive Capacities

Motor rating

- Main drive (Cont/30 min) Hp 10 / 15

10 / 15 (GPlus)

12 / 17 (Siemens)

- X / Y / Z axis drive Hp 2.5 4

Total connected load kVA 20 22

Dimensions/Weight

Dimensions in 98 x 98

x 106

102 x 98

x 106

Weight lb 13,228 13,228

Part No. with GPlus 450 control 170 083 181 260

Price $ with GPlus 450 control

Part No. with Siemens 828 D control - 181 261

Price $ with Siemens 828 D control

CN

C M

ac

hin

ing


56

EcoMill 350B

The perfect machine for your entry into the world of CNC machining!

CNC Milling Machine

• Rigid cast-iron bed with hardened and counter-coated box ways

• Preloaded ball screws on all axes, driven by powerful servo-motors

• Infinitely variable speed (60 to 3000 rpm)• Telescoping guideway cover made of stainless steel on Y axis• Mechanical weight balance on Z axis• Electronic hand-wheel simplifies machine set-up

• High-quality spindle bearing ensures very quiet operation and long service life

• Complete enclosure with large sliding door and wide-opening side doors for easy access and optimum protection

• Reliable central lubrication

Specifications EcoMill 350Control GPlus 450Working areaX axis travel in 15.2Y axis travel in 9.1Z axis travel in 15.2Table dimensions in 31.5 x 9.5Table load capacity lb 220.5T-slots (qty x width x spacing) in 3 x 0.55 x 3Spindle nose-to-table dist. in 2.4 - 18.1Throat in 11.8Max. milling capacity, vertical in 0.5FeedRapid feed X / Y / Z axis in/min 236.2Work feed X / Y / Z axis in/min 0.098 - 78.7

Speed range rpm 60 - 3000Spindle mount ISO 30AccuracyPositioning accuracy in 0.0001Repeatability in 0.0005Drive CapacitiesMain motor rating Hp 3.0Motor rating X axis Hp 0.6Motor rating Y/Z axis Hp 1.14Coolant pump motor rating Hp 0.05Dimensions/WeightOverall dimensions (LxWxH) in 72 x 63 x 77Weight lb 3,087Part No. 180 122Price $

Standard Equipment: GPlus 450 control, coolant system, collet chuck ISO 30 with collets (1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 5/16, 3/8, 1/2 in diam.), central lubrication, electronic hand-wheel, work lamp, USB port, M16 draw bar, operating tools, programming instructions

Compact Milling Machine with GPlus CNC control for cost-effective single parts and batch productions


57

EcoCenter 350B

Compact Machining Center with 10-station tool changer


• This high-performance vertical machining center was developed based on the proven design of the EcoMill machining center

• A reliable 10-station tool changer minimizes downtime, resulting in a significant increase in productivity

• Higher motor rating for powerful machining and an even more effective use of tool technologies

• Wide speed range, infinitely variable(60 - 6000 rpm)

• Telescoping guideway cover made of stainless steel on Y and Z axis

Standard Equipment: GPlus 450 control, coolant system, totally enclosed work space, work lamp, USB port, central lubrication, electronic hand-wheel, 10-station tool changer, operating tools, operating instructions


Specifications EcoCenter 350Control GPlus 450Working areaX axis travel in 15.7Y axis travel in 9.5Z axis travel in 15Table dimensions in 31.5 x 9.5Table load capacity lb 221T-slots (qty x width x spacing) in 3 x 0.55 x 3Spindle nose-to-table dist. in 2.4 - 18Throat in 11.8Max. milling capacity, vertical in 0.5FeedRapid feed X / Y / Z axis in/min 236Work feed X / Y / Z axis in/min 0.098 - 78.74HeadstockSpeed range rpm 60 - 6000

Spindle mount BT 30Tool CarrierNumber of tool stations qty 10Tool size Ø x length (max.) in 3.6 x 4.7Tool weight (max.) lb 8.8AccuracyPositioning accuracy in 0.0001Repeatability in 0.0004Drive CapacitiesMain motor rating Hp 5Motor rating Y / Y / Z axis Hp 1Coolant pump motor rating Hp 0.05Dimensions/WeightOverall dimensions (LxWxH) in 74 x 65 x 79Weight lb 3,351Part No. 180 123Price $

Options for this machine are listed on our website under EcoCenter (product search)

CN

C M

ac

hin

ing

58

Mark Super CNCB

CNC Drill Press/Milling Machine

Standard Equipment: GPlus 450 control, Ethernet and USB port, coolant system, automatic central lubrication, work lamp, base frame, operating tools, operator manual

Specifi cations Mark Super CNCWorking areaX / Y / Z axis travel in 19.7 / 11 / 15.7Table dimensions in 31.5 x 9.4 T-slots (qty x width x spacing) in 3 x 0.55 x 3Head stroke, vertical in 15.7Spindle nose-to-table dist. in 2.0 - 17.7Table load capacity (max.) lb 441Vertical Cutter HeadSpindle motor rating Hp 2.0Spindle speed, vertical rpm 3000Spindle mount ISO 30 Quill stroke in 4.7Throat in 11.4

Head swivel range ± 45°FeedRapid feed X / Y / Z axis in/min 236Feed X / Y / Z axis in/min 0.04 - 157.5AccuracyPositioning accuracy / repeatability in ± 0.00016 / ± 0.0001Drive CapacitiesMain motor rating Hp 2.0Motor rating Y / Y / Z axis Hp 2.0 / 2.0 / 3.0Dimensions/WeightDimensions in 67 x 75 x 79 Weight lb 1,543Part No. 180 260Price $


For available options for this machine, visit our website and search Mark Super CNC (product search)

Low-Cost Entry-Level CNC Milling Machine with advanced Windows-based GPlus control

• Proven box-column design made of cast-iron and hardened gui-deways ensure high table load capacities up to 441 lb

• Powerful main motor with electro-nic controls and low-noise 2-step gears ensure high torque and a wide speed range

• Vertical cutter head with manual quill feed can be switched via hand-wheel to precision feed for maximum flexibility

• The cutter head swivels 45° to both sides, quill feed allows angu-lar bores

• Servo motors on all axes provide precise and constantly accurate positioning of the work table via preloaded ball screws

• Ideal for single parts production: by omitting the enclosure, the operator has plenty of clear space for handling the workpiece and clamping medium; therefore, the control will operate only in a single-set mode

59

KSB 40 • 50 CNCB


CNC Drill Press for Drilling, Reaming and Thread-Cutting in Series-Production

CNC Drill Press

• This heavy-duty box-type column design made of cast-iron with wide, hardened, plastic-coated rectangular guideways is extremely rigid and vibration-resistant

• Powerful main motor with manual transmission ensures high torque across the entire speed range

• Very solid, heavy-duty design ensures quiet, smooth operation, even at highest loads

• Large work space and wide set-up area facilitate easy machining of enclosures

• Powerful servo motors and premium preloaded ball screws ensure quick and accurate positioning of the work table

• Automatic central lubrication for low maintenance and low wear

• The Siemens 802 S control is easy to program and allows the creation of programs with customized cycles and graphical support, including circle of holes, row of holes, drilling, countersinking, and deep-hole boring

CN

C M

ac

hin

ing

Specifi cations KSB 40 CNC KSB 50 CNCDrilling capacity in steel in 1.5 2.0Working areaTable setup area in 33.5 x 17.7 33.5 x 17.7T-slots (qty x width x dist) in 3 x 0.6 x 4 3 x 0.6 x 4

Quill stroke in 9.8 9.8Vertical table travel in 23.6 x 11.8 23.6 x 11.8Z axis feed in/min 60 60Feed force, axial (max.) lb 3600 3600DistanceSpindle nose-to-table dist. (max.)

in 10.2 - 27.6 8.7 - 27.6

Throat in 13.2 13.2Vertical head travel in 7.9 7.9

HeadstockSpeed range rpm 315 - 1400 315 - 1400Torque (max.) ft/lb 258 258Spindle taper MT 4 MT 5Drive CapacitiesHeadstock motor rating Hp 4 5Coolant pump motor rating Hp 0.12 0.12Dimensions/WeightFlow-rate, coolant pump gal/min 6.6 6.6Dimensions in 73 x 68

x 98 73 x 68 x 98

Weight lb 4,409 4,409Part No. 101 670 101 671Price $

Standard Equipment: Siemens Control 802 S, drill chuck 3-16 mm / B18, reducing sleeve MT5 - MT4, reducing sleeve MT4 - MT3, reducing sleeve MT3 - MT2, halogen work lamp, coolant system, fastening bolts, operating tools, operating instructions

Options for this machine are listed on our website under KSB 40 or 50 CNC (Product Search)

KSB 50 CNC is shown

starting at

60

Standard Equipment: Siemens 802 D SL control, electronic hand wheel, 4-jaw face chuck, electrical 4-station tool changer, totally enclosed work space, coolant system, automatic central lubrication, separate control cabinet, heat exchanger for control cabinet, signal lamp, chip conveyor, chip tray, hydraulic unit, oil cooler, work space lighting, operating tools, operator manual

Specifications VDM 1250 1600 2000Control Siemens 802 D SL Siemens 802 D SL Siemens 802 D SLWorking areaTurning diameter (max.) 49” 63” 78.75”Max. machining height 39” 47” 49”X axis travel 33.5” 40” 49”Z axis travel 27.5” 31.5” 32”W axis travel, vertical 26” 33” / 41” 35”Max. part weight lbs 7050 11,010 17,630HeadstockSpeed range rpm 1 - 250 1 - 200 3,2 - 100Torque (max.) ft/lbs 18,440 23,600 29,500Lathe chuck diameter 41” 55” 71”FeedRapid feed X / Z axis ”/min 236 236 236W axis feed ”/min 17 17 17

• Heat-treated machine bed made of premium HT300 cast-iron• Large, induction-hardened and precision-ground rectangular

guides with synthetic coating ensure optimum sliding and damping properties

• 4-step precision gears and infinitely variable 74 Hp main motor - for high torque (up to 29,500 ft/lbs) across the entire speed range

• High-precision preloaded ball screws from renown manufacturers on all axes

• Includes the proven Siemens 802 D SL control• All guideways are lubricated timely via a central lubrication

system• Hydraulic clamping of cross traverse• Highly accessible 4-jaw face chuck allows easy clamping of

complex workpiece• The work area is easily accessible through a wide opening

safety door• Stand-alone control cabinet to reduce vibrations affecting

electronic components• Hip conveyor and chip cart round off this extensive standard

equipment

Options Part-No. Price $• Hydraulic 3-Jaw Chuck 250 249• Electric 5-station Tool Changer 250 250• Electric 6-station Tool Changer 250 251For available options for this machine, visit our website and search for VDM 1250, 1600, 2000 (Product Search)

Face plate with 4-station tool changer


B

VDM 1250 • 1600 • 2000

61

Efficience and Precision - with proven control technology

CNC Vertical Lathes


CN

C M

ac

hin

ing

Specifications VDM 1250 1600 2000Tool ChangerNumber of tool stations 4 4 4Tool-changing time (tool to tool) s 30 30 30Tool weight (max.) lbs 55 55 55AccuracyPositioning accuracy 0.0012” 0.0012” 0.0012”Repeatability 0.0006” 0.0006” 0.0006”Drive CapacitiesMain drive motor rating (cont. / 30 min.) Hp 40 / 50 60 / 74 60 / 74Motor rating Y / Z axis Hp 3 3 3Dimensions/WeightOverall dimensions (LxWxH) 191”x113”x134” 207”x128”x146” 240”x130”x161”Weight lbs 19,850 29,110 33,070Part No. 180 650 180 651 180 652Price $

starting at

62

Specifi cations VDM 800 VDM 1000 VDM 1250 VDM 1600 VDM 2300 VDM 2600 VDL 800Working areaMax. in-gap diameter in 31.5 39 49 63 90.5 102 31.5Turning Ø of upper tool holder set in 31.5 39 49 63 90.5 102 -Turning Ø of side tool holder set in 28 35 39 55 79 90.5 -Max. machining height in 31.5 31.5 39 39 53 59 20Travel - X1 axis, upper support in 22 26 28 36 45 51 20- Z1 axis, upper support in 24 25.5 25.5 31.5 31.5 39 3,15- W axis travel in 23 23 26 26 35 43 20- X2 axis travel, side support in 20 20 24 25 25 29 -- Z2 axis travel, side support in 32 32 35 35 45 46.5 -Swivel range of upper tool holder ± 30° ± 30° ± 30° ± 30° ± 30° ± 30° 360°Max. part length in 31.5 31.5 39 39 53 59 24Nax. part weight lb 2,646 4,409 1,819 11,023 17,637 22,046 1,323HeadstockSpeed range rpm (16) 10-315 (16) 8-250 (16) 6.3-200 (16) 5-160 (16) 2.5-80 (16) 1.2-40 (2) 0-160Max. torque of headstock ft/lb 7,376 9,220 12,907 18,439 23,602 23,602 -

VDL 800• Massive headstock and heavy

machine bed with wide boxways ensure maximum rigidity during heavy-duty machining

• Flat profile of headstock allows easy tooling and unloading of machine

• Optimized design for easy accessibility via crane and fork-lift

• All guideways are protected effectively with solid covers

• Automatic feed on X and W axis, without thread-cutting

• Face plate chuck with individually clampable jaws, with a maximum clamping diameter of 31.5 in

• Infinitely variable main spindle drive with powerful 10.0 Hp motor and 2-step gears

Standard Equipment of VDM / VDL: 3-axis position indicator (2-axis position indicator on VDL 800), vertical and horizontal tool holder, central automatic lubrication, work lamp, foundation bolts, operating tools, operator manual

For additional options for this machine, visit our website and search for VDM or VDL (Product Search)

VDL 800 is shown

Cost-effective Vertical Lathefor Large Turning Diameters


D

VDM 800 - 2600 • VDL 800

63

including position indicator

Solid and proven technology, power and precisionfor the production of heavy workpieces

Vertical Lathes

CN

C M

ac

hin

ing


Specifi cations VDM 800 VDM 1000 VDM 1250 VDM 1600 VDM 2300 VDM 2600 VDL 800Rotary table diameter in 28 35 39 55 79 90.5 27.6FeedFeed speed X / Z axis in/min (0.5) 0.03-3.4 (0.5) 0.03-3.4 (0.5) 0.03-3.4 (0.5) 0.03-3.4 (0.5) 0.03-3.4 (0.5) 0.03-3.4 0.2-4.8 (only X)

W axis feed in/min 17 17 17 17 17 17 0.2-4.8Rapid feed of upper / side support in/min 71 71 71 71 71 71 -Tool holder in 1.2 x 1.6 1.2 x 1.6 1.2 x 1.6 1.2 x 1.6 1.2 x 1.6 1.2 x 1.6 0.8 x 2Tool weight (max.) lb 110 110 110 110 110 110 22Drive CapacitiesMain motor rating Hp 20 20 30 30 40 50 10Motor rating X axis Hp 1.7 / 2.4 1.7 / 2.4 1.7 / 2.4 1.7 / 2.4 1.7 / 2.4 1.7 / 2.4 1Motor rating Z axis Hp 1.7 / 2.4 1.7 / 2.4 1.7 / 2.4 1.7 / 2.4 1.7 / 2.4 1.7 / 2.4 1Dimensions/WeightOverall dimensions (LxWxH) in 95 x 83

x 109 95 x 86x 109

93 x 89 x 110

111 x 105 x 111

126 x 112 x 130

130 x 158 x 138

59 x 59x 79

Weight lb 14,330 17,637 19,842 27,556 39,683 48,502 3,968Part No. 300 380 300 381 300 382 300 383 300 384 300 385 300 379Price $

VDM• Optimum tooling and easy access for

cranes and forklift trucks top support includes a 5-station tool holder, side support with independent feed for perfect inside and outside turning

• The heavy column design and hardened guideways for cross traverse and side support give this machine the proper rigidity to support its power

• Cross traverse clamping is hydraulic, and the set position will be fixated exactly

• The material and sturdy guide structure give the vertical boom excellent stability and accuracy for large throat widths

• The spindle runs in a high-precision double-row roller bearings and is adjustable

• Reduction gear drive ensures high torque and speed ranges of 1.2 - 40 up to 10 - 315 rpm (Depending on model)-1

starting at

shown without 5-station tool changer


Options for Compact 720 Part No. Price $ • Manual tool setter 250 705• Steady rest (manual) 250 701

• Rotating quill 250 702 • Coolant system 250 704

Options for Compact 580 • 600 Part No. Price $ • Workpiece gripper 250 693• Automatically opening and closing door 250 694• Manual tool setter 250 695• Oil and coolant separator 250 696

• Workspace vacuum exhaust and wet-collector for oil 250 697

• Bar feed 250 698• Programmable tailstock 250 699• Driven tools & C-axis 250 700

Standard Equipment: Fanuc 0i-TD control, hydraulic 3-jaw chuck 10 in (Compact 580), hydraulic 3-jaw chuck 8 in (Compact 600), hydraulic 3-jaw chuck 15 in (Compact 720), hydraulic 10-station tool turret (Compact 580), hydraulic 12-station tool turret (Compact 600), hydraulic 8-station tool turret (Compact 720), hydraulic tailstock (Compact 580 and Compact 720), coolant system, chip conveyor, chip collection container, foundation bolts, machine feet, automatic central lubrication, work lamp, foot switch for chuck, grease gun, operating tools, operating manual and programming instructions, maintenance manual

Specifications Compact 580 600 720Control Fanuc 0i-TD Fanuc 0i-TD Fanuc 0i-TDWorking areaTurning diameter over bed (max) in 22.8 23.6 33.5Turning diameter over support (max) in 14 15.7 19.7Part length (max.) in 25.8 18.5 39.4X axis travel in 9.3 8.5 13.8Z axis travel in 27.6 19.7 43.3HeadstockSpeed range rpm 50 - 3500 50 - 4900 40 - 2000Spindle inside taper A2-8 A2-6 A2-11Lathe chuck diameter in 10 8 15Spindle bore in 3.4 2.4 5.2FeedX axis rapid feed in/min 1,181 1,417 472Z axis rapid feed in/min 1,181 1,417 787Tool CarrierNumber of tool stations 10 12 8Tool shank dimensions in 0.98 x 0.98 0.98 x 0.98 1.26 x 1.26Boring bar holder diameter in 1.6 1.6 2.0AccuracyPositioning accuracy X / Y / Z axis in ± 0.00015 ± 0.00015 ± 0.0002Repeatability X / Y / Z axis in ± 0.0001 ± 0.0001 ± 0.0001Drive CapacitiesMain drive motor rating (continuous / 30 min.) Hp 20 / 25 15 / 20 30 / 35Motor rating Y / Z axis Hp 4 4 5Total connected load kVA 26 26 30 Dimensions/WeightDimensions in 167 x 72 x 89 146 x 89 x 84 233 x 90 x 100Weight lb 13,118 11,288 28,440Part No. 180 450 180 451 180 452Price $

Compact 720 shown

65

Compact 580 • 600 • 720B

Robust, powerful and universal - with machining lengths up to 39.4 in

CNC Inclined Bed Lathes

CN

C M

ac

hin

ing

starting at

Compact 600 shown

• Construction and material of the machine frame ensure optimum dampening of vibrations and lasting, consistent machining accuracy

• Turning diameters up to 33.5 in and center width up to 39.4 in allow machining of large parts

• Inclined bed with an angle of 45° or 30° (Compact 600) ensure smooth flow of chips to the standard chip conveyor

• Linear guides on X and Y for high rapid feed speeds and high positioning accuracy

• Headstock and spindle head ensure maximum accuracy, even at high, continuous loads

• The advanced cooling system prevents thermal influences and

ensures low-wear operation• Preloaded ballscrews ensure zero backlash and excellent

rigidity• These features combined with a large leadscrew ensure

minimum temperature influence and high dynamics• Fanuc 0i-TD - proven control with absolute reliability• Extensive standard equipment, including hydraulic tool turret,

hydraulic power chuck, and hydraulic tailstock (Compact 580, Compact 720)

• Laser calibration for controlling the positioning accuracy ensures maximum precision


extensive standard equipment

66

StarChip 450B

Standard Equipment: Fanuc 0i-Mate control with Manual Guide 0i, electric handwheel, chip conveyor, hydraulic 8-station turret, hydraulic tail-stock, hydraulic 3-jaw chuck Ø 8”, high-pressure coolant system, automatic central lubrication, work lamp, programming manuals, operator manual, operating tools

Specifications StarChip 450Control Fanuc 0i-MateMax. turning diam. - over bed 17.7”- over support 8”Max. workpiece diam. 11”Max. workpiece length 19.5”Machine bed incline 45°Spindel speed rpm 45 - 4000 Headstock motor type Fanuc B12/7000iSpindle motor rating (cont./30 min.) Hp 15-20Spindle taper A 2-5 Spindle bore 1.377”Chuck bore 2”3-jaw hydraulic chuck 8”

Max. spindle torque(cont./30 min.) ft/lbs 67/91Travels - X axis 6.5”

- Z axis 19.5”Rapid feed ”/min 800Ø of both preloaded ball screws 1.25”Number of tool stations 8Tool shank 0.8” x 0.8”Boring bar holder 1.3”Tailstock quill/-Ø MT 5 / 3.15”Tailstock quill travel 4”Dimensions (L x W x H) 142” x 70” x 70”Weight lbs 11023Part no. 180 150Price $

Option• Handybar bar feed Part No. 123 960 Price $

• Heavybar 30 bar feed Part No. 123 970 Price $

• Inclined 45º machine bed, monoblock design, made of premium tension-free annealed cast-iron

• Precision-ground preloaded ball screws with preloaded nuts and precision linear guides – low maintenance and high reliability

• Hydraulic unit with coolant system to maintain constant

oil temperature during continuous operation• High-pressure cooling system through the bidirectional

tool turret • Fanuc 0i-Mate Control with Manual Guide 0i • Duplomatic 8-station tool turret for quick and bidirectional

tool changes

CNC Lathe

Powerful and dynamic - includes extensive standard equipment


starting at

67

B

Turnstar 200 Cstarting at

Low-cost turned parts with maximum precision!

CNC Horizontal Lathe

Standard Equipment: GPlus 450 control, 6-station linear tool changer, hydraulic collet chuck, collets, hydraulic unit, automatic central lubrication, chip tray, operating tools, operator manual

Specifications Turnstar 200 CWorking area Max. turning diam. over bed 17”Max. turning diam. over support 7”Workpiece length (max.) 7.75”X / Z axis travel 31.5” / 9”HeadstockSpeed range rpm 70 - 4000 Spindle mount A2-5Spindle bore 1.75”Spindle bore inside chuck 1.25”FeedRapid feed X / Z axis ”/min 315” / 591”Tool Carrier Number of tool stations 6

Tool shank dimensions 0.8” x 0.8”Boring bar holder diameter 0.8”Accuracy Positioning accuracy X / Z axis 0.00059” /

0.00063”Repeatability X / Z axis 0.0004” / 0.0005”

Drive Capacities Main motor rating Hp 5Motor rating for X / Z axis drive Hp 1.25 / 2Total connected load W 6000Dimensions/Weight Dimensions 83” x 73” x 67”Weight lbs 3750Part No. 180 620Price $


CN

C M

ac

hin

ing

• Ribbed, wide machine bed made of tempered cast-iron for maximum rigidity and constant accuracy

• Wide linear guides and large preloaded ball screws allow low-friction and very accurate positioning of the tool slide

• Linear tool changer for up to 6 tools allows quick tool changes

• Infinitely variable speeds, wide speed range

• Very exact and rigid headstock support on radial angular ball bearings and two rows of cylindrical roller bearings

• Hydraulic collet chuck ensures minimal deformation during clamping, even with small part diameters; excellent concentricity

Options: • Collets from 2 to 35 mm Part No. 106 300 - 106 333 (intermediate sizes upon request) Prices starting at $ • For available options for this machine, visit our website and search for Turnstar 200 C (Product Search)

68

For available options for this machine, visit our website and search for Turnstar 300 C (Product Search)

Specifications Turnstar 300 CWorking area Max. turning diam. over bed 15” Max. turning diam. over support 7”Center width 17.75”Machining length (max.) 12”X axis travel 24”Z axis travel 19.5”HeadstockSpeed range rpm 70 - 4000 Spindle mount A2-5

Lathe chuck diameter 6.25”Bore 2”Spindle bore inside chuck 1.75”FeedX axis rapid feed ”/min 472Z axis rapid feed ”/min 590Tool Carrier Number of tool stations 7Tool shank dimensions 0.75” x 0.75”Boring bar holder diameter 0.75”

Standard Equipment:• GPlus 450 control• Electric 4-station tool changer

• 3 boring bar holders• Hydraulic 3-jaw chuck Ø 160 mm• Hydraulic unit

• Automatic central lubrication• Coolant system• Totally enclosed case• Chip tray

• Operating tools• Operator manual

Lots of spance for special tools – the wide linear setup table allows many combination possibilities

• Wear-resistant box ways and large preloaded ball screws al-low low-friction and very accurate positioning of the tool slide on all axes

• Powerful spindle motor with infinitely variable speed• Very exact and rigid headstock support on radial angular ball

bearings and two rows of cylindrical roller bearings• Central lubrication fed to guides and preloaded ball screws• Easy access to the work space through large sliding door

• Hydraulic workpiece clamping via hydraulic 3-jaw chuck with 160 mm diameter ensures easy and exact setup of the workpiece

• electric tool changer with 4 stations, 3 boring bar holders • Rapid feed up to 15 m/min for effective and cost-efficient

machining operations• The GPlus control features a 17“ TFT color monitor with

touch-screen display that shows all data for a user-friendly programming experience and easy operation


69

B

Turnstar 300 CLow-cost turned parts with maximum precision!


• Ribbed, wide machine bed made of tempered cast-iron for maximum rigidity and constant accuracy

CN

C M

ac

hin

ing

Specifications Turnstar 300 CTailstockTailstock taper MT 4Tailstock quill diameter 2.25”Tailstock quill stroke 4.75”Accuracy Positioning accuracy X axis 0.0006”Positioning accuracy Z axis 0.001”Repeatability X axis 0.0004”Repeatability Z axis 0.0006”Drive Capacities

Main motor rating Hp 5Motor rating for X axis Hp 1Motor rating for Z axis Hp 2Total connected load W 6000Dimensions/Weight Dimensions 87” x 58”

x79”Weight lbs 4850Part No. 180 621Price $


70

Specifications Turnstar 200 S 200 RSWorking area Max. turning diam. over bed 17” 17”Max. turning diam. over support 7” 7”Workpiece length (max.) 8” 8”X axis travel 31.5” 31.5”Z axis travel 10” 10”HeadstockSpeed range rpm 70 - 4000 70 - 3000 Spindle inside taper 1:50 1:50Lathe chuck diameter 6.25” 6.25”Spindle bore 2” 2”Spindle bore inside chuck 1.75” 1.75”

FeedX axis rapid feed ”/min 472 472Z axis rapid feed ”/min 709 709Tool Carrier Number of tool stations 6 3Tool shank dimensions

0.75”x0.75” 0.75”x0.75”

Boring bar mount diameter 0.75” 0.75”Driven ToolsQuantity - 4Spindle speed rpm - 1400 torque ft/lbs - 5

For available options for this machine, please visit our website and search for Turnstar 200 S / 200 RS (Product Search)

Very precise C axis angle positioning (RS model) and driven tools for drilling and milling of turned parts

Standard Equipment:• GPlus 450 control• 6-station linear tool changer (S model)• 3-station linear tool changer (RS model)

• 2 driven axial drilling/cutter heads (RS model)• 2 driven radial drilling/cutter heads (RS model)• C and Y axes (RS model)

• Hydraulic 3-jaw chuck Ø 6.25”• Hydraulic unit• Automatic central lubrication• Coolant system

• Totally enclosed case• Chip tray• Operating tools• Operator manual


• Compact CNC lathe with a 30º inclined bed constructed of hea-vy, torsionally rigid cast-iron to ensure optimum results at high machining rates

• Wide linear guides and large preloaded ball screws allow low-friction and very accurate positioning of the tool slide on all axes

• Linear tool changer with 6 stations (S model) and rapid feeds up to 18 m/min allow quick tool changes and efficient production

• Very exact and rigid headstock support on radial angular ball bearings and two rows of cylindrical roller bearings

• Easy access to the totally enclosed work space via a wide opening door

• All guideways and the centally positioned preloaded ball screw-sare realiably protected by telescoping covers

• Headstock with infinitely variable speed adjustment - change-over to C axis (RS model) for exact angle positioning and thread cutting function

• Powered drilling/cutter heads with 2 tools are mounted in a radial position and are moved via the Y axis; 2 driven axial drill heads are mounted directly on the linear changer (RS model)

• All axes feature powerful servo motors• The GPlus control features a 17“ TFT color monitor with

touch-screen display that shows all data for user-friendly programming experience and easy operation

• Quick setup of drilling, milling and thread cutting tasks on turned parts directly at the GPlus control

• All guideways and preloaded ball screws are lubricated timely and adequately by the central lubrication system

• Hydraulic 3-jaw chuck with 160 mm diameter ensures easy and exact setup of the workpiece

71

B

Turnstar 200 S • RSstarting at

Universal, quick, compact - also with C and Y axes and driven tools


Turnstar 200 S is shown

Specifications Turnstar 200 S 200 RSAccuracy Positioning accuracy - X axis 0.0005” 0.0005”- Y axis - 0.0005”- Z axis 0.0009” 0.0006”- C axis - 0,03°Repeatability- X axis 0.000016” 0.00016”- Y axis - 0.000016”- Z axis 0.00024” 0.00024”- C axis - 0,01°Drive Capacities

Main motor rating Hp 5 6Motor rating for X axis Hp 1.25 1.25Motor rating Y axis Hp - 1Motor rating for Z axis Hp 2 2Motor rating for driven tools Hp - 1Total connected load W 6000 7000Dimensions/Weight Dimensions 85”x60”

x76”85”x60”x76”

Weight lbs 4630 4630Part No. 180 623 180 622Price $

CN

C M

ac

hin

ing


72

Specifi cations Ecoturn 500/500 500/1000 630/1000 630/1500Control Fanuc 0i-Mate TD with Manual Guide 0iWorking areaCenter width in 19.7 39.4 39.4 59Center height in 39.4 39.4 43.3 43.3Turning diameter over bed (max) in 10.0 10.0 12.6 12.6Turning diameter over support (max) in 13.4 13.4 17.7 17.7X axis travel in 10.2 9.8 12.6 12.8Z axis travel in 23.6 43.3 43.3 63HeadstockSpeed range rpm 50 - 3000 50 - 3000 10 - 1000 10 - 1000Headstock torque (max.) ft/lb 126 126 177 177Spindle mount A2-6 A2-6 A2-8 A2-8Spindle bore without / with draw tube in 2.4 / 2.0 2.4 / 2.0 3.3 / 2.4 3.3 / 2.4FeedX axis rapid feed in/min 315 315 315 315Z axis rapid feed in/min 472 472 472 472Tool CarrierNumber of tool stations 8 8 8 8Tool shank dimensions in 0.98 x 0.98 0.98 x 0.98 0.98 x 0.98 0.98 x 0.98Boring bar holder diameter in 1.6 1.6 1.97 1.97

Options for Ecoturn 500 Part No. Price $• Steady rest, hydraulic 250 707

• Tool gauge 250 708• Automatic bar feed, 16 ft 250 709

Standard Equipment: Fanuc 0i-Mate TD with Manual Guide 0i, chip conveyor, electronic hand-wheel, 8-station tool turret, hydraulic tailstock, hydraulic hollow chuck 11.8 in, automatic central lubrication, coolant system, center MT 5, machine feet, foundation bolts, operating tools, operating and programming instructions

Ecoturn 500/500 shown

• Heavy inclined bed design and rigid headstock were FEM-analyzed and optimized in the design phase

• Extra-wide, hardened rectangular guides ensure quiet operation and long-term precision - Even for complex manufacturing tasks, like heavy roughing work or interrupted cuts

• A total of 5 high-precision spindle bearing groups ensure optimum turning results, even at high axial and radial loads

• Exact positioning hydraulic 8-station tool turret• Excellent chip removal and standard chip conveyor support an

efficient and cost-effective machining operation• Hydraulic tailstock and hydraulic hollow chuck can be

controlled via foot switch (standard)• Efficient coolant system with coolant nozzles at every tool

mount • Fanuc 0i-Mate TD with Manual Guide 0i scores with high

reliability and maximum availability • High-quality preloaded ball screws with powerful servo-axis-

drive ensure excellent positioning accuracy and repeatability


73

B

Ecoturn 500 • 630Heavy-duty CNC Lathe for cost-effective machining of large parts and series production

CNC Inclined Bed Lathe

Ecoturn 500/500 500/1000 630/1000 630/1500TailstockTailstock taper MT5 MT5 MT5 MT5Tailstock quill diameter in 3.9 3.9 5.1 5.1Tailstock quill stroke in 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9AccuracyPositioning accuracy X axis in 0.00063 0.00063 0.00063 0.00063Positioning accuracy Z axis in 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001Repeatability X axis in 0.0003 0.0003 0.0003 0.0003Repeatability Z axis in 0.0004 0.0004 0.0004 0.0004Drive CapacitiesMotor rating - Main drive (contin./30 min)

Hp 20 / 25 20 / 25 25 / 30 25 / 30

- X / Z axis Hp 1.6 / 2.4 1.6 / 2.4 2.4 / 3.4 2.4 / 3.4Dimensions/WeightDimensions in 118 x 59 x 69 147 x 59 x 69 136 x 44 x 82 156 x 66 x 82Weight lb 8,819 9,921 15,432 20,944Part No. 100 230 100 231 100 232 100 233Price $

CN

C M

ac

hin

ing

Options for Ecoturn 630 Part No. Price $• Steady rest, hydraulic 250 707

• Steady rest, manual 250 710• Tool gauge 250 711

starting at

For parts up to 5 ft. in length

Ecoturn 630/1000 shown


74

Specifi cations Roturn 400 480Control Fanuc 0i-Mate TD with Manual Guide 0iWorking areaCenter width in 11.8 11.8Center height in 13.4 17Turning diameter over bed in 15.8 18.9Turning diameter over support in 11 13.8X axis travel in 7.1 9.1Z axis travel in 16.5 16.9HeadstockSpeed range rpm 250 - 3000 250 - 3000Spindle mount A2-5 A2-6Spindle bore without draw tube in 2.0 2.0Spindle bore with draw tube in 1.3 1.3FeedRapid feed X / Z axis in/min 236 236Work feed X / Y axis in/min 118 118Tool CarrierTool carrier type Turret Turret

• Larger models also use the proven, rigid 45° inclined bed construction made of premium cast-iron to ensure maximum rigidity and easy chip removal

• Rectangular guideways provide excellent rigidity and maximum precision

• 10 Hp main spindle motor provides high torque across the entire speed range

• The workspace is enclosed on all sides with easy access through a large sliding door for set-up, tooling and unloading

• A high-performance chip conveyor is included in the standard

equipment• Fanuc 0i-Mate TD with Manual Guide 0i features advanced

control technology and maximum reliability • Hydraulic 6 in chuck and hydraulic tailstock are included in

standard equipment• An automatic lubrication system reduces the operator's

workload and simplifies maintenance

Standard Equipment: Fanuc 0i-Mate TD control with Manual Guide 0i, 6-station tool turret, hydraulic 3-jaw chuck (6 in), hydraulic tailstock, chip conveyor, coolant system, automatic central lubrication, operating tools, operator manual and programming instructions

Options Part No. Price $• 8-station tool turret, hydraulic 250 715

• Hydraulic 6.3 in 3-jaw chuck with chuck opening 250 716

Solid 6-station tool turret for tools with 0.79 in shank diameter


75

B

Roturn 400 • 480


A successful concept with a larger size - Completely equipped with Fanuc 0i-Mate TD control, hydraulic tailstock and 6-station tool turret

CNC Inclined Bed Lathe

CN

C M

ac

hin

ing

Specifi cations Roturn 400 480Tool stations 6 6Tool shank dimensions in 0.79 x 0.79 0.79 x 0.79Boring bar holder diameter in 0.98 0.98TailstockTailstock taper MT 4 MT 4Tailstock quill diameter in 3.3 3.3Tailstock quill stroke in 3.1 3.1AccuracyPositioning accuracy X / Z axis in 0.00063 / 0.00079 0.00063 / 0.00079Repeatability X / Z axis in 0.00028 / 0.00032 0.00028 / 0.00032Drive CapacitiesMain motor rating Hp 10 10Coolant pump motor rating Hp 0.16 0.16Dimensions/WeightDimensions in 97 x 54 x 74 98 x 58 x 76Weight lb 6,614 7,055Part No. 180 606 180 607Price $

Roturn 480 shown

starting at

76

B

Roturn 320CNC Inclined Bed Lathe

Standard Equipment: Fanuc 0i-Mate TD control with Manual Guide 0i, 6-station tool turret, hydraulic 3-jaw chuck (6.3 in), hydraulic tailstock, automatic central lubrication, operator manual and programming instructions

Options Part No. Price $• Rod cartridge with counter-weight 250 713 • Feeder rod cartridge 250 714


Specifi cations Roturn 320Control Fanuc 0i-Mate TDWorking area Center width / center height in 11.8 / 6.3Turning diameter over bed / support (max)in 12.6 / 7.1X / Z axis travel in 6.5 / 8.3HeadstockSpeed range rpm 250 - 3000Max. torque ft/lb 15.5Spindle mount A2-5Lathe chuck diameter in 6.3Spindle bore in 2.0FeedRapid feed X / Z axis in/min 236.2Work feed X / Y axis in/min 118.1Tool Carrier

Tool stations qty 6Tool shank dimensions in 0.63 X 0.63TailstockTailstock taper MT 3Tailstock quill diameter in 2.4AccuracyPositioning accuracy X / Z axis in 0.00063 / 0.00078 Repeatability X / Z axis in 0.00028 / 0.00032 Drive CapacitiesMain motor rating Hp 4Coolant pump motor rating Hp 1.2 Dimensions/WeightDimensions in 69 x 46 x 59 Weight lb 3,307Part No. 180 605Price $

Compact Automatic Lathe with inclined bed for precise batch production of small turned parts

• 4 Hp main spindle motor with wide speed range up to 3000 rpm

• Machine frame is constructed as a solid heavy 45° inclinded bed to ensure maximum rigidity and easy chip removal

• Rectangular guideways on Z are hardened and ground, ensuring high rigidity and accuracy even at highest loads

• V-block guides on X axis ensure high load capacity• Automatic central lubrication reduces maintenance

• Enclosed workspace protects and a large sliding door provides easy access

• Fanuc 0i-Mate plus Manual Guide 0i features advanced control technology and maximum reliability

• 6-station tool turret reduces downtimes • Hydraulic 3-jaw chuck (6.3 in) and hydraulic tailstock are

included in standard equipment

starting at

77

B

Proton XL • XXL

starting at

Standard Equipment for Proton XL: Fagor 8055 control, 3-jaw chuck (13” diam. for XL 630 series), 3-jaw chuck (20” diam. for XL 800 series), 4-station tool changer, tailstock, dead center MT5, automatic central lubrication, coolant system, work lamp, operating tools, operating manual and programming instructions

CNC Lathes

Heavy-duty Cycle Lathes with powerful Fagor 8055 control for demanding applications and turning of complex single parts and series production parts

• Heavy-duty lathes for powerful chip removal and high accuracy

• A variety of center widths and turning diameters give the user an optimum selection

• Powerful motors and automatic 4-step gears ensure high chip removal power

• High torques even at low spindle speeds• Precise turning of complex contours - both inside and outside

• Large guideways and a rigid machine bed provide for excellent machine stability

• The extraordinary solid design reduces vibrations to a minimum

• 4-station tool changer automatically performs the programmed tool changes, resulting in a significant productivity increase.

CN

C M

ac

hin

ing

For more information, visit www.knuth-usa.comFor available options for this machine, visit our website and search for Proton XL / XXL (Product Search)

4” spindle bore

78

Proton XL • XXLB

CNC Lathes

Specifications Proton XL 630.15 XL 630.30 XL 630.50 XL 800.15 XL 800.30 XL 800.50Control Fagor 8055 Fagor 8055 Fagor 8055 Fagor 8055 Fagor 8055 Fagor 8055Max. turning diameter- over bed / - over support 25” / 13” 25” / 13” 25” / 13” 32” / 20” 32” / 20” 32” / 20”Center width 59” 118” 197” 59” 118” 197”Bed width 22” 22” 22” 22” 22” 22”Z axis travel 53” 112” 191” 53” 112” 191”X axis travel 16” 16” 16” 19” 19” 19”X axis rapid feed inch/min 118 118 118 118 118 118Z axis rapid feed inch/min 236 236 236 236 236 236Spindle bore 4” 4” 4” 4” 4” 4”Spindle mount C 11 C 11 C 11 C 11 C 11 C 11Spindle speed (4 steps) rpm 12.5-1000 12.5-1000 12.5-1000 10-800 10-800 10-800Main motor rating Hp 15 15 15 15 15 15Headstock torque (max.) Ft. Lb. 998 998 998 1036 1036 1036Coolant pump W 90 90 90 90 90 90Tailstock quill stroke 10” 10” 10” 10” 10” 10”Tailstock taper MT5 MT5 MT5 MT5 MT5 MT5Tailstock quick diameter 4” 4” 4” 4” 4” 4” Chuck diameter 20” 20” 20” 20” 20” 20”Tool stations 4 4 4 4 4 4Tool shank 1”x1” 1”x1” 1”x1” 1”x1” 1”x1” 1”x1”Positioning accuracy X axis 0.001” 0.001” 0.001” 0.001” 0.001” 0.001”Positioning accuracy Z axis 0.002” 0.002” 0.003” 0.002” 0.002” 0.003”Repeatability X axis 0.0005” 0.0005” 0.0005” 0.0005” 0.0005” 0.0005”Repeatability Z axis 0.0008” 0.001” 0.001” 0.0008” 0.001” 0.001”Overall dimensions (LxWxH) 145”x70”

x70.5”204”x70” x70.5”

298”x70” x70.5”

145”x79” x72”

204”x79” x72”

298”x79” x72”

Weight lbs 8820 11020 15650 9260 11460 16090Part No. 100 300 100 301 100 302 100 303 100 304 100 305Price $

Specifications Proton XXL 1000.15 XXL 1000.30 XXL 1000.50Control Fagor 8055 Fagor 8055 Fagor 8055Max. turning diameter Over bed (max) 39” 39” 39”Over support (max) 25” 25” 25”Center width 59” 118” 197”Bed width 30” 30” 30”Z axis travel 51” 110” 189”X axis travel 22” 22” 22”X axis rapid feed inch/min 118” 118” 118”Z axis rapid feed inch/min 236” 236” 236”Spindle bore 5” 5” 5”Spindle mount A2-15 A2-15 A2-15Spindle speed (4 steps) rpm 3.15-315 3.15-315 3.15-315Main motor rating Hp 30 30 30Headstock torque (max.) Ft. Lb. 4650 4650 4650Coolant pump W 150 150 150Tailstock quill stroke 12” 12” 12”Tailstock taper MT6 MT6 MT6Tailstock quick diameter 6” 6” 6”Chuck diameter 40” 40” 40”Tool stations 4 4 4Tool shank 1”x1” 1”x1” 1”x1”Positioning accuracy X axis 0.001” 0.001” 0.001”Positioning accuracy Z axis 0.002” 0.002” 0.003”Repeatability X axis 0.0005” 0.0005” 0.0005”Repeatability Z axis 0.0008” 0.001” 0.001”Overall dimensions (LxWxH) 189”x86” x86” 248”x86” x86” 327”x86” x86”Weight lbs 19840 24250 28660Part No. 100 309 100 310 100 311Price $


79

B

Proton XXL

Standard Equipment for Proton XXL: Fagor 8055 control, 4-jaw independent chuck (40” diam.), 4-station tool changer, electrically driven tailstock, dead center MT6, automatic central lubrication, coolant system, work lamp, operating tools, operating manual and programming instructions

5” spindle bore

• Turning diameter over bed up to 49”• Center widths from 59 to 197”• Very high torque• Spindle bore 5”• 30” wide bed

Heavy-duty Cycle Lathe with massive machine bed and 30 Hp main motor

CNC Lathes

Proton XXL 1250 shown


CN

C M

ac

hin

ing

XXL 1250 - program-controlled, self-positioning 4-station tool holder XXL 1250 - tailstock with 12” quill stroke

For available options for this machine, visit our website and search for Proton XL / XXL (Product Search)

starting at

80

B

Proton XXL

Fagor 8055 CNC Control

Specifications Proton XXL 1250.15 XXL 1250.30 XXL 1250.50Control Fagor 8055 Fagor 8055 Fagor 8055Max. turning diameter Over bed (max) 49” 49” 49”Over support (max) 35” 35” 35”Center width 59” 118” 197”Bed width 30” 30” 30”Z axis travel 51” 110” 189”X axis travel 22” 22” 22”X axis rapid feed inch/min 118” 118” 118”Z axis rapid feed inch/min 236” 236” 236”Spindle bore 5” 5” 5”Spindle mount A2-15 A2-15 A2-15Spindle speed (4 steps) rpm 3.15-315 3.15-315 3.15-315Main motor rating Hp 30 30 30Headstock torque (max.) Ft. Lb. 4650 4650 4650Coolant pump W 150 150 150Tailstock quill stroke 12” 12” 12”Tailstock taper MT6 MT6 MT6Tailstock quick diameter 6” 6” 6”Chuck diameter 40” 40” 40”Tool stations 4 4 4Tool shank 1.5”x1.5” 1.5”x1.5” 1.5”x1.5”Positioning accuracy X axis 0.001” 0.001” 0.001”Positioning accuracy Z axis 0.002” 0.002” 0.003”Repeatability X axis 0.0005” 0.0005” 0.0005”Repeatability Z axis 0.0008” 0.001” 0.001”Overall dimensions (LxWxH) 189”x86”x87” 248”x86”x87” 327”x86”x87”Weight lbs 22050 26450 33070Part No. 100 312 100 313 100 314Price $

Proton XXL 1250 shown

• Versatile and powerful plus extremely easy operation• Very easy to operate without previous programming

knowledge, quick to learn• Easy set-up and storage of tool parameters• For track programming, the user merely enters any known

data for the contour into the smart profile editor

• Complete graphics support• Various cycles, like facing and plain turning, includes linear

and taper thread cutting; inside and outside• Interactive, graphic help window is available during cycle input

CNC Lathes


Proton 560/1500 • 560/2000B

81

Interactive teach programming with graphic support for cost-effective batch and single-part production

CNC Lathes with Teach Control

• Heavy-duty teach-controlled lathe• Automatic 4-station tool changer for increased productivity• Automatic gear steps for high turning force• Infinitely variable speed for optimum work results• Two electronic hand-wheels for manual operation

• Program complex parts without any DIN programming knowledge

• Implemented cycles for facing and plain turning radius, taper, thread, plunge-cut and complete contouring

Standard Equipment: Fagor 8055 control, autom. central lubrication, autom. 4-station tool changer, tailstock, LED work lamp, coolant system, 2 sliding doors with windows, operating and programming instructions

Specifications Proton 560/1500 560/2000Control Fagor 8055 TCTurning diam. over bed 22” Turning diam. over cross slide 11.8”Center height 10.5”Center width 60” 80”Bed width 15.75”Spindle speeds- High, 2 levels rpm 400 - 1000

800 - 2000 - Low, 2 levels rpm 25 - 250 + 200 - 500 spindle mount C 8 (stud bolt)Spindle bore 3”Tool shank 1” x 1”

Cross slide travel 12”Tailstock - Quill diameter 3.25”- Quill stroke 5.75”- Taper MT 5Repeatability X, Z 0.0005”; 0.0008”Positioning accuracy X, Z 0.001”; 0.002”Headstock motor HP 7.5Overall dimensions (LxWxH) 136”x53”

x69”155”x53”x69”

Weight lbs 8160 10370Part No. 180 164 180 176Price $

starting at


Easy programming via cycles

CN

C M

ac

hin

ing

For available options for this machine, visit our website and search for Proton 560 (Product Search)

82

Specifi cations Proton 660/1000 B 660/1500 BControl Fagor 8055i / A-TC Fagor 8055i / A-TCWorking areaCenter width in 39.4 59Bed width in 15.4 15.4Max. turning diameter- Over bed in 26 26- Over support in 14.4 14.4X axis travel in 11.4 11.4Z axis travel in 30 50FeedX axis rapid feed in/min 157.5 157.5Z axis rapid feed in/min 315 315HeadstockSpindle bore in 3.2 3.2Spindle mount D8 D8Speed range rpm (3) 35 - 2500 (3) 35 - 2500Chuck diameter in 12.4 9.4Tool ChangerTool stations 6 6


Proton 660/1000 B shown

Standard Equipment: Fagor 8055 control, 6-station tool turret, tailstock, 2 electronic hand-wheels, steady center MT5, automatic central lubrication, coolant system, work lamp, operating tools, programming instructions

• Rigid one-piece construction of the machine frame, and bed guides with wide V-blocks allow heavy machining and ensure an excellent finish of the workpiece

• Headstock of main spindle and gears were constructed to ensure optimum temperature balance and minimum heat influence

• Enclosure panels were designed under consideration of ergonomic aspects to provide good visibility over the entire machining process

• The heavy-duty tailstock is easy to handle and features high clamping force

• The automatic 6-station tool turret is part of the standard package and ensures maximum flexibility and productivity

• Ease of control and practical design are major aspects of this machine - two electronic hand-wheels simplify manual operation

• A workshop-oriented control for single cycles or programming of complex parts is mounted directly on the machine - work directly from the drawings without any DIN programming knowledge

• Integrated cycles for facing and plain turning, radius, taper, threads, plunge-cuts, and complete contouring processes

Options Part No. Price $• Steady rest Ø 7.1 - 9.8 in 250 717• 3-jaw lathe chuck steel 12.4 in 146 383• Lathe chuck with 7.1 - 9.8 in Ø capacity 250 718

Part No. Price $• Hydraulic tailstock (Proton 660/1000 B) 250 719• Hydraulic tailstock (Proton 660/1500 B) 250 721• Hydraulic pump 250 720

83

B

Proton 660 BCNC Lathes

Cycle Lathe with 6-station tool turretfor cost-effective single parts and batch productions starting at C

NC

Ma

ch

inin

gSpecifi cations Proton 660/1000 B 660/1500 BTool shank dimensions in 0.98 x 0.98 0.98 x 0.98Tool diameter in 1.3 1.3AccuracyPositioning accuracy X axis in 0.00118 0.00118Positioning accuracy Z axis in 0.00177 0.00177Repeatability X axis in 0.000472 0.000472Repeatability Z axis in 0.000787 0.000787TailstockTailstock quill stroke / diameter in 5.9 / 2.9 5.9 / 2.9Tailstock taper MT5 MT5Drive CapacitiesMain motor rating Hp 20 20Motor rating X axis Hp 1.4 1.4Motor rating Z axis Hp 2.6 2.6Dimensions/WeightOverall dimensions (LxWxH) in 126 x 83 x 87 146 x 83 x 87Weight lb 6173 6834Part No. 180 170 180 171Price $

3.2” spindle bore


84

B

Specifi cations Proton 500/1000 B 500/1500 B 500/2000 BControl Fagor 8055i / A-TC Fagor 8055i / A-TC Fagor 8055i / A-TCWorking areaCenter width in 39.4 59.1 78.7Bed width in 15.3 15.3 15.3Max. turning diameter- Over bed in 19.7 19.7 19.7- Over support in 11.4 11.4 11.4X axis travel in 9.4 9.4 9.4Z axis travel in 30.7 50.4 70FeedX axis rapid feed in/min 158 158 158Z axis rapid feed in/min 315 315 315HeadstockSpindle bore in 3.2 3.2 3.2Spindle mount D8 D8 D8Speed range rpm (3) 35-2500 (3) 35-2500 (3) 35-2500Chuck diameter in 10 10 10Tool turretTool stations 6 6 6

Options Part No. Price $• Steady rest Ø 7.1 - 9.8 in 250 717• 3-jaw lathe chuck steel 9.8 in 146 373 • Lathe chuck with 7.1 - 9.8 in Ø capacity 250 718

• Hydraulic tailstock (Proton 500/1000 B) 250 719• Hydraulic tailstock (Proton 500/1500 B) 250 721• Hydraulic tailstock (Proton 500/2000 B) 250 722• Hydraulic pump 250 720

Standard Equipment: Fagor 8055 control, 6-station tool turret, tailstock, 2 electronic hand-wheels, steady center MT5, automatic central lubrication, coolant system, work lamp, operating tools, programming instructions

• Wide V-block guides, hardened and ground – Superior rigidity of the lathe flat bed, even with large center widths

• Headstock and main spindle feature abolute rigidity under high loads, constant temperature balance and superior accuracy

• Easy tooling and set-up through practical design of enclosure panels

• The solid tailstock has a large quill with MT5 taper and is especially rigid and load-resistant

• An automatic 6-station tool turret increases productivity even in small batch productions

• Manual operation via 2 electronic hand-wheels, for manual control and easy set-up and measuring of tools and workpieces

• Automatic central lubrication for simplified maintenance• This Proton series also includes a workshop-oriented Fagor

control with intuitive programming and integrated cycles for facing and plain turning, radius, taper, threads, plunge-cuts, and complete contouring processes


85

B

Proton 500 BCNC Lathes

Entry-level model of the proven Proton Series - with center width from 39 to 78.7 in C

NC

Ma

ch

inin

gSpecifi cations Proton 500/1000 B 500/1500 B 500/2000 BTool shank dimensions in 0.98 x 0.98 0.98 x 0.98 0.98 x 0.98Tool diameter in 1.3 1.3 1.3AccuracyPositioning accuracy X axis in 0.001 0.001 0.001Positioning accuracy Z axis in 0.002 0.002 0.002Repeatability X axis in 0.0005 0.0005 0.0005Repeatability Z axis in 0.0008 0.0008 0.0008TailstockTailstock quill stroke / diameter in 5.9 / 3.0 5.9 / 3.0 5.9 / 3.0Tailstock taper MT5 MT5 MT5Drive CapacitiesMain motor rating Hp 15 15 15Motor rating X axis Hp 1.4 1.4 1.4Motor rating Z axis Hp 2.6 2.6 4.2Dimensions/WeightOverall dimensions (LxWxH) in 126 x 83 x 87 146 x 83 x 87 165 x 83 x 87Weight lb 5,953 6,614 7,716Part No. 180 173 180 174 180 175Price $


Proton 500/1000 B shown

Extensive selection of options available

starting at

B

Numturn 420

86 For more information, visit www.knuth-usa.com

Specifications Numturn 420Control Siemens GPlus 450Working areaCenter width in 29.5Turning Ø over bed / support (max) in 16.5 / 9.1X / Z axis travel in 8.7 / 29.5Part length (max.) in 29.5HeadstockSpindle speed rpm 3000Spindle mount A2-6Spindle bore in 2.0Hydr. jaw chuck diam. in 1.3FeedRapid feed X / Z axis in/min 157.5 / 315Tool CarrierNumber of tool stations qty 6Tool shank dimensions in 0.98 x 0.98Boring bar holder in 1.2

TailstockTailstock quill stroke in 3.9Tailstock taper MT 4Tailstock quill diam. in 2.0AccuracyPositioning accuracy X axis in 0.0004Positioning accuracy Z axis in 0.0006Repeatability X axis in 0.002Repeatability Z axis in 0.0004Drive CapacitiesHeadstock motor rating Hp 10Motor rating Y / Z axis Hp 2.0Coolant pump motor rating Hp 0.17Dimensions/WeightOverall dimensions (LxWxH) in 83 x 47 x 67Weight lb 4,409Part No. 180 147 180 146Price $

Standard Equipment: Siemens 802 S MM Base Line or GPlus 450 control, 2 electronic hand wheels, hydraulic 3-jaw chuck (8 in diam.), 6-station tool turret, automatic central lubrication, work lamp, operating tools,operating and programming instructions

User-oriented and Fully Equipped

• Manual movement of X and Z axes via 2 electronic hand-wheels

• User-oriented cycle interface for easy parts programming - turning cycles with many programming options to create a complete parts program

• Induction-hardened, ground guideways• Servo-drive for a powerful main spindle drive• Hydraulic 8 in chuck with adjustable holding force included

in standard equipment

• Smart central lubrication system for low-maintenance operation• Longitudinal and transverse movements via high-quality

preloaded ball screws• 6-station tool turret provides more automation and improved

efficiency, saves time when machining complex parts

CNC Cycle Lathes

Options for this machine can be found on our website under Numturn 420 (product search)

Shown with Siemens control

starting at

B

Numturn 320

87

Easy to use and very flexible - The ideal entry-level machine for cost-effective batch productions

CNC Cycle Lathe

Specifi cations Numturn 320Control GPlus 450Working areaCenter width in 29.5Turning diam. over bed / support (max) in 13 / 6.3X / Z axis travel in 10.6 / 28.3Part length (max.) in 29.5HeadstockSpeed range rpm 100 - 2500Spindle mount A2-5 Spindle bore in 1.6Hydr. jaw chuck diam. in 6FeedRapid feed X / Z axis in/min 157.5 / 299X / Z axis feed in/min 118 / 158Tool CarrierTool-changer type TurretNumber of tool stations qty 6

Tool shank dimensions in 0.55 x 0.55TailstockTailstock taper MT 3Tailstock quill diam. in 1.3Tailstock quill stroke in 3.9AccuracyPositioning accuracy X / Z axis in 0.00008 / 0.00098Repeatability X / Z axis in 0.0005 / 0.00063Drive CapacitiesHeadstock motor rating Hp 3Motor rating Y / Z axis Hp 2.1Coolant pump motor rating Hp 0.2Dimensions/WeightDimensions in 85 x 46 x 65Weight lb 2,646Part No. 180 145Price $

CN

C M

ac

hin

ing

• Heavy-duty horizontal machine bed features V-block guides for high load capacity

• Induction-hardened, ground guideways• Infinitely variable spindle speed• Preloaded ball screws and powerful servo-motors ensure

dynamic longitudinal and transverse feeds• Hydraulic 6 in chuck with adjustable holding force• 6-station tool turret for high productivity

• User-oriented GPlus 450 control with excellent graphical support

• Easy data exchange - the control can be connected to a network and has a USB port

• Automatic operation by defining individual cycles• Easy set-up and operation via a standard electronic hand-

wheel• Automatic central lubrication for guideways and support

Standard Equipment: GPlus 450 control, electronic hand-wheel, hydraulic 3-jaw chuck Ø 6 in, 6-station tool turret, coolant system, totally enclosed work space,automatic central lubrication, foundation bolts, work lamp, Ethernet and USB port, operating tools, operator manual

Options for this machine can be found on our website under Numturn 320 (product search)


88

Standard Equipment: Siemens 802 D SL control, 4-jaw independent chuck 126 in, chip guard to pro-tect the operator, work space lamp, operating tools, operator manual

Options Part No. Price $• Rests

24 - 55 in 250 302 55 - 98 in 250 303

Specifications Vulkan 4KSiemens control 802-D SL Working areaMax. turning diam. over bed in 157.5Max. turning diam. over cross slide in 118Max. part weight tons 132 (with rest)Max. part length in 315Chuck diameter in 126Max. torque at the lathe chuck ft/lb 147,512Max. cutting force at the tool kN 120Spindle speed (infinitely variable) rpm (2) 0.4 - 80Z axis travel in 335X axis travel in 59Rapid feed Z / X axis in/min 79Z / X axis feed in/min 0.04 - 79Tool shank dimensions in 3.1 x 3.1

Tailstock quill stroke in 7.9Tailstock rapid feed speed in/min 78.7AccuracyPositioning accuracy Z axis in 0.0014Positioning accuracy X axis inRepeatability Z axis in 0.00079Repeatability X axis in 0.0014Drive CapacitiesMain motor rating Hp 215Total connected load kVA 240Dimensions/WeightOverall dimensions (L x W x H) in 650 x 236 x 197Weight tons 287Part No. 101 501Price $


Tool towers are easy to traverse on separate guideways

Vulkan 4K

89

BHeavy-Duty CNC Lathe

• KNUTH Vulkan Heavy-Duty Lathes feature a modular design for customer-specific configurations based on the exact specifications provided by the customer (See specifications)

• From configuration to startup, the machine is designed in close cooperation with the machine manufacturer

• Controls and drive components as well as mechanical and

electrical components come from renown suppliers and meet international standards

• The machine manufacturer will setup the machines at the customer's site and perform the startup

• The machine frame features a multi-track bed and a modular design

CN

C M

ac

hin

ing

A new dimension of high-powered machining Modular design - Customized configuration to meet your requirements

• Max. turning diameter over bed 157.5 in• Max. part weight 132 tons, including rest• Part length 315 in


• Modular design• 2 independent supports• 215 Hp headstock motor

90

Furnished with completely as-sembled 3-axis position indicator

Specifications DL E Heavy 500/1500 500/3000 500/5000 500/8000 620/1500 620/3000 620/5000 620/8000Center width 59” 118” 196.9” 315” 59” 118” 196.9” 315”Turning diameter - over bed (max) 39” 49”

- over support (max) 26” 35”Travel - X axis 20” 25”

- Z axis 51” 110” 189” 307” 51” 110” 189” 307”- Z1 axis 12” 12”

Workpiece weight (max.) lbs 12,230 12,230Bed width 30” 30”Top-slide swivel range ± 180° ± 180°Spindle speed (forward/reverse) rpm 3.15 - 315 (21) / 3.15 - 400 (12) 3.15 - 315 (21) / 3.15 - 400 (12)Spindle bore 5.1” 5.1”Spindle mount A2-15 A2-15 Feed - X axis ”/rev 0.03 - 0.5 0.03 - 0.5

- Z axis ”/rev 0.0012 - 0.24 0.0012 - 0.24- Z1 axis ”/rev 0.0006 - 0.12 0.0006 - 0.12

Rapid feed - X axis ”/min 74 74- Z axis ”/min 147.25 147.25

Thread cutting - metric (45) 0.04“ - 4.8“ (45) 0.04“ - 4.8“- diametric DP 30 - 1/4 (42) 30 - 1/4 (42)- module (46) 0,02“ - 2.4“ (46) 0,02“ - 2.4“- Whitworth TPI 0.5 - 60 (48) 0.5 - 60 (48)

Tailstock quill taper diam. 3.1“ / 6.3“ 3.1“ / 6.3“Tailstock quill stroke 12” 12”Tailstock cross adjustment ± 0.1” ± 0.1”Headstock motor rating HP 30 30Overall dimensions (LxWxH) 181” x 73”

x 71”240” x 72” x 71”

319” x 72” x 71”

437” x 72” x 71”

181” x 72” x 71”

240” x 74” x 76”

319” x 74” x 76”

437” x 74” x 76”

Weight lbs 20620 23920 27890 35500 21500 25470 29330 37040Part No. with position indicator 300 499 300 500 300 502 300 504 300 505 300 506 300 508 300 510Price with position indicator $

Rest diameters up to 43 in(Option for DL E Heavy 1000)

Options Steady rest for series:• DL E Heavy 500, 9 - 25 in Part No. 250 641 Price $• DL E Heavy 620, 9 - 25 in Part No. 250 642 Price $• DL E Heavy 800, 10 - 35 in Part No. 250 644 Price $• DL E Heavy 1000, 20 - 43 in Part No. 250 646 Price $

follow rest for series• DL E Heavy 800, 2 - 9 in Part No. 250 643 Price $• DL E Heavy 1000, 2 - 9 in Part No. 250 645 Price $

Standard Equipment for DL E Heavy: 3-axis position indicator, 4-jaw independent chuck (DL E 500 and 630 series Ø = 39 in DL E 800 series Ø = 55 in, DL E 1000 series Ø = 63 in), coolant system, steady rest (DL E 500 series 2.0 - 19 in, DL E 620 series 2.0 - 23 in, DL E 800 and 1000 se-ries 9 - 25 in), follow rest 2.0 - 9 in (except DL E 800 and 1000 series), halogen work lamp, centers, reducing sleeves, foundation bolts, central lubrication, operating tools, operator manual


91

DL E HeavyC

5” spindle bore, large turning diameter and center widths up to 315”

Universal Heavy-Duty Lathe

Specifications DL E Heavy 800/3000 800/5000 800/8000 1000/2000 1000/3000 1000/5000 1000/8000Center width 118” 197” 315” 79” 118” 197” 315”Turning diameter - over bed (max) 63” 79”

- over support (max) 50” 63“Travel - X axis 32” 40”

- Z axis 110” 189” 307” 71” 110” 189” 307”- Z1 axis 8” 8”

Workpiece weight (max.) lbs 13,230 22,050Bed width 38” 43”Top-slide swivel range ± 180° ± 180°Spindle speed (forward/reverse) rpm 2.5 - 250 (21) / 3.15 - 250 (12) 2 - 200 (21) / 2.5 - 200 (12)Spindle bore 5.1” 5.1”Spindle mount A2-15 A2-15Feed - X axis ”/rev 0.003 - 0.5 0.003 - 0.5

- Z axi ”/rev 0.001 - 0.2 0.001 - 0.2- Z1 axis ”/rev 0.0006 - 0.1 0.0006 - 0.1

Rapid feed - X axis ”/min 74 74- Z axis ”/min 147 147

Thread cutting - metric (45) 0.04“ - 4.8“ (45) 0.04“ - 4.8“- diametric DP 30 - 1/4 (42) 30 - 1/4 (42)- module (46) 0,02“ - 2.4“ (46) 0,02“ - 2.4“- Whitworth TPI 0.5 - 60 (48) 0.5 - 60 (48)

Tailstock quill taper diam. metric 3.1” / 6.3” metric 3.1”” / 6.3”Tailstock quill stroke 12” 12”Tailstock cross adjustment ± 0.1” ± 0.1”Headstock motor rating / voltage HP 30 30Overall dimensions (LxWxH) 238 x 81

x 88317 x 81x 88

435 x 81x 88

205 x 87x 95

240 x 87x 95

319 x 87x 95

510 x 94x 99

Weight lbs 28,300 35,600 46,200 28,600 40,700 51,000 66,100Part No. with position indicator 300 512 300 514 300 516 300 518 300 519 300 520 300 522

Price with position indicator $

Tu

rnin

g

• 30 Hp motor• max. part weight 22000 lbs

• Powerful 30Hp motor ensures very high chip removal capacity

• Induction hardened and ground guideways• Large spindle bearings• Overload clutch is mounted inside apron

• A heavy, large cast-iron body and machine bed with strong ribbing reduce vibrations to a minimum

• Joystick control for X and Z axis feed is mounted directly to support

• Hand lever for tailstock adjustment (only on machines with a center width above 118”)

• Separate rapid feed motor for X and Z axis • Sturdy multi-disk clutch for headstock drive


starting at

92

DL BC

DL 465/3000B shown

Specifications DL 465/1500B 465/3000B 465/4000B 465/5000B 550/1500B 550/3000B 550/4000B 550/5000BCenter width inches 60 120 157 196 60 120 157 196 Max. turning diameter- over bed inches 37.4 37.4 37.4 37.4 43.3 43.3 43.3 43.3- over support inches 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 31,1 31,1 31,1 31,1- over gap bridge inches 44.9 44.9 44.9 44.9 50 50 50 50Gab bridge length inches 15.35 15.35 15.35 15.35 15.35 15.35 15.35 15.35Bed width inches 21.65 21.65 21.65 21.65 21.65 21.65 21.65 21.65Spindle speeds (quantity/range) rpm (18) 6-800 (18) 6-800 (18) 6-800 (18) 6-800 (18) 6-800 (18) 6-800 (18) 6-800 (18) 6-800Spindle bore inches 4.13Spindle taper MT5Longitudinal feeds inches/rev (64) 0.004 - 1 Transverse feeds inches/rev 0.002 - 0.47Rapid feed (longit/transv) inches/min 78.7 / 157.5Max. cross slide travel inches 19.5 22,6Max. top slide travel inches 7.75

• Extra heavy ribbed machine bed• Induction hardened and ground guideways• Massive headstock with high-precision spindle running in

tapered roller bearings• Gears are hardened and ground• Large capacity spindle bore of 4.134”

• Central, easy to operate control for feeds and thread leads• Wide spectrum of diametric, inch, module, and metric threads

• Support and top slide are designed for high cutting forces• Joystick control for X and Z feeds mounted

directly to support• Powerful 15 Hp motor for powerful machining• Overload clutch is mounted inside apron• Includes completely assembled 3-axis

position indicator

Rigid and Accurate – for machining of part diameters up to 4.134”

Heavy-Duty Lathe

Extensive standard equipment


93

Specifications DL 465/1500B 465/3000B 465/4000B 465/5000B 550/1500B 550/3000B 550/4000B 550/5000BSwing range of top slide +/- 90°Tapping- Metric (50) 1-240 - Whitworth (26) 0.5 - 0.04 - Module inches (53) 0.02 - 4.7- Diametric DP (24) 1.1 - 0.04Tailstock quill taper diam. inches MT5 / Ø 4Tailstock quill stroke inches 9.75Tailstock transverse adjustment mm +/- 0.6Motorating Hp 15 Motorvoltage V 380Dimensions (LxWxH) inches 138x61 197x61 236x61 276x61 138x62,5 197x62,5 236x62,6 276x62,5

x66 x66 x66 x66 x69 x69 x69,3 x69Weight lbs 10,700 13,000 14,550 16,975 11,574 13,889 15,653 17,856 Part No. 301 470 301 472 301 474 301 476 301 478 301 480 301 482 301 484Price $

Options Part No. Price $• Steady rest 280 - 480 mm 250 649• Coolant concentrate 5 L 103 184 • Radius cutter head 103 350• Quick-adjusting spindle bore stop, size 10, 90-110 mm 103 026• Quick-change tool holder Set, WC 103 196For additional options for this machine, visit our website and search for DL B (Product Search)

Standard Equipment DL B: position indicator, 3-jaw chuck Ø 12”, 79-jaw independent chuck Ø 19.5”, face plate Ø 37.40” (DL465), face plate Ø 43.30” (DL550), change gears, 4-station tool holder, coolant system, steady rest 3” - 12.6” , follow rest 1.2” - 3.1”, chuck guard, protective shield for support, halogen work lamp, steady center, operating tools, operator manual

Turning


Rigid 4-station tool holder plus one follow rest (included)

starting at

incl. position indicator

94

Sin

us D

C

• R

emov

able

brid

ge (

12.5

”) fo

r m

achi

ning

of

larg

e pa

rts

with

diam

eter

s up

to 3

5”•

Hig

h pr

ecis

ion

and

quie

t ope

rtio

n ev

en a

t max

imum

load

s•

Hea

vy, l

arge

bed

•

Har

dene

d gu

idew

ays

(>H

B 4

00)

• 4”

spi

ndle

cap

acity

for

mac

hini

ng o

f lar

ge

part

s•

Man

ual c

entr

al lu

bric

atio

n•

Mul

ti-di

sk c

lutc

h fo

r so

ft st

arts

whe

n w

orki

ng

with

hea

vy p

arts

• A

utom

atic

lubr

icat

ion

of h

eads

tock

and

m

ain

gear

s•

Pro

tect

ed le

adsc

rew

• O

verlo

ad p

rote

ctio

n fo

r fe

ed s

haft

and

lead

scre

w•

Rap

id fe

ed

Pre

cisi

on

Lat

he

wit

h la

rge

cen

ter

hei

gh

t an

d s

pin

dle

bo

re o

f 4”

, in

clu

din

g t

aper

tu

rnin

g

and

ass

emb

led

3-a

xis

po

siti

on

ind

icat

or

CN

C P

reci

sio

n L

ath

e

Qui

ck c

hang

e to

ol h

olde

r (o

ptio

n)

Tape

r tu

rnin

g fe

atur

e (in

clud

ed)

Sp

ecif

icat

ion

s S

inu

s 33

0/15

00 D

330/

2000

D33

0/30

00 D

400/

1500

D40

0/20

00 D

400/

3000

D

Cen

ter

wid

th60

” 8

0”12

0”60

” 8

0”12

0”

Max

. tur

ning

Ø o

ver

bed

26”

35”

35”

31”

31”

31”

Max

. tur

ning

Ø o

ver

supp

ort

17”

17”

17”

22”

22”

22”

Max

. tur

ning

Ø w

/o b

ridge

35

”35

”35

”41

”41

”41

”

Brid

ge le

ngth

12.5

”12

.5”

12.5

”10

”10

”10

”

Bed

wid

th16

”16

”16

”16

”16

”16

”

Spi

ndle

spe

ed (

step

s)rp

m25

- 1

600

(16)

25 -

160

0 (1

6)

25 -

160

0 (1

6)25

- 1

600

(16)

25 -

160

0 (1

6)25

- 1

600

(16)

Spi

ndle

bor

e Ø

4”

4”4”

4”4”

4”

Spi

ndle

mou

nt /

tape

rD

1-8

/ MT

5D

1-8

/ MT

5D

1-8

/ MT

5D

1-8

/ MT

5D

1-8

/ MT

5D

1-8

/ MT

5

Long

itudi

nal f

eeds

”/re

v(2

5) 0

.002

-0.0

6(2

5) 0

.002

-0.0

6(2

5) 0

.002

-0.0

6(2

5) 0

.002

-0.0

6(2

5) 0

.002

-0.0

6(2

5) 0

.002

-0.0

6

Tra

nsve

rse

feed

s”/

rev

(25)

0.0

01-0

.03

(25)

0.0

01-0

.03

(25)

0.0

01-0

.03

(25)

0.0

01-0

.03

(25)

0.0

01-0

.03

(25)

0.0

01-0

.03

Rap

id fe

ed (

long

it./tr

ansv

)”/

min

158/

7915

8/79

158/

7915

8/79

158/

7915

8/79

Max

. cro

ss-s

lide

trav

el14

.5”

14.5

”14

.5”

16.5

”16

.5”

16.5

”

Max

. top

-slid

e tr

avel

9”9”

9”9”

9”9”

Top-

slid

e sw

ivel

ran

ge45

°45

°45

°90

°90

°90

°

Tapp

ing

- m

etric

(54)

0.0

2” -

4.7

5”(5

4) 0

.02”

- 4

.75”

(54)

0.0

2” -

4.7

5”(5

4) 0

.02”

- 4

.75”

(54)

0.0

2” -

4.7

5”(5

4) 0

.02”

- 4

.75”

- W

hitw

orth

TP

I(5

4) 0

.44

- 80

(54)

0.4

4 -

80(5

4) 0

.44

- 80

(54)

0.4

4 -

80(5

4) 0

.44

- 80

(54)

0.4

4 -

80

- M

odul

e (4

6) 0

.01”

-2.2

5”(4

6) 0

.01”

-2.2

5”(4

6) 0

.01”

-2.2

5”(4

6) 0

.01”

-2.2

5”(4

6) 0

.01”

-2.2

5”(4

6) 0

.01”

-2.2

5”

- D

iam

etric

DP

(42)

0.8

8 -

160

(42)

0.8

8 -

160

(42)

0.8

8 -

160

(42)

0.8

8 -

160

(42)

0.8

8 -

160

(42)

0.8

8 -

160

Tails

tock

tape

r / Ø

MT

5 /

3.5”

MT

5 /

3.5”

MT

5 /

3.5”

MT

5 /

3.5”

MT

5 /

3.5”

MT

5 /

3.5”

Tails

tock

qui

ll st

roke

9.25

”9.

25”

9.25

”9.

25”

9.25

”9.

25”

Tails

tock

cro

ss a

djus

tmen

t±

0.5”

± 0.

5”±

0.5”

± 0.

4”±

0.4”

± 0.

4”

Mot

or r

atin

gH

P10

1010

1010

10

Ove

rall

dim

ensi

ons

(LxW

xH)

126”

x 4

9”

x 63

”

146”

x 4

9”

x 63

”

185”

x 4

9”

x 63

”

127”

x 4

5”

x 45

”

147”

x 4

5”

x 75

”

187”

x 4

5”

x 75

”

Wei

ght

lbs

5960

6400

7280

7100

7730

8530

Par

t No.

incl

. pos

ition

indi

cato

r30

0 01

030

0 01

130

0 01

230

0 01

530

0 01

330

0 01

4

Pri

ce w

ith

po

siti

on

ind

icat

or

$


95

Turning

star

ting

at

Sin

us

D 3

30/2

000

sho

wn

Tota

l Pri

ce i

ncl

ud

ing

3-a

xis

po

si-

tio

n in

dic

ato

r (a

ssem

ble

d)


Sta

nd

ard

Eq

uip

men

t: 3

-axi

s po

sitio

n in

dica

tor,

3-ja

w c

huck

(12

” di

am.)

, 4-ja

w

chuc

k (1

5” d

iam

.) f

ace

plac

e w

ith 1

8” d

iam

., do

g pl

ate,

4-s

tatio

n to

ol h

olde

r, up

to

2000

mm

cen

ter

wid

th, i

nclu

des

spla

tter

guar

d (w

all);

from

300

0 m

m u

pwar

ds w

ith

spla

tter

guar

d (m

oves

alo

ng w

ith s

uppo

rt),

coo

lant

sys

tem

, ste

ady

rest

and

follo

w

rest

, tap

er tu

rnin

g fe

atur

e, c

huck

gua

rd, h

alog

en w

ork

lam

p,

redu

cing

sle

eves

, dea

d ce

nter

s, o

pera

ting

tool

s, o

pera

tor

man

ual

Fo

r av

aila

ble

op

tio

ns

for

this

mac

hine

, vis

it ou

r w

ebsi

te a

nd s

earc

h fo

r S

inus

D

(Pro

duct

Sea

rch)

96

Turn

ado

230

• 28

0F

A p

rove

n c

lass

ic in

2 d

esig

ns:

Wit

h m

anu

al t

ran

smis

sio

n o

r w

ith

infi

nit

ely

vari

able

sp

eed

ad

just

men

t an

d c

on

stan

t sp

eed

(V

con

st)

Lea

d S

crew

an

d F

eed

Sh

aft

Lat

hes

• Lo

w p

rice

and

last

ing

high

val

ue

• W

ell a

rran

ged

cont

rol p

anel

with

erg

onom

ical

ly lo

cate

d

sele

ctor

s

• C

amlo

ck s

pind

le m

ount

D1-

6 or

D1-

8

• W

ide

bed,

gro

und

and

hard

ened

• Ta

ilsto

ck c

an b

e m

oved

sid

eway

s fo

r ta

per

turn

ing

• La

rge

num

ber

of th

read

lead

s

• R

emov

able

brid

ge fo

r m

achi

ning

of l

arge

dia

met

ers

• S

top

spin

dle

with

four

adj

usta

ble

linea

r st

ops

• A

qui

ck-a

ctio

n to

ol c

hang

er s

yste

m is

ava

ilabl

e as

an

optio

n

Sp

ecif

icat

ion

s Tu

rnad

o23

0/10

0023

0/15

0023

0/20

0028

0/15

0028

0/20

0028

0/30

00C

ente

r w

idth

in39

.859

.478

.756

.275

.911

5.3

Max

. tur

ning

dia

m. o

ver

bed

in18

.122

.0 -

Ove

r su

ppor

tin

10.6

14.0

- O

ver

brid

gein

27.2

30.9

Brid

ge le

ngth

in6.

16.

56.

7B

ed w

idth

in11

.411

.813

.8S

pind

le s

peed

(qu

antit

y/ra

nge)

rpm

(12)

25

- 20

00(1

2) 2

5 -

1600

Incl

. inf

inite

ly v

aria

ble

spee

d ad

just

men

trp

mL

30-6

00 /

H 6

00-3

000

L 25

-200

/ H

200

-160

0S

pind

le b

ore

in2.

33.

1S

pind

le m

ount

/ ta

per

Cam

lock

D1-

6 / M

T6

Cam

lock

D1-

8 / M

T7

Long

itudi

nal f

eeds

in/r

ev0.

0012

- 0

.066

90.

0023

- 0

.064

8T

rans

vers

e fe

eds

in/r

ev0.

0005

5 -

0.03

086

0.00

078

- 0.

0225

6M

ax. c

ross

-slid

e tr

avel

in11

.412

.4M

ax. t

op-s

lide

trav

elin

5.0

5.1

Top-

slid

e sw

ivel

ran

ge

± 52

°±

52°

Thr

ead

Cut

ting

- m

etric

mm

(41)

0.1

- 1

4(4

7) 0

.2 -

14

- W

hitw

orth

TP

I(6

0) 2

- 1

12(6

0) 2

- 1

12 T

PI

- M

odul

em

m(3

4) 0

.1 -

7(3

9) 0

.1 -

7 -

Dia

met

ricD

P(5

0) 4

- 1

12(5

0) 4

- 1

12Ta

ilsto

ck q

uill

tape

r / Ø

inM

T 4

/ 2.

4M

T 5

/ 3.

0Ta

ilsto

ck q

uill

stro

kein

4.8

4.7

7.1

Tails

tock

cro

ss a

djus

tmen

tin

± 0.

51±

0.47

Mot

or r

atin

g / v

olta

geH

p7.

410

.0O

vera

ll di

men

sion

s (L

xWxH

)in

85 x

42

x 54

107

x 41

x 54

128

x 82

x 75

112

x 45

x 58

132

x 45

x 58

171

x 45

x 58

Wei

ght

lb17

2019

7019

0023

7027

2034

30P

art N

o. w

ith p

ositi

on in

dica

tor

320

555

320

558

320

557

320

559

320

560

320

561

Pri

ce w

ith

po

siti

on

ind

icat

or

$P

art N

o. w

ith p

ositi

on in

dica

tor a

. inf

in. v

aria

ble

spee

d ad

just

. 32

0 57

032

0 57

132

0 57

532

0 57

232

0 57

332

0 57

4P

rice

with

po

sitio

n in

dic

ato

r a.

infin

. var

iab

le s

pee

d a

dju

st. $

Fac

epla

te is

incl

uded


Turn

ado

wit

h infi

nit

ely

vari

able

sp

eed

ad

just

men

t:

• B

ack

gear

ing,

firs

t-cl

ass

cont

rol t

echn

olog

y an

d a

pow

erfu

l

head

stoc

k m

otor

allo

w a

wid

e ra

nge

of s

peed

s an

d hi

gh to

rque

for

pow

erfu

l mac

hini

ng•

Ver

y qu

iet o

pera

tion

at m

axim

um s

pind

le s

peed

• M

ax. s

peed

for

the

Tur

nado

230

ser

ies

is 3

000

rpm

, inf

inite

ly

varia

ble

• T

he e

xten

sive

feat

ures

of t

he X

.Pos

Pos

ition

Indi

cato

r ar

e co

mpl

emen

ted

by a

spe

ed d

ispl

ay a

nd v

cons

t (co

nsta

nt s

peed

) fu

nctio

n: D

urin

g fa

ce tu

rnin

g, th

e sp

indl

e sp

eed

auto

mat

ical

ly a

d-ap

ts to

the

chan

ging

wor

kpie

ce d

iam

eter

– T

he c

onst

ant c

uttin

g sp

eed

at th

e cu

tting

edg

e of

the

turn

ing

tool

ens

ures

sup

erio

r tu

rnin

g re

sults

with

a q

ualit

y co

mpa

rabl

e to

CN

C la

thes

Con

stan

t cut

ting

spee

d fo

r a fl a

wle

ss s

urfa

ce th

roug

hout

97

star

ting

at


Op

tio

ns

P

art N

o.

Pric

e $

• 4-

jaw

lath

e ch

uck

10 in

for

Tur

nado

230

11

6 62

4

• 4-

jaw

lath

e ch

uck

10 in

for

Tur

nado

230

with

infin

itely

var

iabl

e sp

eed

adju

stm

ent

146

473

• 4-

jaw

lath

e ch

uck

12 in

for

Tur

nado

280

14

6 48

3 •

Qui

ck-c

hang

e to

ol h

olde

r se

t WB

for

Tur

nado

230

10

3 19

5

• Q

uick

-cha

nge

tool

hol

der

set W

C fo

r T

urna

do 2

80

103

196

Live

cen

ters

MT

5

106

760

• O

scill

atio

n el

emen

t LT

33

(per

pie

ce)

for

Tur

nado

230

103

321

P

art N

o.

Pric

e $

• O

scill

atio

n el

emen

t LT

55

(per

pie

ce) f

or T

urna

do 2

80

103

322

•

Cla

mpe

d tu

rnin

g to

ol s

et 0

.98

in

108

670

• In

dexa

ble

inse

rt s

et, 0

.98

in, 3

0 pi

eces

10

8 67

5 •

Pow

er W

orke

r ch

ip li

ft-of

f dev

ice

12

3 04

0

• K

nurli

ng to

ol k

it, a

ngle

d 10

8 52

1

• K

nurl

hold

er

108

520

•

Coo

lant

con

cent

rate

1.3

gal

10

3 18

4 F

or a

dditi

onal

op

tio

ns

for

this

mac

hine

, vi

sit o

ur w

ebsi

te a

nd s

earc

h fo

r T

urna

do (

Pro

duct

Sea

rch)

Sta

nd

ard

Eq

uip

men

t:

3-ax

is p

ositi

on in

dica

tor,

3-ja

w c

huck

Ø 1

0 in

(T

urna

do 2

30),

3-ja

w

chuc

k Ø

12

in (

Tur

nado

280

), 4

-jaw

face

pla

te c

huck

Ø 1

2 in

(T

urna

do

230)

, 4-ja

w fa

ce p

late

chu

ck Ø

16

in (

Tur

nado

280

), fa

ce p

late

Ø 1

4 in

(T

urna

do 2

30),

face

pla

te Ø

18

in (

Tur

nado

280

), 4

-sta

tion

tool

hol

der,

cool

ant s

yste

m, s

tead

y an

d fo

llow

res

ts, s

top

spin

dle,

spl

atte

r gu

ard,

ch

uck

guar

d, fo

ot b

rake

ped

al, h

alog

en w

ork

lam

p, r

educ

ing

slee

ve,

stea

dy c

ente

r, th

read

gau

ge, o

pera

ting

tool

s, o

pera

tor

man

ual

Incl

. Po

siti

on

Ind

icat

or

Incl

ud

ing

sto

p s

pin

dle

Turning

98

• The extensive features of the X.Pos Position Indicator

(catalog page 250) are complemented here with a digital

speed indicator and an easy to program auxiliary function

Constant speed - During face turning, the spindle speed

automatically adapts to the changing workpiece diameter

– the constant cutting speed at the cutting edge of the

turning tool ensures superior turning results with a quality

comparable to CNC lathes

• A quick-action tool changer system is available as an option

Standard Equipment: 3-axis position indicator, 4-jaw chuck (10” diam.), face place with 13.75” diam., change gears, 4-station tool holder, coolant system, steady and follow rests, turret stop, micrometer stop, chip tray, splatter guard, support shield, chuck guard, foot brake pedal, halogen work lamp, thread gauge, operating tools, operator manual

The cutting speed selected by the operator...

... will be held constant by automatically controlling the spindle speed ...

... up to a maximum speed of 3000 rpm.

Ø=

100m

m S

=58

0rp

mØ

=80

mm

S=

717r

pm

Ø=

20m

m S

=29

00rp

m

Specifications V-Turn 410/1000 410/1500Center width 40” 1500Max. turning diam.- over bed 16” 16”- over support 10” 10”- over bridge 22.8” 22.8”Bridge length 10” 7.5”Bed width 10” 10”Spindle speeds (range)

rpm L 30 - 550H 550 - 3000

L 30 - 550H 550 - 3000

Spindle bore 2” 2”Spindle mount / taper Camlock D1-6 / MT 6 D1-6 / MT 6Longitudinal feeds ”/rev 0.002 - 0.0067 0.002 - 0.0067Transverse feeds ”/rev 0.001 - 0.033 0.001 - 0.033Max. cross-slide travel 8” 8”Max. top-slide travel 5.5” 5.5”

Top-slide swivel range ± 45° ± 45°Tapping- metric (39) 0.008 - 0.55” (39) 0.008 - 0.55”- whitworth (45) 2 - 72 (45) 2 - 72- module (18) 0.012 - 0.14” (18) 0.012 - 0.14”- diametric DP (21) 8 - 44 (21) 8 - 44Tailstock quill taper diam. / Ø MT 4 / 2” MT 4 / 2”Tailstock quill stroke 4.7” 4.7”Tailstock cross adjustment ± 0.5” ± 0.5”Motor rating Hp 7.5 7.5Dimensions (LxWxH) 76 x 32

x 50”96 x 33x 52”

Weight lbs 3420 3970Part No. inc. position indicator 300 820 300 821Price inc. position indicator $

Option Part No. Price $• 3-jaw chuck, Ø 8”

Camlock 1-6, 4000 rpm 146 372• 4-jaw chuck, Ø 8”

Camlock 1-6, 4000 rpm 146 472• Quick-change tool holder set WB 103 195

• Live center MT 4 106 755• Oscillation element LT 33 (per piece) 103 321• Clamped Turning Tool Set 0.6”/0.8”/0.9”, 9-pc 108 780• Clamped turning tool set 1” 108 670• Indexable Insert Set 0.6”/0.8”/0.9”, 30-pc 108 782• Indexable insert set, 1”, 30 pieces 108 675 • Coolant concentrate 5 l 103 184• Power Worker chip lift-off device 123 040• Turret MT 4 105 050 • Knurl holder 108 520 • Knurling tool kit, angled 108 521 • Quick-adjusting spindle bore stop, size 6 103 020 • Accessory-Set MT 4 8-pc. 104 594For available options for this machine, visit our website and search for V-Turn (Product Search)


99

V-Turn 410F

Convincing Price and Performance! With infinitely variable speed adjustment and constant cutting speed

CNC Precision Lathe

• A heavy ribbed machine bed and a massive one-piece cast-iron frame provide the solid basis for this machine

• Wide, hardened and ground guideways ensure superior turning results and long life

• Large spindle bearings and high-precision headstock ensure excellent concentricity

• Headstock gears and shafts are hardened and ground for quiet operation und constant speed

• 7 Hp headstock motor ensures powerful machining• Spindle speeds are infinitely variable from 30 to 550

and 50 to 3000 rpm• Micrometer and turret stop are included• Integrated central lubrication at the support for low maintenance

Including 3-axis position indicator with intergrated spindle speed indicator, completely assembled

Shown with optional accessories

Tu

rnin

g

Quick change tool holder (optionally)

starting at


100

D

DM 1000 A

Specifications DM 1000 ACenter width 40”Max. turning diam.- Over bed 16”- Over support 9.5”- Over bridge 23”Bridge length 8”Bed width 11.4”Spindle speeds (number/range) rpm (12) 30 - 1600Spindle bore 2.1”Spindle mount / taper Camlock D1-6 /MT6Longitudinal feeds inches/r 0.0015 - 0.043Transverse feeds inches/r 0.0022 - 0.04Max. cross-slide travel 9”Max. top-slide travel 5.5”

Top-slide swivel range ± 45°Tapping- Metric (25) 0.02” - 0.79”- Whitworth (35) 80 - 1 3/4- Module (25) 0.01” - 0.4”- Diametric DP (30) 160-3 1/2Tailstock quill taper diam. MT4 / 2.4”Tailstock quill stroke 5”Tailstock cross adjustment ± 0.4”Motor rating Hp 7.5 Dimensions (LxWxH) 86” x 38” x 51”Weight lbs 3200Part No. inc. position indicator 320 612Price inc. position indicator $

Universal Lathe: 16”x40”

Large spindle capacity of 2” and powerful 7 Hp motor

Standard Equipment: position indicator, 3-jaw chuck Ø 10”, 4-jaw chuck Ø 12”, face plate Ø 20”, 4-station tool holder, coolant system, steady and follow rests, splatter guard, chuck guard, foot brake pedal, work lamp, reducing sleeve, dead center, operating tools, operator manual

incl. Position Indicator

Option Part No. Price $4-jaw lathe chuck 7.9” 116 624Quick-change tool holder set WB 103 195Live center MT 4 106 755Oscillation element LT 33 103 321Clamped turning tool set 0.98” 108 670Coolant concentrate 1.32 gal 103 184

• Heavy-duty bed with large dimensions, hardened and precision-ground, removable bridge

• Adjustable overload clutch inside the support• Large headstock in a solid bearing with Camlock D1/6• All gears and shafts are hardened and ground and run

in an oil-bath

• Manual central lubrication• Foot brakes for instant stop and shut-down of the headstock

starting at


101

Basic

Bas

ic 1

80 S

up

erB

asic

180

VB

asic

170

Su

per

Bas

ic P

lus

The successful Basic Series -Long record of proven performance in craft and industry applications

• Ideal for single part and batch production, or for

training

• Universal range of applications

• Reliability, Lasting value

• User-friendly operation

• Excellent price/performance ratio

• Extensive accessory package included

• Short delivery time

• Reliable replacement parts availability

• High customer satisfaction

• After-Sales Service

• Quality by Knuth

• Powerful drive

• Camlock quick-action clamp

• Hardened guideways

• Lathe beds with heavy ribbing

• Rigid, heavy-duty cast-iron design

• Basic 180 V with v-const and 3000 rpm

• Guideways are induction-hardened and ground

• Gears are hardened and precision-ground

• Oil-bath lubrication

• Headstock runs in precision-bearings

• Large spindle bore

• Very quiet operation

• Total Price including digital 3-axis assembled

Basic 180 Super

102

F

For available options for this machine, please visit our website and search for Basic 180 Super (Product Search)

Precise tool shop lathe at a low price

Lathe: 14”x40”

Specifications Basic 180 SuperCenter width 40”Max. turning diam. - over bed 14”- over support 8.7”- over bridge 20”Bridge length 8”Bed width 8”Spindle speeds (number/range) rpm (16) 45 - 1800Spindle bore 1.5”Spindle mount / taper Camlock D1-4 / MT 5Longitudinal feeds ”/rev 0.0012 - 0.029Transverse feeds ”/rev 0.0003 - 0.01Max. cross-slide travel 7”

Max. top-slide travel 3.6”Top-slide swivel range ± 50°Tapping- metric (37) 0.4 - 7- whitworth (28) 4 - 56Tailstock quill taper diam. MT 3 / 1.75”Tailstock quill stroke 4.75”Tailstock cross adjustment ± 0.4”Motor rating Hp 2 / 3Dimensions (LxWxH) 77” x 31” x 48”Weight lbs 1940Part No. inc. position indicator 300 805Price inc. position indicator $

• Cast-iron bed, heavily ribbed• All tracks are induction-hardened and

precision ground • Headstock with D1-4" mount, bore diameter

1.5”, in 2 adjustable tapered roller bearings• All gears are made of Cr-Ni steel, hardened,

precision ground, with oil bath lubrication

• Powerful main drive (2-3 Hp), including base frame

• Slides are adjustable via tapered gibs• Tailstock can be moved ± 0.4” for taper

turning• Closed cooling circuit

Standard Equipment: position indicator, 3-jaw chuck Ø 6”, 4-jaw chuck Ø 8”, face plate Ø 12”, 4-station tool holder, coolant system, steady and follow rests, chip tray, splatter guard, chuck guard, foot brake pedal, base, micrometer longitudinal stop, change gears, reducing sleeves, dead center, thread gauge, operating tools, operator manual



5C Collet Chuck (optional)

103

Basic 180 VF

Cost-effective precision lathe provides constant cutting speed: Vconst!

Mechanics Lathe: 14”x40”

Specifications Basic 180 VCenter width 40”Max. turning diam.- across bed 14”- across support 8.6”- across bridge 19.9”Bridge length 8.1”Bed width 8.1”Spindle speed (inf. variable)(range)

rpm L 45 - 1800H 155 - 3000

Spindle bore 1.5”Spindle mount/taper Camlock D1-4 / MT 5Longitudinal feeds IPR .0018 - .025”Transverse feeds IPR .0005 - .008”

Max. cross slide travel 7”Compound travel 3.6”Swivel range - compound ± 50°Tapping- metric mm (37) 0.4 - 7- inch TPI (28) 4 - 56Tailstock quill taper/ -Ø MT 3 / 1.75”Tailstock quill stroke 4.75”Tailstock transverse adjustment ± .38”Moter rating/voltage Hp 5.5 Dimensions (LxWxH) 76” x 31” x 48”Weight lbs 1940Part No. inc. position indicator 300 807Price inc. position indicator $


Standard Equipment: 3-axis position indicator, 4-jaw faceplate chuck Ø 200mm, faceplate Ø 320mm, change gears, 4-station tool holder, coolant system, steady rest and follow rest, chip colle-ction tray, splatter guard, chuck guard, foot brakes, base, halogen work lamp, axial micrometer stop, reducing sleeve, dead center, thread gauge, operating tools, operator manual

Shown with • 3-jaw chuck Ø 160 mm Camlock 1-4“ 4500 min-1 Part No. 146 378 Price $optional accessories: • 4-jaw chuck Ø 160 mm Camlock 1-4“ 4500 min-1 Part No. 116 600 Price $

• Speed adapts to the part radius - consistent track speed ensures uniform quality finish at any diameter.

• Position indicator with speed display• Infinitely variable spindle speed on 2 gear levels

starting at

Tu

rnin

gConsistent cutting speed Vconst.

• Speed up to 3000 rpm• Consistent cutting speed


104

Basic PlusF

‘Low-Cost-Version’ leadscrew and feed shaft lathe


Standard Equipment: position indicator, 3-jaw chuck Ø 6”, 4-jaw chuck Ø 8”, face plate Ø 10”, 4-station tool holder, steady and follow rests, chip tray, splatter guard, chuck guard, base, chan-ge gears, reducing sleeves, dead center, thread gauge, operating tools, operator manual

Specifications Basic PlusCenter width 32”Max. turning diam.- Over bed 12”- Over support 7”- Over bridge 17”Bed width 7”Spindle speeds(number/range)

rpm (9) 60 - 1500

Spindle bore 1.5”Spindle mount / taper Camlock D1-4 / MK 5Longitudinal feeds ”/r 0.002 - 0.055Transverse feeds ”/r 0.0005 - 0.015Max. cross-slide travel 7”

Max. top-slide travel 3.75”Top-slide swivel range ± 60°Tapping- Metric mm (26) 0.4 - 7- Whitworth (34) 4 - 56Tailstock quill taper MK 3Tailstock quill stroke 4”Tailstock cross adjustment ± 0.4Motor rating Hp 1.5 Dimensions (LxWxH) 63” x 29” x 50”Weight lbs 1,146Part No. incl. position indicator 300 809Price incl. position indicator $

• Cast-iron bed, heavily ribbed• Induction-hardened and precision

ground tracks • Headstock with camlock D1-4" mount,

bore diameter 1.5”, in 2 adjustable

precision tapered roller bearings• Tracks adjustable via tapered gibs• Tailstock can be moved ± 0.4” for

taper milling

Incl. position indicator

Turret (option) For available options for this machine, please visit our website and search for Basic Plus (Product Search)


105

Basic 170 SuperF

Standard Equipment: position indicator, 3-jaw chuck Ø 6”, 4-jaw chuck Ø 8”, face plate Ø 12”, 4-station tool holder, steady and follow rests, splatter guard, chuck guard, foot brake pedal, base, halogen work lamp, dead center, operating tools, operator manual

Specifications Basic 170 SuperCenter width 40”Max. turning diam.- Over bed 13”- Over support 7.75”- Over bridge 18.75”Bridge length 6.5”Bed width 7.4”Spindle speeds (number/range)

rpm (8) 70 - 2000

Spindle bore 1.5”Spindle mount / taper Camlock D1-4 / MT5Longitudinal feeds ”/rpm 0.001 - 0.061Transverse feeds ”/rpm 0.001 - 0.100

Max. cross-slide travel 6.3”Max. top-slide travel 2.6”Top-slide swivel range ± 60°Tapping- Metric mm (32) .4 - 7- Whitworth (32) 4 - 56Tailstock quill taper mm MT 3Tailstock quill stroke 3.9”Tailstock cross adjustment ± 0.4”Motor rating / voltage Hp 2 Dimensions (LxWxH) 72” x 27” x 52”Weight lbs 1150Part No. inc. position indicator 300 815Price incl. position indicator $


Solid Precision Bench Lathe with large center width

• Hardened and ground headstock gears • Gapped bedway• Max. speed 2000 rpm• Adjustable headstock bearing• Oil-bath lubricated main drive and feed gear• Shift gear system to change feed direction• Cast-iron bed, double v-guide,

hardened and ground• Interlocking feature prevents simultaneous

advance of leadscrew and feed shaft• Double-walled apron box with oil-bath

lubrication


Tu

rnin

g

Steady rest (standard) For available options for this machine, please visit our website and search for Basic 170 Super (Product Search)


max. spindle speed 2000 rpm

106

HRD 42PF • HRD 60PF

F

D C

Turret Lathe

Specifications HRD 42PF HRD 60PFMax. part- Round 1.5” 2.25”- Hexagonal 1.375” 2” - Square 1.125” 1.5” Collet mount Ø 1.2”, 1.65” 1.65”, 2.36”Travel - Axial slide 3.5” 3.5”- Cross slide 4” 4”

- Turrent slide 5.9” 5.9”- Cut-off slide 1.3” 1.3”Main rating Hp 7 7 Spindle speed rpm (2)120-2000 (2)120-2000 Coolant pump Hp 0.1 0.1 Weight with bar feeder lbs 1,940 2,000Dimensions (LxWxH) 63”x31”x63” 63”x31”x63”Part No. 100 823 100 826Price $

collet mount Ø 1.18“ Ø 1.7“ Ø 2.4“Collet diameter (0.4“ increm.) 0.01“ - 1.13“ 0.01“ - 1.6“ 0.02“ - 2.3“Part No. 116 2+Ø 116 1+Ø 116 0+ØPrice $ Part No. 116 230 116 142 116 060

Price $

HRD 60PF shown

starting at

High productivity, easy handling – the ideal option for series production

Standard Equipment: coolant system, bar feeder, collet chuck

• The HRD PF series provides an electric speed control for comfortable and quick rpm adjustments via a 12-position rotary switch

• A powerful drive motor (7 Hp) provides plenty of power at all speed levels

• Fine speed adjustments from 120 to 2000 rpm• Automatic tool turret change-over and single-lever operation

against adjustable end stops allow short machining times and maximum repeatability

• Minimized downtimes when using the bar feeding feature and cut-off unit

Pneumatic collet clamping with 85 psi-pressure; uses 0.04 galair per clamping

Drilling with the HRD


107

Universa 550 VH

Specifications Universa 550 VTurningCenter width 21.5”Max. turning diameter - Over bed 9.8”- Over support 5.9”Bed width 5.3”Spindle speeds (inf. variable) 2 steps via belt drive

rpm Lo 50 - 1250 Hi 100 - 2500

Spindle bore 1”Spindle mount / taper MT 4Longitudinal feeds inches/rev 0.0027 - 0.0078 Max. cross slide travel 2.75”Max. top slide travel 4.5”Tapping - Metric 0.4 - 3.5” - Inch TPI 8 - 56Tailstock quill taper / - Ø MT 2 / Ø 1.37”

Tailstock quill stroke 2.75”Tailstock cross adjustment 0.236” Motor rating/ voltage Hp 1MillingMax. drilling capacity 5/8”Max. end milling cap. 5/8”Spindle mount MT 2Spindle-to-table distance 5.9”Throat 6.8”Head swivel ± 90°Speed (infin. variable) 2 gear steps

rpm Lo 50 - 1125 Hi 100 - 2250

Motor rating Hp 0.67Dimensions (LxWxH) ” 47 x 21 x 61”Weight lbs 275Part No. 101 490Price $

Standard Equipment: 3-jaw chuck Ø 5”, digital speed indicator, 4-station tool holder, chip tray, splatter guard wall, chuck guard, base, operating tools, operator manual

• Very practical machine with leadscrew for turning / milling / drilling of parts

• Infinitely variable speed in 2 ranges - for turning with quiet belt drive, for milling with 2-step gears

• Easy tooling change-over from turning to drilling / milling• Rigid machine bed with hardened and ground guideways,

taper gibs for zero-backlash adjustments• Precision bearings ensure high spindle concentricity• Tailstock adjustable for taper turning • Milling unit with swivel head

Turning - Milling - Drilling - the ideal machine for the demanding requirements of model builders, training facilities, and precision mechanics

Universal Lathe/Milling Machine

incl. 2-axis position indicator

Turning

Drilling / Milling

Tu

rnin

g

• Cross slide with T-slots for parts clamping


Digital length measuring system on Z and X axes

PicoMill CNCD

108

Specifications PicoMill CNCDrilling capacity in steel 1”Slot milling up to 0.75”Max cutter diameter 3”Max spindle-to-table distance 9.8”Spindle stroke 3.1”Throat 9”Spindle mount MT 3Spindle speeds rpm 150 - 2000Table set-up area 17.7 x 6.3”

Table travel 10 x 4.13”Repeatability 0,0004”Positioning accuracy 0,0004”Spindle motor rating HP 1Dimensions (LxWxH) 33 x 32

x 67”Weight lbs 860Part No. 180 511Price $

Mini CNC Drill Press/Milling Machine

Small CNC Milling Machine for training, model construction and small batch productions

• Standard electronic hand-wheel• Rigid cast-iron frame with wide dovetail guides• Preloaded ball screws on all axes

• Manual central lubrication• Infinitely variable spindle speed

Standard Equipment: GPlus 450 control, 1/2 drill chuck, central lubrication, base, operating tools, ope-rator manual, programming instructions

Standard Cycles Milling: deep-hole drilling, tapping with compensating chuck, hole series - circle, hole series - line, drilling, countersinking, milling of pockets, grooves, and round pockets

Options Part No. Price $4th axis 250 764Vise PB 80 104 835Vise PB 100 104 840Vise MS 100 104 950Collet chuck MT3 104 300Collets 2 - 20 mm 104 325 - at 104 415End Milling Set 108 440

Drilling up to 0.984”


PicoTurn CNCD

109

Specifications PicoTurn CNCCenter width 21”Max. turning Ø over bed Ø 9.75”Bed width 5”Spindle speeds (inf. variável)(range)

rpm 150 - 1750

Spindle mount MT 3Longitudinal feeds inches/min 19.5Transverse feeds inches/min 9.5Rapid feed (long./transv) inches/min 78

Max. cross slide travel 3”Tailstock quill taper/ -ø MT 2 / 1.2”Tailstock quill stroke 2”Tailstock transv. adjustm. ± 4”Motor rating Hp 1.3Connected load kVA 1.6Dimensions (LxWxH) 47 x 21 x 51”Weight lbs 880Part No. 180 501Price $

Standard Equipment: GPlus 450 control, 3-jaw chuck Ø 5”, autom. 4-station tool changer, central lubrication, base, operating tools, operator manual, programming instructions

Standard Cycles Turning: plunge-cut, recess, chip removal, tapping, drilling, spotfacing, deep-hole drilling, tapping with compensating chuck, reaming

Tu

rnin

g

• Automatic 4-station tool changer• Infinitely variable spindle speed• Small footprint

• Manual central lubrication• Preloaded ballscrews• Electronic hand-wheel

Mini CNC Lathe

Small CNC Lathe for training, model construction and small batch productions

OptionsTurning tool set 0.472”Part No. 108 680 Price $

Automatic tool changer is included


Conturn 300B

110

Heavy-duty Lathe with GPlus 450 Control for cost-effective series productions

CNC Lathe

• Rigid, horizontal machine bed made of heat-treated cast-iron • Wear-resistant linear guides on both axes - Low resistance,

high capacity and precision • Preloaded ball screws and powerful servo drives ensure

superior dynamics and positioning accuracy• Powerful main spindle motor with infinitely variable speed• Precise, rigid main spindle bearing ensures excellent

concentricity even under high loads

• Linear tool changer for up to 6 tools allows quick tool changes and increased productivity

• Rapid feed up to 59 ft/min for effective and cost-efficient machining operations

• Easy access to the work space through large sliding door• Easy maintenance due to central lubrication system

Standard Equipment: GPlus 450 control, electronic hand-wheel, chuck, linear tool changer, automatic central lubrication, work lamp, total enclo-sure, operating tools, operator manual and programming instructions

Specifi cations Conturn 300Working areaTurning diameter over bed in 13.7Turning diameter over support in 6.3Max. part length in 13Chuck opening diameter in 2X axis travel in 11Z axis travel in 13,4X axis rapid feed in/min 472

Z axis rapid feed in/min 709Speed range rpm 300 - 3400Main motor rating Hp 7.4Dimensions/WeightDimensions in 83 x 57 x 63Weight lb 2,646Part No. 180 520Price $


111

GPlus 450B

CN

C M

ac

hin

ing


Pre-requisites for GPlus 450-Dry Software (Single Workstation):

• Industrial computer with Intel processor• Win2000 or WinXP Operating System• At least a 17" monitor with a resolution of 1280 x 1024, ideally the monitor

should be vertically adjustable

Prerequisites for multiple workstations: Class Management Software (e.g. Vision6). The basic requirement is a standard PC, on which the GPlus 450-Dry Software can be installed to easily adapt the PC for various requirements (turning or milling). The user interface of the PC matches the machine's user interface.

Application Example: The required number of PCs can be prepared in a class room by installing the respective software packages and dongles (copyright pro-tection feature in form of a connector). This way the trainer can teach while each individual trainee can individually program at their workstations to store, simulate and learn NC programming in a hands-on fashion. A USB port and RJ-45 Ethern-et interface are included for easy data transfers to the machine.

Software and work preparation plus CNC training without having to use an actual CNC machine.

CNC Programming Station

Utilize the advantages of a GPlus 450-Dry• Every individual in the class is included at all times

• Every trainee‘s work can be monitored

• Trainers have the full attention of the whole class at

all times

GPlus 450-Dry workstation and machine with GPlus 450 control provide a completely integrated training package! Take advantage of this excellent programming and trai-ning system to increase your productivity and reduce your production cost!

GPlus 450-Dry Software (Per workstation):

• GPlus 450-Dry Software for 3- and 4-Axis Milling (Incl. dongle)Part No. 577 190 Price $

• GPlus 450-Dry Software for Turning (incl. dongle) Art.-Nr. 577 191 Preis $

• Class Room License for 15 + 1 workstations:e.g. GPlus 450-Dry Software for 3- and 4-Axis Milling (incl. dongle)Part No. 577 193 Price $

Machine

Master

Trainee Trainee Trainee

112 For the latest specials, visit www.machine-tools.com

Specifications UWF 10 UWF 12 B UWF 15 BSet-up area (L x W) in 48.6 x 18.1 64.4 x 19.7 78.7 x 19.7Number of T-slots 5 5 5T-slot width in 0.7 0.7 0.7T-slot distance in 3.1 3.1 3.1Table travel, longitudinal X in 35.4 51.2 59.1Table vertical travel Z in 17.7 17.7 19.7Transverse travel (milling beam) Y in 25.6 25.6 25.6Head swivel range 360° 360° 360°Spindle mount ISO 40 ISO 50 ISO 50Spindle speeds rpm (27) 30 - 2050 (27) 30 - 2050 (27) 30 - 2050Feed, longitudinal (infinitely var.) in/min 0.4 - 39.4 0.4 - 39.4 0.4 - 39.4Feed, transverse (infinitely var.) in/min 0.4 - 39.4 0.4 - 39.4 0.4 - 39.4Feed, vertical (infinitely variable) in/min 0.2 - 25.2 0.2 - 19.7 0.2 - 19.7Rapid feed, longitudinal in/min 100 86.6 86.6Rapid feed, transverse in/min 100 86.6 86.6Rapid feed, vertical in/min 66.9 43.3 1100Spindle nose-to-table dist. in 2 - 20 3.1 - 20.9 3.1 - 20.9Throat in 2.5 - 28 2.4 - 30 2.4 - 30Main drive capacity Hp 7.5 10 10Axis drive for each axis DC Servo DC Servo DC ServoMax. table load capacity lb 1,764 3,968 3,968Overall dimensions (LxWxH) in 76 x 87 x 83 84 x 103 x 76 84 x 118 x 76Weight lb 6,614 7,716 12,125Part No. with position indicator 301 240 301 271 301 272Price $

• Preloaded ball screw with zero backlash for easy and precise feeds

• Simultaneous axis movement• Turcite-B coated guides• Dovetail guide on X axis• Square guides on Y and Z axes

(only Z axis on UWF 10)• Hardened and ground gears,

nitrated• Swivelling control panel, fully

equipped with all operating controls• Automatic lubrication• Spindle brakes• Equipment according to CE

Including Position Indicator

UWF 10 is shown

113

UWF 10 • 12B • 15BD

• Servo drive X, Y, Z• Extra large work area

Universal Milling Machine

UWF 12B is shownincluding position indicator

starting at

Mil

lin

g

Options Part No. Price $• Oscillation element LT 55 (per unit) 103 322• Hydraulic vise HS 150 125 028

• Divider ST 155 110 965• Magnetic chip lift-off device 123 040• Clamping tools, assorted De Luxe 18 / M16 105 305

Standard Equipment: 3-axis position indicator, universal swivel head, operating tools, automatic central lubrication, coolant system, operating instructions


• Extra-large work table and large travel ranges on all axes

• Sturdy and torsionally rigid construction • Universal swivel head – cutter can be moved to any

spatial angle• Infinitely variable feed speeds

and rapid feed with servo motor and motion controlon all 3 axes

Total Price including 3-axisposition indicator (assembled)

114

Specifications WF 4.2Working Area Travel - X axis 19.5”

- Y axis 13.5”- Z axis 15.5”

Table setup area 31” x 15.5”Table load capacity (max.) lbs 660T-slots (qty x width x spacing) 8x.6” x 1.5”FeedRapid feed - X axis ”/min 47

- Y axis ”/min 47- Z axis ”/min 47

Feed Speed - X axis ”/min .4-20- Y axis ”/min .4-20- Z axis ”/min .4-20

Quill feeds mm/U 0,03 / 0,06 / 0,12Vertical Cutter HeadSpindle speed rpm 40 - 2000 (18)Spindle mount ISO/NMTB40

Quill stroke 2”Throat 6.5”-20”Spindle nose-to-table distance .2”-15.5”Head swivel range ±90°Horizontal Cutter HeadSpindle speed rpm 40 - 2000 (18)Spindle mount ISO 40Spindle axis-to-table distance 1.4” - 17”Drive CapacitiesMain motor rating Hp 4Motor rating for feed Hp 2Coolant pump motor rating Hp 0.1Dimensions/WeightOverall dimensions (LxWxH) 72” x 65”

x 67”Weight lbs 5060Part No. 370 313Price $

• Ribbed machine stand ensures maximum dynamic rigidity and constant precision

• Vertical setup table with 8 setup slots allows individual positioning of the sturdy, large work table

• Micro-tuning (18 steps) of spindle gears to maintain a constant optimum spindle speed

• Fine adjustments of work feeds and rapid feed on all axes ensure maximum versatility and productivity

• The quill can be advanced manually or automatically (3 steps)

• Very wide hardened guideways ensure constant accuracy

• Ergonomically arranged controls and a swivelling control panel plus standard digital position indicator for maximum operator comfort

• Including automatic lubrication system


View: Operator side with position indicator

Cutter head ± 90° with automatic quill feed and 2.4 in quill stroke Universal swivel table (optional)

115

WF 4.2B

Tool Milling Machine

Standard Equipment: 3-axis position indicator, redu-cing sleeves (MT1, MT2, MT3, MT4), cutter head clamping assembly, chip tray, draw bar, anchor bolts, coolant system, outer arbor support for horizon-tal milling, work lamp, operating tools, operator manual

• High machining quality and maximum reliability

• Separate feed gears with fine gradation and rapid feeds in all axes

• Large work table (31.5”x14”) and travels up to 20”x14”x16” for maximum versatility

• Extensive accessory package included

Heavy-duty Universal Tool Milling Machine, for tool and die construction, form and mold construction as well as for training use


Mil

lin

g

Options Part No. Price $• Universal swivel table 24.8 x 11.8 in X / Y axis swivel range: ± 30°, Z axis swivel range: 360° 170 313

• Oscillation element LT 33 (per unit) 103 321

• Hydraulic vise HS 125 125 024• Divider ST 130 110 960• Clamping tools, assorted De Luxe 16 / M14 105 300• Combination snap-on punch, Ø27 / SK 40 103 905• Milling chuck Weldon ISO 40 / Ø0.79 in 106 806

Total Price including 3-axisposition indicator (assembled)

116


Specifi cations WF 4.2 CNCControl GPlus 450Working area X axis travel in 19.7Y axis travel in 13.8Z axis travel in 15.7Table dimensions in 15.8 x 31.5 Table load capacity lb 661T-slots (qty x width x spacing) in 14 x 0.28 x 2.0Spindle nose-to-table distance in 0.98 - 16.7Throat in 7 - 21Headstock Speed range rpm 40 - 4000Spindle mount ISO40Feed Rapid feed X / Y / Z axis in/min 236Work feed in/min 0.079 - 118Vertical Cutter HeadSpindle speed rpm 4000Spindle mount ISO 40

Quill stroke in 3.5Spindle nose-to-table distance in 0.98 - 16.7Head swivel range ± 90°Horizontal Cutter HeadSpindle speed rpm 4000Spindle mount ISO 40Spindle axis-to-table distance in 3.5 - 19.3Accuracy Positioning accuracy in ± 0.0008Repeatability in ± 0.0004Drive Capacities Main motor rating Hp 10Motor rating X / Y axis Hp 1.7Motor rating Z axis Hp 1.9Dimensions/Weight Dimensions in 114 x 85

x 92Weight lb 4,409Part No. 101 425Price $

Standard Equipment: GPlus 450 control, short tool shank (0.86, 1.06 in), 6 in vice, reducing sleeves MT1 / MT2 / MT3 / MT4, cutter head clam-ping assembly, milling chuck with collets (1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 5/16, 3/8, 1/2, 9/16, 5/8 in), chip tray, electronic hand-wheel, draw bar, anchoring bolts, coolant system, outer arbor support for horizontal milling, work lamp, operating tools, operator manual

Options Part No. Price $Universal Knee 250 760Universal Reaming Head 250 761

Rotary table 250 762Divider 250 763

Electronic hand-wheel is standard equipment

High speed range (Rapid feed up to 19.7 ft/min) and good controllabili-ty via a low-maintenance servo-motor.

117

WF 4.2 CNCB

CNC Tool Milling Machine

This proven technology is now available with CNC control! Versatile Use in Workshop Applications

Mil

lin

g


Cutter Head Swivels +/-90°

• Rigid, heavily ribbed construction ensures excellent damping characteristics

• All-around enclosure of work table provides optimum protec-tion from chips and coolant liquids

• Chip removal channel is positioned directly below the work table for easy removal of material waste

• Easy operation - Optimized for time-saving processes hydraulic tool clamping is standard equipment

• Quill feed at the vertical cutter head allows manual drilling• Hardened, plastic-coated guideways ensure long tool life, low

friction and minimal wear• Infinitely variable spindle speeds (40 - 4000 rpm) – flexible use

for a wide variety of materials• Intuitive GPlus 450 control for maximum efficiency and cost-

effectiveness

starting at

118

Easy to read 3-axis position indicator included in price!

18 speeds from 40 - 2000 rpm

Powerful main drive motor with 4 HP

Vertical cutter head with 3” quill stroke, swivels ±90°

Large removable work table with 6 T-slots ensures safe positioning of workpieces

WF 4.1 shown

Top slide with max. travel of 16”

1.5 HP feed motor

Rapid feed 50”/min


119

WF 4.1 • 3.1 • 2.1B

Milling Machines for Tool Construction with Digital Position Indicator

Tool Milling Machines

• Automatic feeds on all 3 axes• Outer arbor support for

horizontal milling• Heavily ribbed cast-iron machine

base ensures maximum static and dynamic rigidity

• Steamlined arrangement of operating controls on the right side

• Vertical head quill for drilling, with hand lever feed

• Quill stroke 3”• Central lubrication• Hardened guideways• Chip collector pan

WF 4.1 shownIncl. position indicator

Mil

lin

g



120

BB

Specifications WF 2.1 WF 3.1 WF 4.1Work space dimensions 29.5” x 12.5” 29.5” x 12.5” 31.5” x 15.75”Vertical table dimensions 32.5” x 8.75” 32.5” x 8.75” 41.5” x 9.75”T-slots, work table (5) 1/2” x 2.5” (5) 1/2” x 2.5” (6) 1/2” x 2.5”T-slots, vertical table (2) 1/2” x 5” (3) 1/2” x 2.5” (3) 1/2” x 2.5”Table load capacity lbs 650 650 650Travels - longitudinal (X) 16” 16” 19.5”

- transverse (Y) 7.75” 12” 15.75”- vertical (Z) 15” 15.75” 15.75”

Spindle axis-to-table surface distance- horizontal spindle 1.25” - 16.75” 3.25” - 19” 2” - 17.5”- vertical spindle 3” - 17.5” 2” - 17.5” 2” - 17.5”

Max. throat 26.5” 16.75” 21.26”Speed range rpm (12) 40 - 1600 (18) 40 - 2000 (18) 40 - 2000 Spindle mount ISO 40 ISO 40 ISO 40Feeds X, Y, Z axis

”/min 0.3 - 12 0.4 - 15 0.4 - 15

Rapid feed ”/min 50 50 50Quill stroke 3” 3” 3”Main motor rating Hp 3 3 4Feed motor rating Hp 1 1 1.5Dimensions (LxWxH) 51”x56”x72” 48”x48”x71” 51”x56”x72”Weight lbs 2420 2870 3090Part. No. incl. position indicator 302 331 302 332 302 333Price incl. position indicator $

• To use the WF 2.1 for horizontal milling, just rotate the vertical milling head 90°

• Outer arbor for horizontal milling is included in standard equipment

• Wide variety of applications

Optional Equipment:Universal swivel table for WF4.1 WF3.1 WF2.1Setup area ” 12.5 x 24Swivel around X and Y axis

± 30°

Swivel around Z axis 360°Part No. 129 347Price $ WF 2.1 shown

starting at

Standard Equipment: position indica-tor, 4 milling arbors (long - 16, 22, 27, 32 mm), reducing sleeves (MT 1, 2, 3), collet chuck with collets (2, 3,4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12 mm), draw bar, coolant system, chip collector tray, oscillation elements (WF 3.1 and WF 4.1), outer arbor sup-port for horizontal milling, work lamp, foundation bolts, operating instructions, operating tools


121

The WF 4.1 Milling Machine features a vertical cutter head with a +/- 90º swivel range. The degrees are easily set on the integrated scale. The large quill features a stroke of 3.15” and is clamped mechanically via a lever. For horizontal milling applications, merely remove the vertical cutter head via the swivel arm, shift the upper beam, and mount an outer arbor support.

Conversion and setup costs are very low.All 3 axis of this machine are equipped with automatic feeds and rapid feeds. The X and Y axes are engaged and disen-gaged via one single directional lever. For the cross feed (Y), a separate lever has been provided at the upper beam.In addition, all axes can be manually moved using the inte-grated scaled hand-wheels.

Horizontal milling with outer arbor support

Milling

For more information and options, visit www.knuth-usa.comInfinitely variable vertical cutter head with a swivel range of ± 90°

Universal swivel table (optional)


Specifications KB 2500Working areaX axis travel in 59Y axis travel in 23.6Z axis travel in 35.4Table dimensions in 98.4 x 22.6Table load capacity (max.) lb 6,614T-slots (qty x width x distance) in 3 x 0.87 x 6FeedX axis rapid feed in/min 118Y axis rapid feed in/min 118Z axis rapid feed in/min 71Feed speed X axis in/min 0.79 - 87Feed speed Y axis in/min 0.79 - 87Feed speed Z axis in/min 0.47 - 52Cutter head

Speed range rpm 50 - 1624Spindle mount ISO 50Spindle nose-to-table distance in 2 - 37.4Head swivel range 360°Drive CapacitiesMain motor rating Hp 15Feed motor rating Hp 4Coolant pump motor rating Hp 0.12Dimensions/WeightDimensions in 169 x 126

x 130 Weight lb 26,456Part No. 301 425Price $

Standard Equipment: 3-axis position indicator, collet chuck ISO 50 with collets (1/8, 1/4, 5/16, 1/2, 5/8, 3/4, 7/8, 1 in diam.), reducing sleeve (ISO 50/MT4), coolant system, foundation bolts 11xM24x500, operating tools, operator manual

Options Part No. Price $• Divider F11160A 250 233 • Rotary table TS 400 250 234 • Vice 8 in 250 235 • Step blocks, assorted 105 340• Divider ST 155 110 965• Option for ST 155 110 971• Rotary table RT 320 125 845• Tailstock for RT 320 125 825 • Rotary table RTS 320 125 815• End-face roughing cutters 10-pc 108 445• Reducing sleeve ST50 / ST30 103 760• Reducing sleeve ST50 / ST40 103 770

• Power Worker chip lift-off device 123 040• Machine vice HS 200 125 029• Machine vice NZM 200 104 922• Machine vise HNCS 200 104 936• Dial feed for HNCS 200 104 937• Milling chuck WELDON ISO 50 Ø 1/4 in 106 811• Milling chuck WELDON ISO 50 Ø 5/16 in 106 812• Milling chuck WELDON ISO 50 Ø 3/8 in 106 813• Milling chuck WELDON ISO 50 Ø 1/2 in 106 814• Milling chuck WELDON ISO 50 Ø 5/8 in 106 815• Milling chuck WELDON ISO 50 Ø 13/16 in 106 816• Milling chuck WELDON ISO 50 Ø 15/16 in 106 817• Milling chuck WELDON ISO 50 Ø 1.5 in 106 818

• Robust and proven design – Very rigid, heavy machine bed made of premium cast-iron to ensure maximum precision and low vibration

• Increased operator comfort with large step guard along the entire work table length – Easy accessibility to the universal cutter head for easy tooling and unloading of machine when working with large workpieces

• Robust, specially hardened guideways ensure maximum precision and durability; an automatic central lubrication system minimizes maintenance work

• The worktable features are optimized to fulfill the needs of a wide spectrum of applications: large table setup area of 98.4 x 22.6 in and high table load capacity of 6,614 lb

• Easy and quick change-over from vertical to horizontal align-ment of cutter spindle

• Infinitely variable automatic linear and cross feed• Reliable hydraulic clamping on all axes• Powerful 15 Hp motor for high-capacity machining

• This universal cutter head features a 360° swivel and is easy to control for versatile and complex machining of a wide vari-ety of workpieces. Two swivel levels allow setting of virtually any angle!

123

KB 2500F

The Universal Heavy-Weight with high table load capacity and powerful main spindle drive

Bed-Type Milling Machine

Mil

lin

g


Incl. Position Indicator

With hydraulic axis clampingand universal swivel head

124

Specifications KB 2100Working areaTravel X-axis 59”Travel Y-axis 28”Travel Z-axis 28”Table set up area 82” x 19”Table load capacity (max.) lbs 4400T-slots (number x spacing) 4 pieces x .78”FeedRapid feed X- / Y-axis ”/min 140Rapid feed Z-axis ”/min 70Feed speed X- / Y-Achse ”/min .8 - 70Vertical milling headSpeed range rpm (12) 40 - 1600

Spindle mount ISO 50Throat 24”Vertical spindle-to-table distance 0-28”Milling head swivel range 360°Drive capacityMotor rating main drive Hp 10Motor rating feed Hp 2.5Motor rating coolant pump Hp 3/4Measures and weightsOverall dimensions 130” x 94”x108”Weight lbs 16,000Part No. 301 285Price $

Standard Equipment: • Universal swivel head• Coolant system• Drawbar

• 1 set ISO 50 milling chucks (8-pc. 0.16”, 0.24”, 0.31”, 0.47”, 0.71”, 0.87”, 1”)• ISO 50 milling arbor Ø 1.5”

• Horizontal arbor holder• Horizontal milling arbor Ø 1.25”• Work space lighting• Operating tools

• Foundation bolts M12 x 19.5”• Operator manual

Optional Equipment Optionen Part-No. Price $

• Milling Chuck WELDON ISO 50 / Ø 6 mm 106 811








• Machine Vise HNCS 160V 104 934

• Machine Vise HS 150 125 028

• Machine Vise MS 160 104 960

• Machine Vise NZM 160 104 920

• Machine Vise PAL 180 106 022

Part-No. Price $

• Coolant Concentrate 5 Ltr. 103 184

• Pivoted Mounts LK 55 103 322

• Power Worker Metal Cutter 123 040

• Reduction Sleeve SK50 / SK30 103 760

• Reduction Sleeve SK50 / SK40 103 770

• Rotary Table RT 250 125 840

• Tailstock / RT 200/250 125 820

• Step of Step Blocks 105 340

• Universal Indexing Head 200 mm 101 288



• Roughing End Mill Cutter 63 mm 108 402


This universal cutter head features maximum rigidity and quiet operation. The angle can be set manually on an infini-tely adjustable scale from 90º to 45º. This allows an exact adjustment of the headstock in user-defined spatial angles and easy movement to a horizontal position.

The KB 2100 includes a horizontal cutter arbor holder with excellent rigidity, allowing the user to fully utilize the advantages of a bed-type milling machine design for machining with long cutter arbors.

125

KB 2100F

Large machine bed, wide column, plus high intrinsic weight - Power package for machining of large parts and heavy-duty chip removal capacity


Mil

lin

g



• An extremely rigid, large-sized box-column design, made of premium cast-iron, provides a solid base for optimum work results

• Extra wide box ways ensure maximum stability and precision at high loads

• All guideways are hardened and ground for lasting precision• Extra long table travel distance and large table set-up area

allow machining of large single parts or interactive machining

of several parts - to give you a leading edge over your competition

• Wide spindle speed range from 40 to 1600 rpm• Infinitely variable linear and cross feed• Control panel on a long extending arm that can be ideally

positioned by the operator


126

KB 1400F

High-Capacity Bed-Type Milling Machine for large parts and heavy machining


Standard Equipment KB 1400: position indicator, reducing sleeves MT4, MT3 and MT2, coolant system, work lamp, central lubrication, operating tools, operator manual

Only the cutter head – not the machine table – moves on the Z axis. This results in impro-ved stability, less vibration, and ultimately in increased precision and extremely high table load capacity!

• Infinitely variable speed adjustment provided through frequency drive

• Rigid, rectangular flat guideways ensure consistent accuracy

• Mehanite cast-iron frame• Hardened and ground guideways

on all axes• Cutter head swivels ± 30°• Standard 3-axis position indicator

Inc. Position Indicator

Specifications KB 1400Spindle mount ISO/NMTB 50Spindle nose-to-table distance 6” - 25.5”Spindle nose -to column distance 20”Speeds (infinitely var.) rpm 30 - 1800Table size 55” x 15.7”Head swivel range ± 30°Travel - X axis 31.5”

- Y axis 15.75”- Z axis 19.7”

Feed speed - X / Y axis ipm 0.75 - 25 (9 steps)- Z axis ipm 0.75 - 25

Rapid feed ipm 65

T-slots (# x width x spacing) 3 x 1/2”x 4”Max. speed of height adjustment ipm 65Quill travel 4”Main motor hp 10Feed motor hp 1Z axis motor hp 1Coolant pump w 40Coolant pump flow rate gal/min 7 Overall dimensions (LxWxH) 90” x 70” x 84” Weight lbs 8070Part No. including position indicator 301 320Price including position indicator $

Face milling with cutter head


For available options for this machine, visit our

website and search for KB 1400 (Product Search)

VFM 4F

127

FVertical Milling Machine


starting at

Rugged Knee-and-Column Milling Machine - ideal for single-part pro-duction, rework, and repairs

• Massive machine frame with very rigid knee slide

• X and Y axis with automatic feed and rapid feed

• Z axis with motorized rapid feed • Work table and guides are hardened

and ground• Extremely rigid cutter head, swivels +/-35° • Manual quill feed for boring and micro-feed

Specifications VFM 4Working areaX axis travel 40”Y axis travel 12”Z axis travel 16”Table setup area 52” x 13”T-slots (qty x width x spacing) 5 x 0.5” x 2.5”Throat 14”Head swivel range ± 35°Workpiece weight (max.) lbs 660FeedRapid feed X / Y axis ”/min 47,250Z axis rapid feed ”/min 23,630X / Y axis feed speed ”/min (8) 1-14

Vertical Cutter HeadSpeed range rpm 58 - 1710Spindle mount ISO 50Quill stroke 2.75”Vertical spindle-to-table distance 2” - 17”Drive CapacitiesMain motor rating Hp 5Feed motor rating Hp 1Coolant pump motor rating Hp 1/8Dimensions/WeightOverall dimensions (LxWxH) 87” x 72” x 74”Weight lbs 5070Part No. with position indicator 301 281Price $ with position indicator

Standard Equipment: 3-axis position indicator, reducing sleeve ISO50/MT4, draw bar, central lubrication, work lamp, operating tools, operator manual

Options Part No. Price $• Machine vise NZM 160 104 920• Oscillation element LT 55 (per piece) 103 322• Coolant concentrate 1.25 gal 103 184• Power Worker chip lift-off device 123 040

Part No. Price $• Milling chuck WELDON ISO 50 / Ø 6 mm 106 813• Milling chuck WELDON ISO 50 / Ø 32 mm 106 818• Clamping tools, assorted, De Luxe 16/M16 105 300• Reducing sleeve ST50 / ST40 103 770

Mil

lin

g

Total price including 3-axis position indicator (assembled)


D

UWF 4

128

Specifications UWF 4Working areaX axis travel 39”Y axis travel 11” / 11.5”Z axis travel 15.75”Table dimensions 52” x 14”Table load capacity (max.) lbs 550T-slots (qty x width x spacing) 3 x 0.5” x 3.75”FeedRapid feed X / Y / Z axis ”/min 51” / 47” / 20”Feed speed, X axis ”/min 0.75 - 17”

Feed speed, Y axis ”/min 0.75 - 16”Feed speed, Z axis ”/min 0.4 - 7”Vertical Cutter HeadSpindle speed rpm (12) 60 - 1750Spindle mount ISO 50

Throat 9 - 29”Spindle nose-to-table distance 6.5” - 22”Head swivel range 360°Horizontal Cutter Head Spindle speed rpm (12) 58 - 1800Spindle mount ISO 50Spindle axis-to-table distance 0 - 16”Drive CapacitiesMotor rating horizontal / vertical spindle Hp 5

Feed motor rating Hp 1.5Coolant pump motor rating Hp 0.1Dimensions/WeightOverall dimensions (LxWxH) 78” x 80” x 75”Weight lbs 4850Part No. 362 700Price $

Superior price/performance ratio, for single part production and training purposes

• Including 3-axis position indicator • Vertical and horizontal spindles feature their own powerful drives• All gears and shafts are hardened and ground• Large, wide, supported table rotates ± 35°• Wide rigid, hardened rectangular guideways ensure

maximum stability• The vertical cutter head swivels on 2 levels allowing virtually

any angle setting• Automatic feeds and rapid feeds on all axes

Standard Equipment: 3-axis position indicator, outer arbor support for horizontal milling, adapter sleeve ST 50 / MT4, vertical and horizontal drawbar, coolant system, central lubrication, halogen work lamp, operating tools, test certificate, operator manual

For available options for this machi-ne, visit our website and search for UWF 4 (Product Search)

Universal Knee-and-Column Milling Machine



129

UFM 3 PlusD

Specifications UFM 3 PlusTable dimensions 59” x 12”Table load capacity (max.) lbs 550Travel - linear 30.75”

- cross 9.25”- vertical 15.75”- top-slide 18.5”

Feed - linear, cross ”/min 0.6 - 29- vertical ”/min 0.2 - 10

Rapid feed - linear, cross ”/min 83- vertical ”/min 28

Number of feeds 14 T-slots (3) 0.7”

T-slot spacing 2.75”Table rotation ± 45°Horizontal spindle-to-table distance 0.75 - 16.5”Spindle mount ISO 40Spindle speed - horizontal rpm (12) 35 - 1600

- vertical rpm (8) 67 - 1600Main motor - horizontal spindle Hp 5

- vertical spindle Hp 3Feed motor Hp 1Overall dimensions (LxWxH) 67” x 60” x 68”Weight lbs 6290Part No. with position indicator 362 692Price with position indicator $


Versatile and powerful

Horizontal milling with rigid outer arbor support

Mil

lin

g• The Knee-and-Column Milling Machine features a

heavily ribbed box-shaped design that will absorb any static and dynamic forces and provides superior rigidity

• All controls and indicators are practically arranged• Automatic feeds and rapid feeds on all 3 axes• Universal cutter head swivels at two levels for vertical/

horizontal/angular milling• Work table rotates 45°• Simultaneous machining of one part with the

horizontal and vertical spindle is possible

Standard Equipment: 3-axis position indicator, reducing sleeves (MT2, MT3), draw bar,1 set wrenches, collet puller, foundation bolts M20 x 19.5”, operator manual

For available options for this machi-ne, visit our website and search for UFM 3 Plus (Product Search)



130

UWF 3 D

Sturdy Universal Milling Machine with swivelling cutter head for universal machining applications


Standard Equipment: 3-axis position indicator, central lubrication, coolant system, work lamp, operating tools, operator manual

Specifications UWF 3Working Area Travel - X axis 39”

- Y axis 11”- Z axis 17.5”

Table setup area 52”x12.5”Table load capacity (max.) lbs 700T-slots (qty x width x spacing) 0.2”x0.5”x2.4”FeedRapid feed - X / Y axis ”/min 47

- Z axis ”/min 15.5Feed Speed - X axis ”/min 0.8-14

- Y axis ”/min 1.2-14Vertical Cutter HeadSpindle speed rpm 45-1660 (11)Spindle mount ISO/NMTB40Throat 7.5”-29.5”Spindle nose-to-table distance 7.5”-28.8”

Head swivel range 360°Horizontal Cutter HeadSpindle speed rpm 40-1300 (12)Spindle mount ISO/NMTB4040Horizontal spindle-to-table distance 0.8”-18.5”Spindle axis-to-table distance 7.5”-25.5”Drive CapacitiesMotor rating for horizontal spindle HP 4Motor rating for vertical spindle HP 4Motor rating for feed HP 0.7Motor rating for Z axis feed HP 1Coolant pump motor rating HP 0.1Dimensions/WeightDimensions 80”x67”

x79”Weight lbs 4400Part No. 370 297Price $

• Sturdy, zero-backlash box guideways• Universal cutter head can be adjusted

to virtually any spheric angle (HURON System)

• Rapid feeds on all axes allow quick positioning

• Control panel swivels for easy operation

• Separate drives with gearbox for powerful material removal

• Large machine table with 39” X travel

Total Price including 3-axis position indicator (assembled)


For available options for this machine, visit our website and search for UWF 3 (Product Search)

131

UWF 1F

Standard Equipment: position indicator, outer arbor support for horizontal milling, coolant system, halogen work lamp, operator manual

Mil

lin

g

Solid engineering, rigid construction, and exacting performance


• Extra large work table with ± 45° swivel range• Excellent priceperformance ratio• Universal cutter head adjusts to any spatial angle



Cutter head swivels ± 360°

Horizontal cutter (standard equipment)

For available options for this machine, visit our website and search for UWF 1 (Product Search)

With Universal Swivel Head

Specifications UWF 1Work AreaX axis travel 23.6”

Y axis travel 10.6”

Z axis travel 15.7”

Table setup area 44x10.25”Table load capacity lbs 550

T-slots (number/width/distance) 5 -.5 - 1.9”FeedsFeed speed, X axis (8) 1 - 28 IPMRapid feed, X axis 28 IPMVertical Cutter HeadSpindle speeds rpm 45 - 1660Spindle mount ISO/NMTB 40

Throat 2.3 - 19.6”Vertical spindle-to-table surface distance 0 - 17.3”Head swivel range 360°Horizontal Cutter HeadSpindle speeds rpm 45 - 1600Spindle mount ISO/NMTB 40DrivesMain motor rating Hp 3Dimensions and WeightsDimensions (LxWxH) 65x59x68”Weight 2860Part No. incl. position indicator 362 691Price incl. position indicator $

132

D

MF 5 VMulti-Purpose Milling Machine

Specifications MF 5 V Table size 10 x 50”Travel X, Y, Z axis 31 x 15 x 15”Quill 5”Spindle taper (ISO/NMTB) 40

Quill feeds (3 steps) ”/rpm0.0016 / 0.0032 / 0.0053

Speed rangeinfinitely variable rpm 70 - 3600Spindle motor Hp 5

Max. table load cap. lbs 770

Weight lbs 3500Dimensions (LxWxH) 100 x 85 x 88”Part No. with position indicator 301 223Price with position indicator $Part No. with position indicator plus preloaded ball screw 301 224Price with position indicator plus preloaded ball screw $

All the benefits of the MF 1 V plus:

• More rigid and more powerful with 5 Hp motor

• ISO/NMTB 40 spindle• Wide square guides in y and z axis• 3 automatic drill feeds• Manual coarse feed for quill, toggles to micro-

feed• Quill with micrometer depth stop• Reverse switch for forward and reverse

operation• Spindle brake• Infinitely variable speeds• Head swivels ± 90° to the right and to the left• TV 1000 table feed in x and y, infinitely variable

with rapid feed• Coolant system• Chip tray• Central lubrication• Optional preloaded ball

screw for X and Y axis

Standard Equipment: 3-axis position indicator, chip tray, coolant system, manually operated central lubrication, horizontal guideway cover, operating tools, operator manual

starting at

Incl. position indicator

For more information, please contact us or visit www.knuth-usa.com

Options Part No. Price $• Oscillation element LT 55 (Per unit) 103 322• Hydraulic vice HS 125 125 024• Divider ST 130 • Milling Chuck ISO40

110 960106 044

• Clamping tools, assorted De Luxe 16/M14 105 300

Infi nitely variable spindle speeds up to 3600 rpm

Table feed for X axis (Standard equipment)

133

D

MFMulti-Purpose Milling Machine

• Speed change through v-belt change-over

MF 1

Specifications MF 1 MF 1 VTable dimensions 41 x 9” 49 x 9”Traverses X-axis / Y-axis 26.4 / 11.4” 29.9 / 11.4”Knee travel (Z-axis) 14.6” 14.6”Quill travel (Z-axis) 5” 5”Spindle mount ISO 30 or R8 ISO 30 or R8Quill advances 3 steps 3 stepsTable length advance (TV 1000)

”/rpm - 0.75 - 35 infin. variable rapid feed

T-slot / T-slot spacing 5/8 / 2.5” 5/8 / 2.5”Speeds rpm (16) 80 - 4500 70 - 3600, inf.

variable

Throat 6.75 - 18.75” 6.75 - 18.75”Main motor rating Hp 3 3Dimensions (L x W x H) 79 x 63

x 82”81 x 64 x 82”

Weight lbs 2420 2090 Part no. inc. position indicator 301 228 301 214Price inc. position indicator $

Milling

Multi-Purpose Milling Machine for workshops, single part production, design, training

• Universal use• Head swivels through 3 axes

swivel r + l ± 90°tilt forward + reverse ± 45°rotation on the column ± 45°

• 3 automatic drill feeds• Manual coarse feed for quill,

with change-over for manual fine feed• Quill with automatic micrometer depth stop• Spindle mount ISO 30 / R-8• Reversing switch for forward reverse rotation• Central lubrication for spindle, nut and

guides• Manual spindle brake• Test certificate

starting at

MF 1 V shown


MF 1 V with preloaded ball srew + position indicator

• Infinitely variable spindle speed adjustment by handwheel• Large table and travels• Coolant system• With table advance TV 1000 in X direction• Dove-tail guides, adjustable• Available with recirculating ball screws in X and Y for

maximum precision and minimum force

Part no. 301 206 Price $

Standard Equipment: 3-axis position indicator, coolant system, manually operated central lubrication, vertical guideway cover, operating tools, operator manual

Most widely used milling

machine type world-wide!


F

134

VHF 1

Vertical head with horizontal swivel to both sides, top beam with horizontal swivel

Flexible Entry-Level Machine - A very compact Horizontal/Vertical Drill Press/Milling Machine Combination


• Compact, easy to handle universal milling machine with rigid frame made of vibration-dampening cast-iron

• Vertical cutter head with robust gears for smooth shifting

• Quill moves via capstan handle or manual precision feed

• Horizontal spindle speed adjustable via easy accessible belt drive

• Table swivels horizontally• Table feed in X direction with gear drive for

positive power transmission without loss of torque

• Adjustable stops on all axes• Wide, adjustable dovetail guides with

clamping fixtures on all axes

Specifications VHF 1 VHF 2Max. drilling capacity in steel in 1.25 1.25Max. cutting diameter in steel in 1.0 1.0Tapping up to 0.625 0.625Counter-boring up to in 3.9 3.9Spindle taper ISO 40 ISO 40Spindle speeds (vertical) 8 8Speed range rpm 115 - 1750 115 - 1750Spindle speeds (horizontal) 9 12Speed range rpm 60 - 1350 40 - 1300Throat (spindle center to frame) in 7.9 - 27.6 6.3 - 24Spindle nose-to-table dist. in 2.6 - 15.2 3.5 - 15.8Spindle nose-to-table distance in 0 - 11.8 0 - 11.8

Table setup area in 39.4 x 9.4 44 x 11X travel in 23 23.6Y travel in 7.9 10.6Z travel in 13.2 11.8Quill stroke in 4.7 4.7Motor (vertical) Hp 2.0 2.0Motor (horizontal) Hp 3.0 3.0Overall dimensions (LxWxH) in 51 x 48

x 8367 x 58x 83

Weight lb 1,874 3,087Part No. with position indicator 362 640 362 650 Price with position indicator $



F

135

VHF 2VHF - ideal series for mechanic workshops, training, single part and replacement part manufacturing, and prototyping


This excellent price/performance ratio is made possible by high-volume production with standardized VHF assemblies

• Height height adjustment of the work table via automatic feed - precision feed via smooth hand crank – all 3 axes are provided with clamping fixtures

• The vertical head swivels to both sides (± 90°), the quill is fed via capstan handle or manual precision feed (hand wheel)

• The integrated feed (standard equipment) allows moving of the X axis by hand wehel or via feed

• For horizontal machining, the top beam inclu-ding the head can be rotated by ± 180° on the column, the spindle speed is changed via gears

Standard Equipment VHF 1 and VHF 2: 3-axis position indicator, 2 milling arbors (Ø 7/8”, Ø 1”), collet set - 3/16” - 5/8” with mount, drill chuck 5/8”, milling chuck ISO 40, reducing sleeve ISO 40 / MT3, reducing sleeve ISO 40 / MT2, work lamp, operating tools, coolant system

For available options for this machine, visit our website and search for VHF 1, VHF 2 (Product Search)

Wide, adjustable guides Feed gears with rapid feed Upper beam swivels


Mil

lin

g


136

F

VHF 3F

Solid Universal Milling Machine for drilling and milling work requiring long travel distances

Specifications VHF 3Work tableTable set-up area 52 x 12”T-slots (quantity / width / distance) 0.2 / 0.5 / 2”Table load capacity lbs 660FeedsTravel - X axis 29.5”

- Y axis 11”- Z axis 17”

Feed speeds X axis (from - to / number) ”/min 0.7 - 14 / 8Feed speeds Y axis ”/min 0.7 - 14 / 8Rapid feed - X axis ”/min 40

- Y axis ”/min 40- Z axis ”/min 26

Vertical cutter headSpindle mount ISO/NMTB 40Spindle speeds (from - to / number) rpm 90 - 2000 / 8Quill stroke 4.7”

Quill feeds (3) ”/rev 0.003; 0.006; 0.001

Throat 7.75” - 21.25”Vertical spindle-to-table distance 5.5” - 21.25”Head swivel range ±45°Horizontal cutter headSpindle mount ISO/NMTB 40Spindle speeds (from - to / number) rpm 38 - 1310 / 12Spindle axis (horizontal) to table distance 2” - 17.5”Drive ratingDrive motors (vertical / horizontal) Hp 3 / 3Feed motor Hp 0.7Coolant pump Hp 0.1Physical measurementsDimensions (LxWxH) 67x68x92”Machine weight lbs 3,970Part No. inc. position indicator 301 410Price inc. position indicator $

• All 3 axes with automatic and rapid feeds

• Vertical head swivels ±45°• Spindle speeds for horizontal and

vertical spindle controlled by separate switch gears with oil-bath lubrication

• Capstan-controlled quill feed for drilling, manual micro-feed for milling

• 3 automatic quill feeds• For horizontal spindle operations,

the top beam including head can be completely rotated on the stand

• Adjustable ground dovetail guideways on the X axis, and wide square guideways on Y and Z axis

• Clamping on all 3 axes• Adjustable stops for drilling

depth and table adjustment



Standard Equipment:

position indicator, drilling chuck Ø 5/8”,

milling chuck ISO 40, reducing sleeve

ISO 40 / MT3 and ISO 40 / MT2, coolant

system, chip tray, work lamp,

machine operating tools,

operator manual

For available options for this machine, visit our website and search for VHF 3 (Product Search)


137

F

KBF 50

Specifications KBF 50Max. drilling capacity Ø2”Spindle Taper ISO/NMTB 40Quill stroke 7”Travel Spindle nose to table 4.72-24.4”Spindle speed rpm (16) 95-2250Feeds (3) ” /rev .004; .006, .012Table working surface 48 x 14”

T-slots (3) 1/2 x 3.75”Travels X= 23.6”; Y= 14”Table power feed (8) ” /min 1 - 28Spindle drive motor Hp 2 - 3Dimensions (L x W x H) 68 x 68 x 91”Weight lbs 3,080Part No. with position indicator 362 410Price with position indicator $

• Machine head runs in sturdy dovetail guide

• Motorized machine head positioning• Automatic quill feed (3 steps)• Manual quill feed for drilling and

fine feed for milling• Multi-step gear for maximum drilling and

milling capacity• Large compound sliding table on rigid

guideways• Automatic table feed, X and Y axis

For drilling, milling, tapping, reaming, and universal use in mechanical engineering, training and construction

Drill Press/Milling Machine

Mil

lin

g


Total Price including 3-axis position indicator (assembled)

Options Part No. Price $• Accessory set, ISO 40, 5 pieces 104 596• Hydraulic vice HS 125 125 024• Divider ST 130 • Milling chuck ISO40

110 960106 044

• Clamping tools, assorted deluxe 16 / M14 105 300Additional Options for this machine are listed on our website under KBF 50 (Product Search)

Standard Equipment: 3-axis position indicator,solid cast-iron base, coolant system, central lubrication, vertical guideway cover, operating tools, work lamp, operating instructions, collet chuck set, drill chuck, tool mounts

138

B

UnimillSuper Compact Universal Milling Machine with Automatic Feed

Horizontal and Vertical Milling Machine

• Horizontal milling feature is included in standard equipment - Easy change-over from vertical to horizontal machining

• Vertical cutter head swivels 45° to both sides• Rigid cast-iron frame with dovetail guides on

all axes ensure maximum rigidity and accuracy

• Automatic table feed for X axis• Infinitely variable spindle speeds

up to 2000 rpm

Standard Equipment: Drill chuck (Ø 0.5 in), outer arbor support for horizontal milling, milling arbor for horizontal milling, automatic table feed on X axis, machine base, operating tools, operator manual


Options for this machine are listed on our website under Unimill (product search)

Specifi cations UnimillWorking areaX axis travel in 12Y axis travel in 4Z axis travel in 4Table dimensions in 18 x 5Drilling capacity in 0.5T-slots (qty x width x spacing) in 3 x 0.5 x 1.4Cutter headSpeed range rpm 200 - 2000Spindle mount MT 3

Head swivel range ° 45°R 45°LSpindle nose-to-table distance in 6.5Drive CapacitiesMain motor rating Hp 0.7

Dimensions/WeightDimensions without base frame in 24 x 29 x 24Weight lb 251Part No. 101 292Price $

± Cutter head swivels 45°

139

B

Optimill 25Rigid Drill Press/Milling Machine Combo for workshops and model construction features infinitely variable drive and feed


• Compact, rigid machine frame made of premium cast-iron• Adjustable dovetail guides on all axes• Cutter head swivels 45° to the left and 90° to the right all the

way to the horizontal spindle position• Strong clamps for quill and guides ensure maximum rigidity

during work processes• Automatic table feed for X axis (Standard equipment)• Powerful spindle motor with infinitely variable speed and digital

speed indicator• Integrated tapping feature • Easy change of rotation via

forward / reverse switch on the control panel

• Quill feed via hand-lever (cross-lever), change-over to precision feed via hand-wheel

• Digital depth indicator for quill travel with 0.01 mm scale divisions

• Base frame included in standard equipment

Standard Equipment: Drill chuck (Ø 0.6 in), automatic table feed on X axis, indicator for depth and rpm, machine base, operating tools, operator manual


Options for this machine are listed on our website under Optimill 25 (Product search)

Specifi cations Optimill 25Working areaX axis travel in 19Y axis travel in 5.7Z axis travel in 12Table dimensions in 27.6 x 6.3Drilling capacity in 0.98T-slots (qty x width x spacing) in 3 x 0.5 x 1.7Cutter headSpeed range rpm 100 - 1750Spindle mount MT 3

Quill stroke in 2.8Head swivel range ° 90°R 45°LSpindle nose-to-table distance in 15Drive CapacitiesMain motor rating Hp 1.3

Dimensions/WeightDimensions without base frame in 30 x 28 x 37Weight lb 441Part No. 101 290Price $

Swivels 90° to the right and 45° to the leftM

illi

ng


Standard Equipment: Drill chuck (Ø 5/8 in), automatic table feed on X axis, indicator for swivel angle, depth and rpm, work lamp, machine base, operating tools, operator manual

Options for this machine are listed on our website under Optimill 30 (Product search)

Specifi cations Optimill 30Working areaX axis travel in 16Y axis travel in 9.6Z axis travel in 13Table dimensions in 32.3 x 9.4Drilling capacity in 1.2T-slots (qty x width x spacing) in 4 x 0.6 x 2Cutter headSpeed range rpm 100 - 1600Spindle mount MT 4

Quill stroke in 3.4Head swivel range ° 45°R 45°LSpindle nose-to-table distance in 15.7Drive CapacitiesMain motor rating Hp 2

Dimensions/WeightDimensions in 43 x 33 x 43Weight lb 750Part No. 101 291Price $

• Extremely solid cast-iron machine frame with wide dovetail guides

• Cutter head swivels 45º to both sides, including digital indicator, which is more accurate and user-friendly than conventional scales

• Precision-ground guideways are adjustable via taper gibs on all axes

• The brushless spindle motor is infinitely variable and delivers high torque in the low and medium speed range

• Digital speed (rpm) indicator on the control panel• Motorized height (Z) adjustment of the cutter head ensures

maximum operator comfort and simplifies work• Quill feed via hand-lever (cross-lever), change-over to

precision feed via hand-wheel• Quill stroke with digital indicator that shows up to 0.0004 in• Automatic feed on X axis is included in the standard

equipment, ensuring uniform traverse and rapid positioning• Automatic thread cutter

Digital indicator for swivel angle Control panel with tapping feature and potentiometer

141

B

Optimill 30The large model of the Optimill series features superior performance, operator comfort and innovative details

Mini Drill Press / Milling Machine Combo


Mil

lin

g

• Large spindle mount MT 4• Automatic X axis feed• Digital angle indicator• Infinitely variable speed control

142

H

FSpecifications MARK SUPEROperating RangeHead elevation 12”Spindle column 10”Work table 31.5 x 9.5”X-way 20.75”Y-way 7.87”Speeds rpm (12) 80 - 3150Spindle nose-to-table distance (max.) 21”Head + ColumnSpindle mount MT 4Quill elevation 5”Quill diameter 3”Head swivel ± 45°Column-Ø / width 7.5”Drilling capacity 1.0”End milling 1.125”Motor Hp 1.5Dimension (LxWxH) 39 x 35 x 83”Weight lbs 950Part No. 301 495 Price with position indicator $

Examples of Applications:

Inside diameter boring and facing Milling with milling arbor Slot cutting with divider

Angle boring Tapping

Standard Equipment: • 3-axis position indicator• Base• Drill chuck 1/2 inch• Tool holder bits• Operating tools

Option• The infinitely variable table feed TV 1000 M

(page 220) includes adjustable limit stops, which activate the shut-off upon contact. The point of origin can be approached via

the rapid traverse.

Part No. 121 477 Price $For available options for this machine, visit our website and search for Mark Super (Product Search)


143

Mark Super

The machine head height is adjusted by dovetail guide and an levating motor with spindle to provide precise travel. This results in a significantly improved stability during milling operations compared to column-guided systems.

The integrated tapping feature automatically changes directions upon reaching the preset depth.



Motor for automatic height adjustment

Head swivels ± 45°

Dovetail guide

Base including storage shelf

Manual micro-feed for milling

Digital depth indicator for quill (LCD display) standard

Mil

lin

g

• Rigid, and safety-oriented structure of all operation groups, manufactured with maximum precision

• The enclosed design of all operation and drive train elements prevents contamination, and ensures troublefree operation.


Cutter head with variable angle, plus large travel ranges ensure maximum versatility

144

R 32 BasicD

Radial Drill Press

Specifications R 32 BasicDrilling capacity (steel / cast-iron) 1.3”Column diameter 7.9”Throat (spindel-to-column surface) max. 32”Throat (spindel-to-column surface) min. 12.6”Spindle nose-to-table dist. max. 34”Spindle nose-to-table dist. min. 12.6”Cube table dimensions (LxWxH) 15.7”x15.7”x13.8”Machine table dimensions (LxWxH) 54”x28”x6.3”

Spindle mount MT 4Quill stroke 9.4”Speeds (quantity/range) rpm (6) 75-1220Feeds (quantity/range) ”/rev (3) 0.004” - 0.009”Motor rating Hp 2Weight (approximate) lbs 3140Overall dimensions (LxWxH) 55”x28”x74”Part No. 101 522Price $

Rigid Radial Drill Press with an unbeatable price/performance ratio

• For drilling, reaming and tapping • Machine frame made of high-quality

fine-grain cast-iron with heavy ribbing to ensure maximum reduction of vibrations

• Precision-ground gears for quiet operation

Standard Equipment: Coolant system, Cube table, Halogen work lamp

For available options for this machine, please visit our website and search for R 32 Basic (Product Search)

• Practical layout of electrical and mechanical controls at the headstock for easy operation

• Motorized arm height adjustment• The spindle is made of high-quality

hardened steel for consistent accuracy • Mechanical clamping for head, column,

and arm


145

C

BO

110

• B

O 1

30H

ori

zon

tal B

ori

ng

Mill

• R

igid

, har

dene

d an

d pr

ecis

ion

grou

nd s

quar

e gu

ides

ens

ure

man

y ye

ars

of a

ccur

ate

oper

atio

n•

Mec

hani

cal f

unct

ions

that

may

not

be

run

sim

ulta

neou

sly

are

prov

ided

with

inte

rlock

s•

Hea

dsto

ck a

nd fe

ed g

ears

are

equ

ippe

d w

ith

an o

verlo

ad c

lutc

h•

Leve

r-op

erat

ed s

hift

gear

s fo

r po

sitio

ning

of

the

gear

s in

the

desi

red

posi

tion

• T

he m

anua

l con

trol

pan

el is

set

upi

n a

use

r-fr

iend

ly a

nd c

lear

man

ner,

the

pane

l inc

lude

s co

ntro

ls fo

r sp

indl

e ro

tatio

n, to

ol c

lam

ping

, sc

ale

light

ing,

etc

.•

Tabl

e ro

tate

s 36

0°•

Tele

scop

ing

stee

l cov

ers

prot

ect t

he g

uide

s fr

om c

hips

and

con

tam

inat

ion

• W

ith v

aria

ble

freq

uenc

y dr

ive,

plu

s 3-

axis

se

rvo

mot

or•

Tails

tock

incl

uded

(B

O 1

10),

opt

iona

l (B

O 1

30)

Sta

nd

ard

3 a

xis

dig

ital

po

siti

on

in

dic

ato

r o

n a

ll m

ach

ines

BO

110

sh

ow

n

Sp

ecif

icat

ion

s B

O 1

10B

O 1

30S

pind

le d

iam

eter

4.25

”5”

Spi

ndle

tape

rIS

O 5

0IS

O 5

0S

pind

le fe

ed23

.6”

35.4

”F

acin

g sl

ide

feed

7.1”

9.8”

Fac

ing

slid

e ro

tatio

n, 1

8 st

eps

rpm

4 -

200

2.5

- 12

5M

ax. t

able

load

cap

acity

lbs

5,50

022

,000

M

ax. s

pind

le a

xial

thru

stlb

s2,

750

7,05

0S

pind

le c

ente

r-to

-tab

le d

ista

nce

0 -

35”

0 -

70.8

”D

rillin

g ca

paci

ty1.

97”

2.36

”S

pind

le s

peed

s22

24S

peed

ran

gerp

m8

- 10

004

- 80

0F

acin

g sl

ide

spee

d (r

pm)

1818

Spe

ed r

ange

rpm

4 -

200

2.5

- 12

5F

eed

for

quill

, hea

dsto

ck, a

nd ta

ble/

spin

dle

rota

tion

Ran

ge I

@ 8

- 4

00 r

pm”/

rev

18 (

0.00

16 -

0.2

4”)

Ran

ge II

@ 5

00 -

100

0 rp

m”/

rev

18 (

0.00

04 -

0.0

6”)

Fee

d of

faci

ng s

lide,

hea

dsto

ck, a

nd ta

ble,

faci

ng s

lide

rota

tion

Ran

ge I

- 18

ste

ps”/

rev

0.00

3-0.

47”

003-

.472

”M

ax. s

pind

le to

rque

ft/lb

900

2300

Max

. lat

he c

huck

torq

ueft/

lb14

5036

00T

rave

l - lo

ngit.

/tran

sv.

39”/

35”

78”/

78”

Ver

tical

hea

d tr

avel

35.2

5”70

.8”

Tabl

e se

tup

area

43”

x 38

”63

” x

70.8

”R

apid

feed

, hea

dsto

ck”/

min

100

100

Rot

ary

tabl

e ro

tatio

nal s

peed

rpm

11.

2M

ain

mot

or r

atin

gH

p10

20R

apid

feed

mot

orH

p4

7H

ydra

ulic

pum

pH

p1

2S

pind

le s

trok

e m

otor

Hp

77

Rea

d-ou

t acc

urac

y, o

ptic

0.00

04”

0.00

02”

Cou

nter

-bor

e ac

cura

cyμ

mH

7 R

a-1.

6H

7 R

a-1.

6O

vera

ll di

men

sion

s (L

xWxH

)19

2”x9

7”

x108

”27

7”x1

84”

x150

” W

eigh

tlb

s25

,300

64,6

00P

art N

o. w

ith p

ositi

on in

dica

tor

301

499

399

022

Pri

ce w

ith

po

siti

on

ind

icat

or

$

Sta

nd

ard

Eq

uip

men

t: 3

-axi

s po

sitio

n in

dica

tor,

alig

nmen

t wed

ges,

cen

tral

lubr

icat

ion,

wor

k la

mp,

fo

unda

tion

bolts

, ope

ratin

g to

ols,

ope

rato

r m

anua

l

Tab

le lo

ad c

apac

ity u

p to

11

ton

s an

d a

Wo

rk A

rea

up

to 7

9 x

79”

star

ting

at


Dri

llin

g

Fo

r av

aila

ble

op

tio

ns

for

this

mac

hine

, vis

it ou

r w

eb-

site

and

sea

rch

for

BO

110

/ B

O 1

30 (P

rodu

ct S

earc

h)

146146

R 40• 1.25 in drilling capacity, large throat and compact dimensions• Spindle speeds and feed velocity are hydraulically controlled

for easy and safe operation• The drill spindle is driven via multi-disk reversing clutch for

smooth change-overs between forward and reverse• Independent manual clamping of drill head and boom• The boom can be moved vertically, while column and head

remain clamped and fixed in their positions• The drill head can be moved radially and positioned with high

precision via a centrally located hand-wheel

Standard Equipment R 40 • R 60 • R 70 • R 80 • R 100: Coolant system, cube table, halogen work lamp

Optional Equipment for R 40•R60•R70•R80•R100 Part No. Price $

• Reducing sleeve MT 5/2 103 835



• Accessory set, MT 4 (8 pieces) 104 594

R 40 is shown

Hydraulic feed and rotational speed gears


• The operator can pre-select via a switch, if the boom should be released for swiveling, whereby both axes will be simultaneously fixed in the requested position above the drill head clamping lever

R 60• Optimum size/performance ratio and a new drive technology

make this a bestseller• Infinitely variable spindle speed and easy to read digital

display• The quill of the R60 features a guided counter-weight for

optimum balance• Hydro-mechanically shifted feed gears• Independent hydraulic clamping:

boom can be moved vertically without losing the spindle-to-bore alignment

• Drill head and column can be clamped/released together or separately with the push of a button

• A central lubrication system ensures reliable lubrication of the column

147

R 40 • R 60 • R 70 • R 80 • R 100D

KNUTH Radial Drill Presses - Perfect in every detail, powerful, rigid and easy to handle

Radial Drill Presses


Dri

llin

g

• Base, column, boom and gear head are made of premium high-quality cast

• Major design features include a large column and a highly torsion-resistant boom

• Boom height adjustment via a powerful motorized drive and vertical spindle

• The boom lifting gears run in an oil-bath for maximum reliability and minimum wear

• Advanced column swivel design with optimized clamping features maximum rigidity and minimum clamping offset

• Swivel axis and travel axis feature extremely smooth operation to make the operator's everyday production work easier

• The gears feature hardened and precision-ground chrome-nickel steel gears for smooth and low-noise operation

• All gear parts are lubricated reliably via oil pump• The main spindle runs on precision bearings and features an

automatic spindle brake

R 60 is shown

148

Specifications R 40 R 60 R 70 R 80 R 100Drilling capacity in steel in 1.6 2.4 2.8 3.1 3.9Tapping capacity (steel / casting) M 30 / M 36 M 46 / M 52 M 50 / M 56 M 56 / M 64 M 70 / M 80Throat (spindle-to-column surface) max. in 39.4 63 78.7 98.4 124Throat (spindle-to-column surface) min. in 9.8 13.8 17.7 19.7 22.4Drill head travel (horizontal) in 29.5 49.2 63 78.7 101.6Max. spindle nose-to-table distance in 20.5 49.2 63 78.7 98.4Min. spindle nose-to-table distance in 8.7 13.8 15.7 21.7 29.5Arm stroke (vertical) in 21.7 24.4 23.6 39.3 39.3Cube table dimensions (L x W x H) in 17.7x23.6x17.7 19.7x29.5x19.7 31.5x24.8x19.7 39.4x31.5x22 39.4x31.5x22Machine table dimensions (L x W x H) in 37x23.5x5.9 66.9x38.6x7.9 78.7x39.4x7.9 139x55.1x11.8 108.3x48x11.8Spindle mount MT 4 MT 5 MT 5 MT 6 MT 6Boring depth, max. in 9.8 12.4 15.7 17.7 19.7Speeds (quantity/range) rpm 8

71 - 1800Infin. variable 38 - 2000

16 20 - 1600

16 16 - 1250

22 8 - 1000

Feeds (quantity/range) in/rev 4 (0.005 - 0.02) 8 (0.002 - 0.04) 16 (0.002 - 0.13) 16 (0.002 - 0.13) 16 (0.002 - 0.13)Motor rating Hp 3 5.5 7.5 10 20Lift motor Hp 1 2 2 4 4Machine dimensions (L x W x H) in 69x30

x7998x39x109

121x49x130

147x55x159

188x64x186

Weight (approximate) lb 3,086 8,378 15,432 24,251 44,093Part No. 101 550 101 649 101 654 101 652 101 653Price $

R 70 • R 80 • R 100• A large throat and high boring capacities are supported by a

very rigid structural design, without compromising the ease of

handling and smoothness of operation

• Spindle speeds and feed velocity are hydraulically controlled

for easy and safe operation

• The drill spindle is driven via multi-disk reversing clutch to

avoid excessive load peaks and for easy operation

• Independent hydraulic clamping of head, column and boom

• Drill head and column can be clamped/released together or

separately; confirmation of operation via push button

• The boom is automatically supplied with lubricant via a

central lubrication system


Depth stop with Nonius Powerful machining with automatic feed

149

R 40 • R 60 • R 70 • R 80 • R 100D

Proven performance, quality and cost-effectiveness

Radial Drill Presses

starting at


• Quill teeth are precision-ground for a smooth feed and minimum wear

• The drill head moves on hardened and ground guideways• All models feature adjustable overload clutches in the feeds• Adjustable boring depth stop with large, easy to read scale

and Nonius

• All operator controls are placed within reach for convenient and practical handling and quick learning

• Powerful coolant system with coolant reservoir integrated into the machine foot

R 100 is shown

Dri

llin

g

150

KSB

F

starting at

Specifications KSB 25 A KSB 32 A KSB 40 B KSB 50 C KSB 63 B KSB 80 B KSB 100Drilling capacity in steel 1” 1.25” 1.5” 2” 2.5” 3” 4”Feed force lbs 20,000 20,000 35,000 35,000 65,000 65,000 97,500Torque ft/lbs 120 120 260 360 590 590 848Spindle drive Hp 3 3 4 5 7 7 7,5Spindle taper MT 3 MT 4 MT 4 MT 5 MT 5 MT 6 MT 6Throat 11” 11” 13.2” 13.2” 14.8” 14.8” 18.9”Vertical head travel 8” 8” 8” 8” 10” 10” 300Quill stroke 8” 8” 10” 10” 10” 10” 12”Speed range / # rpm 50–2000 / 9 50–2000 / 9 31–1400 / 12 45–850 / 9 40–570 / 9 40–570 / 9 26-320/6Spindle feeds / # ”/rev .002-.07/9 .002-.07/9 .002-.07/9 .002-.07/9 .004-.03/6 .004-.03/6 .004-.003/6 Max. spindle nose-to-table dist. 28” 28” 29.5” 29.5” 31.5” 31.5” 33.5”Vertical table travel 12” 12” 12” 12” 12” 12” 12”T-slot width / # .7/3 .7/3 .7/3 .7/3 .7/3 .7/3 .7/3Table setup area 16” x 22” 16” x 22” 19” x 22” 19” x 22” 25.5” x 21.5” 25.5 x 21.5” 760 x 650Coolant pump W 90 90 90 90 90 90 75Flow rate gal/min 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 25Overall dimensions (LxWxH)

38”x33”x91”

38”x33”x91”

41”x99”x36”

41”x99”x36”

38”x57”x110”

38”x57”x110”

57”x38”x125”

Weight lbs 2090 2090 2760 2760 5510 5510 7700Part No. 101 691 101 692 101 693 101 694 101 695 101 696 101 697 Price $

Standard Equipment: coolant system, tapping feature, halogen work lamp, operating tools, operator manual

Box-Column Drill Press

Superior Rigidity for Demanding Drilling, Reaming and Thread-Cutting Tasks

• Box-column design provides high load capacity, and is torsion-proof and rigid

• Table and drill head can be moved individually for an optimum machining height

• 9-step feed and speed gears, with oil-bath lubrication• High torque across the entire speed range• Thread-cutting unit automatically reverses upon reaching the

preset depth

Options • Universal facing and boring head Part No. 103 402 Price $• Coolant concentrate 1.3 gal Part No. 103 184 Price $• Accessory set, MT 4 (8 pieces) Part No. 104 594 Price $• Reducing sleeve MT 5/4 Part No. 103 845 Price $


151

KSR 40 AdvanceD

Linear guides for flexible handling and maximum rigidity

Specifications KSR 40 AdvanceMax. drilling capacity 1-1/2”Max. tapping capacity 1-1/8”Distance (spindle-to-column) 22”Max. distance (spindle nose-to-table) 30” Upper beam travel 23.2”Column stroke 15.7”Quill stroke 8” Head swivel range ± 90°Spindle mount MT 4Spindle speeds, inf. variable rpm 50 - 315, 315 - 2000

Spindle feeds (quantity) 0.003 - 0.02 (6)”Column diameter 8.75”Table setup area (LxW) 47 x 20”T-slots, qty x width (table) 3 x 5/8”Main motor Hp 3Height adjustment motor Hp 2 Coolant pump motor Hp .5 Dimensions (LxWxH) 68 x 47 x 89”Weight lbs 6041Part no. 162 363Price $

• Large travel ranges and many different machining stations provide maximum setup and machining possibilities

• Powerful machine for drilling, tapping, countersinking and boring

• Extremely sturdy construction ensures high accuracy and reliability

• Quick and precise tool positioning: hydraulic clamping is released by the push of a button, head easily swivels forward, backward and horizontally

• Motorized up and down movement of drill head• Height can be adjusted without changing the

drilling position• Provides great flexibility when machining large parts• Drill head swivels ± 90 degrees • Automatic feed with depth stop • Thick-walled column and large dimensions

of all components ensure maximum accuracy• Digital drilling depth indicator

High-Speed Radial Drill Press

Standard Equipment: digital speed indicator, additional setup areas at the side and rear, cube table, swivelling horizontal table, digital boring depth indicator, halogen work lamp, coolant system, tapping option, drill chuck with tool-holder bits, reducing sleeves, operating tools, operator manual

Optional Compound Sliding Table

Optional Milling Chuck with Collets

Optional Equipment: Compound Sliding Table with Milling Chuck SetCompound Sliding TableTable size 25.2“x8.1“Cross travel 14.6“Linear travel 6“

Dimensions 9.4“x15.6“Weight lbs 525Milling Chuck with ColletsCollet diameter “ 02,03,04,

05,06,063Part No. 162 364Price $

Dri

llin

g

Infinitely variable spindle speed with digital display and digital drilling depth indicator for maxi-mum operator comfort

starting at


152

SSB F Super F

Production Drill Press with infinitely variable speed and thread-cutting function

Column Drill Presses

Standard Equipment: thread-cutting unit, protective shield, halogen work lamp, coolant system, operating tools, operator manual

• Very rigid construction with thick-walled column and large throat

• Infinitely variable speed adjustment with back gearing and digital speed display

• 4 automatic drill feeds with electromagnetic clutch control and automatic shut-off when reaching the limit stop

• Motorized table height adjustments• Large drilling table with circumferential

coolant groove, height adjustment, and ± 45° swivel range

• Thread cutter is included with standard equipment

Ideal for single part and batch productions, for drilling, countersinking, reaming, and thread-cutting

Specifications SSB 40 F Super 50 F SuperDrilling capacity (diam.) 1 1/2” 2”Tapping capacity M 24 M 30Table setup area 20 x 17” 23 x 18”Quill stroke 7 1/2” 8”Spindle mount MT 4 MT 4Speed rpm 60 - 2600 50 - 2200Feed / # settings ”/rev 0.004: 0.008;

0.012; 0.02 (4)0.004; 0.008; 0.012; 0.02 (4)

Spindle nose-to-table dist. 26” 23”Spindle nose-to-foot dist. 47” 46”

Throat 13” 14”Table travel 22”

18” (motorized)21”16” (motorized)

Table swivel range ± 45° ± 45°Column diameter 5.5” 7”Motor rating HP 2 3Overall dim. (LxWxH) 39 x 26 x 87” 45 x 27 x 93”Weight lbs 1100 1440Part No. 162 337 101 668Price $

starting at

For available options for this machine, please visit our website and search for SSB 40 / 50 F Super (Product Search)


SSB 40 F Super is shown

SSB 50 F Super is shown

Digital drilling depth indicator

153

SSB 32 Xn • SSB 40 XnF

Specifications SSB 32 Xn SSB 40 XnDrilling capacity (diam.) 1.25” 1.5”Tapping capacity M .75” M 1”Table setup area 19.5 x 16.5” 22 x 19”Quill stroke 6” 7”Spindle mount MT 4 MT 4Speed range / # rpm 125 - 3030 / 12 72 - 2150 / 9Feed / # settings ”/rev 0.004; 0.008;

0.012 / 3

0.005; 0.01;

0.02 / 3Spindle nose-to-table dist. 25” 26”Spindle nose-to-foot dist. 46.5” 47”

Throat 12.5” 14”Table travel 16” 22”Head travel 11” -Head swivel range ± 45° -Table swivel range ± 45° ± 45°Column diameter 5” 5.5”Motor rating Hp 1.5 2.5Overall dim.(LxWxH) 33 x 20 x 77” 38 x 23 x 90”Weight lbs 1190 1120Part No. 162 332 162 338Price $

SSB 32 Xn shown

• Heavy cast-iron construction with thick-walled column

• Thread-cutting feature is standard• Automatic drill feeds are activated and

deactivated via electromagnetic clutch• Including coolant system and work lamp• Table rotates and swivels ±45°• 2-step motor (SSB 32 Xn)• Head swivels ±45°, adjustable height

(SSB 32 Xn)• Digital speed (rpm) display (SSB 32 Xn)

SSB 40 Xn shown

Powerful Universal Drill Pressesfor versatile use in the workshop

Column Drill Presses

Dri

llin

gStandard Equipment: thread cutter, protective shield, halogen work lamp, coolant system, operating tools, operator manual,


Coolant system is included

For available options for this machine, visit our website and search for SSB 32 Xn or SSB 40 Xn (Product Search)

154

SBF 32 • 40DD


Universal Skill Package for the Shop Floor - Drilling, Thread cutting, and Milling

Column Drill Press with Milling Function

Standard Equipment: Thread cutter, digital depth indicator,draw bar, drill chuck, tool-holder bits, coolant system, operating instructions

• Both machines feature a large compound sliding table for coordinated drilling and milling work

• Quiet operation with oil-bath lubricated gears for long tool life and durability

• The milling machine's high-quality spindle bearing can withstand higher loads for the long term

• Manual drill feed can be switched to high-precision feed via a hand-wheel

• The SBF 40 also features a controllable automatic feed with 3 gear steps

• Adjustable height of gear head and table• Table guides are adjustable with high precision via taper gibs• Gear head swivels to both sides• Cutter mounts are secured by a drawbar• Automatic tapping feature and digital depth indicator are included• The SBF 40 features an integrated coolant system

Specifications SBF 32 SBF 40Working areaTravel - X axis in 14.6 19.7

- Y axis in 7.5 7.5- Z1 / Z2 axis in 10.2 22.8

Table setup area in 28 x 8.3 28.7 x 8.3Table load capacity (max.) lb 221 221T-slots (number/width/spacing) in 3 x 0.55 x 2 3 x 0.55 x 3T-slot foot (number/width/spacing) in 2 x 0.55 x 8 2 x 0.98 x 5Spindle speeds (12) rpm 75 - 3200 75 - 3200 Spindle mount MT 4 MT 4Quill stroke in 4.7 4.7Throat in 10.6 10.9Column diameter in 4.5 4.5Spindle nose-to-table distance in 24 23.6Spindle nose-to-foot distance in 46.5 46.5Drilling capacity in steel / ST37 mm 32 40Head swivel range ± 45° ± 45°Thread cutting in steel / St 37 M16 M16

Drive CapacitiesMain motor rating Hp 1.5 1.5 / 2.0Coolant system Hp 0.05 0.05Dimensions/WeightOverall dimensions (L x W x H) in 35 x 30

x 6733 x 30x 73

Weight lb 750 838Part No. 101 570 101 571Price $

Drilling and Milling - A true added value for a low price

SBF 40 shown

Cutter head swivels to both sides Graduated scale on the cutter head

starting at

155

TSB 25 • TSB 35 F

Versatile Use in Workshop Applications

Bench-mounted Column Drill Press

• Rigid cast-iron construction• Height-adjustable machine head• 6 or 12 speed levels• Rectangular table with T-slots and

circumferential coolant groove

Standard Equipment: base, protective shield, halogen lamp, coolant system (TSB 35), drill chuck, operating tools, operator manual

TSB 35• Automatic quill feed• Rpm indicator• Coolant system• Head swivels ± 45°

Specifications TSB 25 TSB 35Drilling capacity in steel 1” 1 3/8”Tapping capacity in steel M 16 M 22Working area Setup area, foot 12 x 12.5” 14.5 x 14”Quill stroke 4” 6”Vertical head travel 18.5” 20”Spindle nose-to-foot dist. 25.5” 25”Throat 9” 12.5”Column diameter 3.75” 4.75”Spindle speed rpm (6) 125-2825 (12) 125-3030

Spindle mount MT 3 MT 4Drive Capacities Main motor rating Hp 1 1.3FeedQuill feeds ”/rev - (3) 0.004; 0.008;

0.012Dimensions/Weight Dimensions 28 x 16 x 62” 32 x 20 x 66”Weight lbs 490 750Part No. 162 340 162 345Price $

TSB 25 shown TSB 35 shown

Dri

llin

g


For available options for this machine, visit our website and search for TSB (Product Search)

156

KST • KSS

F

Industrial Drill Presses

Specifications KST 16 KST 16V KST 25 KSS 25V KSS 32Drilling capacity ” 5/8 5/8 1 1 1-1/4Column diameter ” 3.5 3.5 3.5 4 4Quill stroke ” 4 4 5 5 5Throat ” 7 7 7 9 9Max. distance Spindle to table ” 16.75 16.75 16.75 26.75 29.5Spindle to foot ” 24 24 24 38 38Mount MT 2 MT 2 MT 2 MT 3 MT 3Spindle speed range rpm (6) 290-2000 (6) 290-2000 (9) 160-1820 (6) 230-2160 (9) 160-1880Automatic feed - (4)0.004;0.006 - (3) 0.004;0.006 0.007;0.010 0.010Table setup area ” 11 x 12 11 x 12 11 x 12 13 x 15 13 x 15Foot setup area ” 9.5 x 9.5 9.5 x 9.5 9.5 x 9.5 12.5 x 12.5 12.5 x 12.75Motor Hp 1 1 1.75 2 2 Weight lbs 240 240 240 420 420 Height ” 42 42 42 62 69 Part No. 162 510 162 500 162 506 162 502 162 508Price $

Rigid table (KST) and column drill presses (KSS) with large work tables

• Automatic feed (model KST 16V + KSS 25V)

• Coolant system (model KSS 25V + KSS 32)

• Quiet belt drive• High precision spindle

bearing• Handwheel and gear

rack for table movement

• Adjustable depth stop• Large quill stroke• Thick-walled column

KST 16V shown

KSS 32 shown


157

KB 20 • 25 • 32

FF

Versatile use in workshop applications, for training and small-parts production

Bench Drill Presses

Standard Equipment: Drill chuck guard, 0.63 in drill chuck, operator manual

Specifications KB 20 KB 25 KB 32Drilling capacity in 0.79 0.98 1.26Working areaTable setup area in 11.4 x 11.4 13.6 x 13.6 18.7 x 16.7Spindle nose-to-table dist. in 5.5 - 21.7 5.5 - 33.5 8.3 - 28.7Spindle nose-to-foot distance in 25.2 53.5 47.2Throat in 7.0 8.5 10Column diameter in 3.1 3.1 3.6HeadstockSpeed range rpm (12) 120 - 2580 (12) 120 - 2580 (12) 150 - 2700Spindle mount MT 2 MT 2 MT 3Quill stroke in 3.1 3.1 4.7Drive CapacitiesMain motor rating Hp 0.74 1.0 1.5Dimensions/WeightDimensions in 33 x 22 x 11 57 x 26 x 13 58 x 26 x 14Weight lb 187 243 320Part No. 162 520 162 521 162 522Price $

• Adjustable depth stop• Quiet belt drive operation • Forward/reverse can be set by a single

switch• Headstock runs in precision-bearings• 12 speeds allow selection of optimum

speeds at the workpiece


Options for this machine can be found on our website under KB 20, KB 25 or KB 32 (product search)

Dri

llin

g

With a universal drill table:• Swivels 45°• Rotates 360° around column

KB 20 shown KB 25 shown

KB 32 shown

158

F

KGBSpecifications KGB 25 KGB 30Max. drill cap. in steel 1” 1”Thread 5/8” 5/8”Quill stroke 5.5” 5.5”Spindle taper MT 3 MT 3Speed range rpm (8) 100 - 2900 (8) 100 - 2900 Spindle-to-column dist. 8.8” 8.8”Head swivel - ± 45°Spindle-to-table distance 4.25 - 16” 1.2 - 23.5”Spindle-to-base distance - 42”Max. table travel - 18”max. head travel 12” 9.5”Table setup area 11.5 x 11.75” 13 x 15”Motor rating Hp 0.75 /1 0.75 /1Dimensions (LxWxH) 16 x 22 x 49” 19 x 25 x 66”Weight lbs 440 600 Part no. 101 690 101 685Price $

• 8 speed steps with positive torque transmission – no belt slippage

• Easy speed adjustment via two levers• Heavy construction with thick-walled column• Hand wheel for vertical feed of head• Depth scale with adjustable depth stop• Vertical table feed (only KGB 30)• Work table swivels +/-50° (only KGB 30)

Gear-Drive Drill Press

III. KGB 25

Ill. KGB 30

For available options for this machine, visit our website and search for KGB (Product Search)


Heavy-duty Gear Drill Press at a Low Price

159

K2 • K3 • K4

F

Bench / Column Drill Presses

Specifications K2 K3 K4Max. drill capacity 0.75” 1” 1”Max. tapping capacity 1/2” 1/2” 3/4”Spindle mount MT 2 MT 3 MT 3Speeds rpm 100 - 1500 100 - 1800 L 100 - 600

H 200 - 1700Quill stroke 3” 4” 4.75”Throat 10” 11” 12”Max. spindle nose-to-table dist. 15” 18” 23”Max. spindle nose-to-foot dist. 29” 36” 45”Table setup area 12.5 x 14” 15.5 x 13.5” 17 x 15”3 T-slots 1/2” 1/2” 1/2”Column diameter 3.5” 4.25” 4.75”Motor rating 230 V Hp 1.5 2 2 Dimensions (LxWxH) 27 x 15 x 48” 29 x 18 x 72” 33 x 22 x 73”Weight lbs 480 700 1,240 Part No. 162 511 162 512 162 514Price $

K4 shown

K3 shown

K2 shown

Standard Equipment: drill chuck, toolholder bits, operating tools, operator manual

• Infinitely variable speed• Digital speed and drill depth indicator• Table height adjustment per handwheel

and gear rack• 360° rotating work table• Thread cutting function• Forward and reverse operation

Comfortable and quiet opera-tion with high accuracy - ide-al for precision mechanics, laboratories or workshops

Dri

llin

g

For available options for this machine, visit our website and search for K2 / K3 / K4 (Product Search)


160

VBF

Metal band saws

Specifications VB 300 VB 360 VB 410 VB 510 VB 610Cutting capacity Height x throat 7”x12” 9”x14” 12”x16” 12”x21 12”x24”Speeds ”/min .8 - 4 .8 - 4 .8 - 3 + 5 - 20 .8 - 3 + 5 - 20 .8 - 3 + 5 - 20Blade width .1” -.6” .1” -.6” .1” -.6” .1” -.6” .1” -.6”Table 20”x16” 20”x16” 16”x20” 24”x20” 24”x20”/11”x20”Table adjustment 15° 15° 15° 15° 15°Motor rating HP 0.5 0.75 1.5 1.5 1.5 Table height 35” 38” 39” 39” 40”Overall dimensions (LxWxH) 28”x51”x79” 14”x25”x61” 14”x27”x68” 18”x32”x75” 28”x43”x79” Weight lbs 500 560 970 1110 1550 Part No. 102 500 102 550 102 690 102 692 102 694Price $

starting at

• Torsionally rigid steel construction• Table tilts ±15° in all directions• New! Electrical speed control

from 65-280 ft/min and 400-1,640 ft/min, with band speed indicator (VB 410 and higher)

• Increased cutting precision• Functional and practical design• High-precision blade guides with carbide-

tipped back-roller• Blow-out feature results in improved cut

control• With replaceable plastic bandage• Hand wheel for quick blade tension

adjustments• Blade welder with stress relief, saw-shears,

grinding stone, chip box

VB 610 shown

Vertical Metal Band Saws with Proven Solid Construction, including Band Saw Blade Welder

Standard Equipment: complete saw blade welder, lighting, 1 saw blade

Bandsaw Blades for model Dimensions Teeth/Inch Price $VB 300 98x3/16x0.025 / 98x3/8x0.025 10 / 14 / 22VB 360 114x3/16x0.025 / 114x3/8x0.025 10 / 14 / 22VB 410 132.5x3/16x0.025 / 132.5x3/8x0.025 10 / 14 / 22VB 510 151x3/16x0.025 / 151x3/8x0.025 10 / 14 / 22VB 610 155.5x3/16x0.025 / 155.5x3/16x0.025 10 / 14 / (22 only for .20” width)

Optimum blade tension via hand-wheel

Please indicate the size and type of teeth when ordering saw blades!

F

161

ABS 300 NC

Specifications ABS 300 NCCutting Capacity Cutting capacity 90º (rectangular) in 11.8 x 14.1Cutting capacity 90º (circular) in 11.8Cutting capacity 90° (square) in 11.8 x 11.8Cutting capacity 60º (rectangular) in 6.9 x 11.8Cutting capacity 60º (circular) in 6.9Cutting capacity 60° (square) in 6.9Cutting capacity 45º (rectangular) in 10.0 x 11.8Cutting capacity 45º (circular) in 10.0Cutting capacity 45° (square) in 10.0

Cut length (max.) in 15.7

Blade speed ft/min 66-295Drive Capacities Main motor rating Hp 4.0Motor rating - hydraulic pump Hp 1.0Coolant pump motor rating Hp 0.6Dimensions/Weight Belt dimensions in 174 x 1.3 x 0.043Overall dimensions (L x W x H) in 87 x 79 x 67Weight lb 4,189Part No. 152 880Price $

Automatic band saw with programmable cutting angle

Fully Automated Miter Band Saw

Standard Equipment: Siemens PLC, automatic cleaning brush, feed roller table (6.6 ft long), 1 saw blade, touch-screen monitor, automatic cen-tral lubrication, automatic parts counter, chip conveyor, coolant system, operating tools and operator manual

• Torsion-proof dual-column construction• Hydraulic saw frame feed via chrome-plated column guide • Slightly inclined saw frame improves cutting performance and

increases the service-life• Dual hydraulic workpiece clamping• Hydraulic saw blade tensioning• Infinitely variable cutting speed• High-torque gears ensure maximum machining power

• Hydraulic saw blade tensioning• Precise and stable saw band guides ensure

high angular accuracy• Automatic band breakage control• LED indicator for belt speed

• Cutting angle settings 90° / 60° / 45°• With touch-screen monitor• Automatic workpiece feed S

aw

ing

Bi-Metallic Band Saw Blades Dimensions: 174 x 1.3 x 0.043 in Teeth/inch: 3/4, 4/6, 5/8 starting at $


162

ABS 280 B • ABS 320 BD

Fully Automated Band Saw

Standard Equipment: autom. band breakage control, bundle vise, coolant system, saw blade, operating tools, chip wiper, feed roller table 47”, operator manual

Specifications ABS 280 B ABS 320 BCutting CapacityCutting capacity (circular) Ø 11” Ø 12.5”Cutting capacity (square) 10.5 11.5 Cutting capacity (rectangular) 10 x 11” 12.5 x 7.75Stop length 19.5” 19.5Cutting speed, infinitely

variable

”/min 787 - 3937 787 - 3937

Working areaFeed roller table length 47” 47”Number of feed rollers 4 6

Drive CapacitiesMain motor rating Hp 2 2Motor rating hydraulic pump Hp .5 .5Feed motor rating Hp .3 .3Motor rating Coolant pump Hp .2 .2Dimensions/WeightOverall dimensions (LxWxH) 71 x 34

x 48”

71 x 34

x 49”Weight lbs 1330 1460Part No. 152 750 152 755Price $

starting at

Low-cost cutting solution with high productivity for automatic cutting to length of solid materials, tubes, profile sections, etc. made of steel, cast-iron, non-ferrous and light metals

• Saw frame and machine bed are made of premium cast-iron for torsion-free performance even under maximum loads

• New helical gears ensure above-average service life and low maintenance

• Infinitely variable saw frame feed• Large sized hydraulic cylinder for constant quiet operation• Automatic adjustment of cutting height

Bi-Metallic Band Saw BladesFor model Dimensions Teeth/Inch Price $ABS 280 B 133.75 x 1 x .035” 3/4, 6/10ABS 320 B 144 x 1 x .035” 3/4, 4/6, 5/8


A bundle vise is provided for cutting entire material packs to length

163

ABS 320 C • 350 B • 450 B • 550 BD

Fully automatic high-performance bandsaw with twin column guide system

High-Performance Bandsaws

Specifications ABS 320 C ABS 350 B ABS 450 B ABS 550 BCutting capacity - Circular /square Ø 12.5”/ 12.5” Ø 13.75”/ 13.75” Ø 17.75”/ 17.75” Ø 21.5”/ 21.5”Rectangular 13.75 x 12.5” 14.5 x 13.75” 18.5 x 17.75” 22.5 x 21.5”Cutting speed (infinitely var.) ”/min 790 - 3937 790 - 3937 790 - 3937 790 - 3937Drive motor rating/voltage Hp/V 2/400 3/400 4/400 5.25/400Hydraulic motor Hp 0.75 1 1.5 1.5Feed motor Hp 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.75Stop length 19.75” 19.75” 19.75” 19.75”Roller track length 39” 39” 39” 39”Dimensions 83 x 35 x 59” 106 x 43 x 65” 122 x 47 x 74” 132 x 47 x 83”Weight lbs 2068 3080 3960 4620Part-No. 152 756 152 760 152 765 152 770Price $

starting at

• Main drive with 2 or 5 Hp provides for sufficient power reserves

• Rigid dual-column guide for parallel cuts• Torsion-resistant weldment• Helical gears, designed for continuous operation with

above average life time and low maintenance

• Parts counter• Infinitely variable cutting speed (from 65 to 330 feet/min) for

optimum cutting results • Band breakage control• Carbide saw-band guides• Coolant system with 3 nozzles• Feed roller table and linear stop are standard equipment


Standard Equipment: • Saw blade, bundle vise• Coolant system• Saw blade cleaner brush• Feed roller table• Operator manual

Bi-Metallic Band Saw Blades for model Dimensions Teeth/Inch starting at $ABS 320 C 162.5 x 1 x .035” 3/4, 4/6, 5/8ABS 350 B 97 x 1 x .035” 3/4, 4/6, 5/8

ABS 450 B 236 x 1.5 x .05” 3/4, 4/6, 5/8ABS 550 B 268 x 1.5 x .05” 3/4, 4/6, 5/8

Sa

win

g

164

HB 280 B • HB 320 BSD

starting at

Specifications HB 280 B HB 320 BSCutting capacity 90° - Circular Ø 11” Ø 12.5” - Square 11 12.5 - Rectangular 13.5 x 7.5” 24 x 12.5” Cutting capacity 45° - Circular Ø 9.4” Ø 12.5” - Square 8 x 8” 12.5 x 12.5” - Rectangular 10 x 12.5” 14 x 12.5” Cutting capacity 30° - Circular - 10” - Square - 8.5 - Rectangular - 11 x 7.5”

Cutting speed Infinitely var. ”/min. 790 - 3937 790 - 3937Motor rating Hp 2 3 Coolant pump Hp 0.16 0.16Dimensions (LxWxH) 71 x 34 83 x 47 x 39” x 53” Weight lbs 1170 2200 Part No. 152 797 152 798Price $

HB 320 BS shown

HB 280 B shown

Semi-Automatic Band-Saws

Standard Equipment: part clamping fixture, coolant system, longitudinal stop, 47” long roller table (HB 320 BS only), operator manual

• Infinitely variable hydraulic saw advance ensures optimum cutting results and minimized tool wear

• Automatic shut-off upon completionof saw process

• Band break sensor activates automatic shut-off upon band break

• Helical gears, designed for continuous operation with above average life timeinfinitely variable cutting speed from 65 ft to 330 ft/min

• Coolant system

Highlight HB 320 BS• Saw frame swivels allowing

universal angle setting - no need to swivel the workpiece!

• Including feed roller stand, 47” long

Highly reliable Horizontal Band Saws with easy, comfortable miter adjustment

Bi-Metallic Band Saw BladesFor model HB 280 B HB 320 BSDimension 133.75x1

x.035”163.75x1.3x.043”

Teeth/Inch 3/4, 6/10 3/4, 6/10

Price $


165

D

////

/

/

HB 360 DG • 440 DG

Options Part No. Price $• Feed roller conveyor, 10 ft 250 739• Motorized feed roller conveyor, 10 ft 250 740

Part No. Price $• Hydraulic saw blade tensioning 250 741• Bundle vice 250 742

Proven Quality and Performance -Advanced Modern and Flexible Design

• Infinitely variable belt speed• Hydraulic workpiece clamping • Angle adjustment on both sides• Wide swivel range

Standard Equipment: Micro-spray cooling mist, hydraulic vice, digital angle indicator, coolant system, saw band cleaning brush, operator manual

Specifications HB 360 DG HB 440 DGCutting Capacity 0° in 25.2 x 14.2 / 14.2 25.2 x 17.3 / 17.330° right in 20.1 x 14.2 / 14.2 20.1 x 17.3 / 17.345° right in 15.7 x 14.2 / 14.2 15.7 x 17.3 / 17.360° right in 9.8 x 14.2 / 9.8 9.8 x 17.3 / 9.830° left in 20.1 x 17.3 / 17.3 20.1 x 17.3 / 17.3 45° left in 15.4 x 17.3 / 15.4 15.4 x 17.3 / 15.4

Blade speed ft/min 66 - 328 66 - 328Motor rating main drive Hp 5.5 5.5Dimensions/WeightDimensions in 122 x 53 x 75 122 x 47 x 84Weight lb 3,594 3,836 Part No. 152 862 152 860Price $

Semi-Automatic Miter Band-Saw

Sa

win

g

Bi-Metallic Band Saw BladesModel HB 360 DG HB 440 DGDimensions 197 x 1.3 x 0.04 in 204.7 x 1.6 x 0.05 inTeeth/inch 3/4, 4/6, 5/8 3/4, 4/6, 5/8

Price $Exact angle adjustment with digital display


starting at


Specifications HB 350 HB 450 HB 550 HB 800 HB 1100Cutting capacity 90º- Circular in Ø 13.8 Ø 17.7 Ø 21.7 Ø 31.5 Ø 43.3- Square in 13.8 17.7 21.7 31.5 43.3- Rectangular in 20.5 x 13.8 25.6 x 17.7 29.5 x 21.7 33.5 x 31.5 43.3 x 51.2Cutting capacity 45° - Circular in Ø 10.6 Ø 13.8 Ø 15.7 Ø 18.9 Ø 33.5- Square in 10.6 13.8 15.7 18.9 33.5- Rectangular in 10.6 x 13.8 13.8 x 17.7 15.7 x 21.7 18.9 x 31.5 33.5 x 43.3Blade speed ft/min 66 - 328

Infin. Variable66 - 328 Infin. Variable

66 - 328 Infin. Variable



Motor rating Hp 3 4 5 5 10Dimensions (LxWxH)

in 106 x 43 x 65

120 x 47 x 74

132 x 47 x 82

152 x 47 x 102

209 x 47 x 134

Weight lb 2,866 3,748 4,409 5,291 14,991Part No. 152 800 152 805 152 810 152 815 152 801Price $

• Heavy-duty dual-column saw frame made of premium cast-iron

• Infinitely variable cutting speed from 66 to 328 ft/min provides

high cutting efficiency in a wide spectrum of materials

• Up to 10 Hp drive motor ensures powerful chip removal

• Hydraulic workpiece clamping on HB 800 and HB 1100

• Helical gears, designed for continuous operation with above

average lifetime

• Hydraulic valve at the control panel for infinitely variable saw

frame feed

• Automatic saw frame stroke shut-off minimizes downtime during

machining of constant material diameters

• Miter cuts up to 45°

• Automatic saw blade shut-down and saw frame lifts off

automatically upon completion of the cut

• Premium saw blade and rigid feed roller table are included in

standard equipment

Cutting capacity from 13.8 to 43.3 in diameter Miter cuts up to 45°

167

HB 350 - 1100D

Saw with the highest precision that others cannot match! High-performance Band Saw for very large workpieces

Semi-Automatic Band Saws

Standard Equipment: Manual workpiece clamping (HB 350, HB 450, HB 550), hydraulic workpiece clamping (HB 800, HB 1100), coolant system, feed roller table 3.3,6.6 ft (except for HB 1100), infinitely variable cutting speed, operator manual

HB 800 shown

Bi-Metallic Band Saw BladesModel Dimensions (in) teeth/inch starting at $HB 350 197 x 1.3 x 0.04 3/4, 4/6, 5/8HB 450 236 x 1.6 x 0.05 3/4, 4/6, 5/8

HB 550 268 x 1.6 x 0.05 3/4, 4/6, 5/8HB 800 323 x 1.6 x 0.05 3/4, 4/6, 5/8

Sa

win

g

For precise sawing of sections and solid materials like steel, aluminum and other materials


starting at

168

SBS 210

Specifi cations SBS 210 260Cutting capacity 90º - Circular / Square in 6.7 / 6.7 8.7 / 6.3- Rectangular in 8.3 x 5.5 10.2 x 4.3Cutting capacity 45° - Circular in 4.7 3.5- Square in 4.3 3.1Cutting capacity 60º - Circular in 2.8 3.5- Square in 2.4 3.1

Blade speeds ft/min 131 / 262 52.5 / 236Drive CapacitiesMain drive motor rating (Cont/30 min) Hp 1.2 1.5Dimensions/WeightDimensions mm 50 x 21

x 35 57 x 22 x 41


Bi-Metallic Band Saw BladesModel SBS 210 SBS 260Dimensions (in) 83 x 0.79 x 0.035 96.85 x 1.1 x 0.035Teeth/inch 4/6 3/4, 4/6

Price $

Coolant system is included

• Circular 6.7 in• Square 6.7 in• Rectangular 8.3 x 5.5 in

SBS 210 shown


Standard Equipment SBS 210 / SBS 260: quick-action vise, coolant system, pressure gauge for saw blade tensioning, 1 saw blade, control panel, base, operating instructions

pressure gauge for saw blade tensioning infi nitely variable feed speeds

169

D

SBS 210 • SBS 260

SBS 260

Sa

win

g

Horizontal Miter Band Saws

Flexible, proven and easy to handle - The SBS series for miter cuts up to 60°

• Cast-iron saw frame, one-piece construction• Space-saving work process for miter cuts - The operator

moves the saw frame, not the material• Hydraulic cylinder for infinitely variable saw frame feed

cutting speeds for optimum machining results and low saw blade wear

• 2 blade speeds for optimum machining results and low saw blade wear

• Pressure gauge indicates saw blade tension• Vice with quick-action clamping and linear stop• Rigid, adjustable saw blade guides, with dual ball-bearings• Coolant system and solid base are included

SBS 260 shown

Everything within reach of the Control Panel

• Circular: 8.7 in• Square 6.3 in• Rectangular: 10.2 x 4.3 in


170

Bi-Metallic Band Saw BladesPart No. Dimensions teeth/inch Price $119 145 107.3 x 1.1 x 0.035 3/4119 146 107.3 x 1.1 x 0.035 4/6

Please indicate the size and number of teeth per inch when ordering saw blades!

Specifi cations SBS 310Cutting capacity 90º - Circular / Square in 9.4 / 9.4- Rectangular in 12.2 x 8.3 Cutting capacity 45º left- Circular / Square in 5.9 / 5.1- Rectangular in 6.7 x 3.5Cutting capacity 45° right- Circular / Square in 7.9 / 7.1 - Rectangular in 7.9 x 5.5Cutting capacity 60º right

- Circular / Square in 4.7 / 3.7- Rectangular in 4.7 x 3.7Blade speeds ft/min 774.3 / 118.1Drive CapacitiesMain drive motor rating (cont/30 min)

Hp 2.0

Dimensions/WeightDimensions in 63 x 28 x 41Weight lb 728Part No. 152 792Price $

Standard Equipment: Quick-action vice, coolant system, pressure gauge for saw blade tensioning, 1 saw blade, control panel, display for saw blade tension, base, operating instructions

• One-piece cast-iron construction of the saw frame ensures quiet operation and low vibration

• Space-saving work process for miter cuts - The operator moves the saw frame, not the material

• Hydraulic cylinder for infinitely variable saw frame feed• Select between 2 cutting speeds for optimum machining

results and low saw blade wear• Features a pressure gauge for exact saw blade tensioning –

Longer tool life, lower costs and more precise cuts

• Included in standard equipment: Rigid vice with quick-action clamping and linear stop

• Robust dual ball-bearings in the saw blade guide ensure smooth and trouble-free saw blade operation

• Feed shuts off automatically at the end of the cut through the material

• Coolant system and solid base are included

Machining of solid materials

171

D

SBS 310 Sa

win

g


Horizontal Dual Miter Band Saw

Workshop band saw offers high flexibility and frame swivels to both sides for dual miter cuts: Left side 45° / Right side 60°

Pressure gauge for saw blade tensioning

172

B 125 S • B 200 SH

F

Miter Band Saws

Specifications B 125 S B 200 SCutting capacity 90º- Circular / Square in 4.9 / 3.9 8.1 / 8.1- Rectangular in 4.9 x 3.9 8.1 x 8.5Cutting capacity 60º- Circular / Square in 2 / 2 -- Rectangular in 2 x 2.2 -Cutting capacity 45º left- Circular / Square in 3.7 / 3 5.3 / 4.5- Rectangular in 3.7 x 3 8.1 x 4.5

Drive CapacitiesMain motor Hp 0.7 1.5Belt speed ft/min 72/108/148/213 79/135/200/269Dimensions/WeightDimensions in 39 x 22

x 4348 x 26 x 52


• Thin saw blade for reduced material waste• Long life - The saw blade is used over its entire length• Exact cuts - Rigid construction prevents belt track deviations• Quiet, low-vibration operation

• Support pressure is infinitely variable from 0 to maximum pressure via hydraulic cylinder

Band Saws - An economic alternative to frame and circular saws

Standard Equipment: Coolant system (B 200 S), quick-action vice, mobile base, saw blade, table for vertical cutting (B 125 S), operating manual


B 125 S• Saw frame swivels from -45° to +60° - It is not necessary

to move the part• Quick-action vice and depth stop are included• Three speed levels allow machining of a wide variety of

materials• Feed table for vertical sawing is included in standard

equipment

B 200 S• Saw frame swivels - Allowing angular cuts from

90° to -45°• Coolant system is included

Bi-Metallic Band Saw Blades Model Dimensions Teeth/Inch Part No. Price $B 125 S 64.6 x 0.5 x 0.03 6/10 119 151

B 200 S 93 x 0.8 x 0.04 4/6 119 150

B 125 S shown B 200 S shown

starting at

KHK 350D

KKS

173

Metal Circular Saw

• Quick-action vise with pneumatic clamping reduces setup time

• Automatic sawing process with infinitely variable feed speed• Two saw blade speeds for optimum cutting results in

different materials• Miter cuts up to ± 45°• Gears running in oilbath

Semi-Automatic Circular Saw with pneumatic part clamping

Standard Equipment: quick-action clamping vise, linear stop, foot switch, machine base, coolant system

Specifications KHK 350Cutting capacity 90º rectangular 5”x4”

90° circular /square 4.75”/4.75”45º rectangular 4”x3.5”45° circular /square 4”/4”

Spindle speed rpm 38, 19Vise opening 5.5”Air supply bar 6Air consumption ft3/min 120Main motor rating kW 1,5 / 400 VDimensions 43”x25”x66”Weight lbs 684Part No. 102 139Price $

Metal Circular Saw

Specifications KKS 250 KKS 315Max. sawblade diam. 10” 12”Motor 400 V 2-speed. kW 1 / 2 2 / 3Speed (rotations) rpm - 44, 88Width of vise 4” 4.75”Weight lbs 288 385Part no. 102 130 102 136Price $

KKS 315 shown

Rigid, Reliable and Maximum Angle Precision

Standard Equipment: quick-clamp vise, base and coolant system

KKS 315 circular square rectangular

90° 100 82 110x7045° L/R 100 82 85x70

• Oil-bath lubricated gear• Integrated coolant tank

• Head swivels 45° to the left and to the right

KKS 250 circular square rectangular

90° 80 65 80x5545° L/R 65/58 55/45 60x55/55x45

Saw-Bladesfor Modell Part No. dimensions circular pitch Price $KKS 250 109 803, 109 802 10x0.08x1.25 4, 6 KKS 315 109 741, 109 742 12x0.10x1.25 4, 6

starting at


Saw-BladesPart No. circular pitch102 430 0.15” 102 431 0.2”

(dim. 14”x0.12”x1.5”)Part No. circular pitch102 432 0.3” 102 433 0.4”

Sa

win

g

174

Multi-GrindD

Universal Grinding Machine

Standard Equipment: coolant system, dust suction system, tool mount / indexing head MT 4, internal grinding unit, including 2 die grinders, 4 grinding wheels, three-jaw chuck, 4” diam., left tailstock, right tailstock MT 2, center point, half center point, balancing stand, spindle extension, vise for surface grinding (3-D angle adjustment), spring stop, 5 drivers, dresser, various splash guards, wheel guard (2x), automatic central lubrication, operation manual, test certificate

Specifications Multi-Grind

Max. workpiece diameter 8”

Max. workpiece length 20”

Max. external grinding dimensions Ø 0.2”-2” x 15.75”

Max. internal grinding dimensions Ø 0.4”-2” x 3”

Tool grinding dimensions 8” x 19.75”

Surface grinding dimensions 8” x 2”

Max. workpiece weight lbs 22

Taper of headstock MT 2

Speeds of headstock rpm 110, 200, 300

Swivel ± 90°

Chuck diameter 4”

Traverse (manual)

Grinding headstock

- Vertical 8”

- Transverse 8”

Scale division for height adjustment 0.00025”

Height adjustment per handwheel rotation 0.05”

Scale division for transverse feed fine/coarse 0.0002” / 0.0008”

Transverse adj. per handwheel rotation fine/coarse 0.04” / 0.15”

(Horizontal) swivel range of grinding headstock ± 90°

Grinding spindle speed rpm 2500

Max. grinding wheel dimensions Ø 8” x 0.75” x 3”

Internal grinding spindle speed rpm 13500

Die grinder Ø 1” x 1.75” x 0.25”

0.4” x 0.4” x 0.125”

Max. longitudinal table traverse 19”

Longitud. feed speed (hydraulic) 0.0004” - 0.25”

Manual, w/ hydraulic support ”/ min. 275

Table swivel range + 45° - 30°

Tailstock taper MT 2

Quill travel 0.5”

Total drive output Hp 3.5

Grinding wheel motor output Hp 1.5

Dimensions (L x W x H) 60” x 45” x 46”

Weight lbs 2860

Part no. 102 781

Price $


175

Multi-Grind

The functionality of the Multi-Grind ranges from external and internal cylindrical grinding to taper grinding. The Multi-Grind also allows easy tool grinding (sharpening of cutters, reamers and turning tools) and is suitable for light surface grinding jobs

Three-Point BearingThe custom three-point bearing of the grinding spindle ensures minimum temperature effects and consistent grinding quality.

Feed DrivesHydraulic table feed (longitudinal) with automatic change of direction. An additional manually operated longitudinal feed with hydraulic support allows feed speeds up to 275”/min.

Grinding HeadstockSpecial grinding headstock design allows simultaneous setup of 2 different grinding wheels. The grinding headstock travels, is height adjustable, and swivels around the vertical axis.

SpeedsThe headstock operates at 3 different speeds (110, 200, 300 rpm) which are set through an easy to operate gear shift lever.

Additional Features ...• Central lubrication system• Sturdy construction – the KNUTH Multi-

Grind body is made of solid cast-iron and weights 2860 lbs; minimizing vibration effects

• Electrical components are mounted in an easily accessible control cabinet and

conform to VDE regulations• An extensive assortment

of accessories, inc. coolant system (delivery up to 5.75 gal/min.), and vacuum system are standard equipment

When we designed the KNUTH Multi-Grind, our goal was to combine all functions of cylindrical, surface, and tool grinding into one machine.

Universal Grinding Machine Ideal for tool and die construction, mechanical production, design processes, laboratories and training

Grinding


176

Specifications RSM 500 CNC 1000 CNC 1500 CNCWorking area Center height 4” 7” 7”Center width 20.5” 39” 59”Grinding length (max.) 20.5” 39” 59”Workpiece weight (max.) lbs 77 330 330Workpiece diameter (max.) 6” 12.5” 12.5”X axis travel 4.5” 8” 8”Z axis travel - 47” 67”Inside grinding diameter 0.4 - 1.5” 1 - 4” 1 - 4”Inside grinding depth 2” 5” 5”Table feed, infinitely variable ”/min 0 - 177 4 - 197 4 - 197Table swivel (right / left) 7° / 7° 7° / 3° 6° / 3°Top slide strokes (max.) 2.5” 8” 8”Headstock Work spindle speed, infinitely variable 2 - 23.5” 1 - 8.5” 1 - 8.5”Headstock swivel range r/l 10° / 90° 90° 90° / 90°Work spindle taper MT 4 MT 4 MT 4Work spindle, taper MT 4 MT 4 MT 4Grinding Headstock Grinding spindle speed rpm 2000 1670 1670Inside grinding spindle speed rpm 17000 10000 10000Grinding headstock swivel range (r+l) 180° 30° 30°Tailstock Tailstock taper MT 2 MT 4 MT 4Drive Capacities Work spindle motor rating Hp 0.5 2 2Outside grinding motor rating Hp 3 7 7Inside grinding motor rating Hp 0.5 1.5 1.5

Motor rating X axis feed Hp 1 2.5 2.5Motor rating Z axis feed Hp 2 4 4Total connected load Hp 8 20 20Dimensions/Weight Grinding wheel dimensions 11.75” x 1.5” x 5” 15.75” x 2” x 8” 15.75” x 2” x 8”Dimensions 47.5” x 49” x 45” 127” x 79” x 81” 16” x 79” x 81”Weight lbs 4850 11,690 13,450Part No. 100 014 100 140 100 141Price $

Control GPlus 450

Optimized for maximum operator corform when operating cylindrical grinding machines - customized for the strict requirements of demanding grinding operations

Standard Equipment for RSM 1000 CNC and RSM 1500 CNC: GPlus 450 control, inside grinder, grinding wheel dresser, 3-jaw chuck, steady rest, follow rest, grinding wheel balancing station, balancing arbor, center MT 4, rough grinding wheel, fine grinding wheel, inside grinding arbor, foundation bolts, coolant system with magnetic separator, operating tools, programming and operating instructions

Optional Equipment Measuring System Part No. 250 600 Price $


177

B

RSM 500 • 1000 • 1500 CNC• Superior machining quality and high flexibility for series and

small batch productions• These proven, solid machine frames with wide V-guides and

boxways ensure low vibrations for optimum work results• Axes are driven by a servo drive and run on

precision preloaded ball screws

• High-precision hydrodynamic bearings of the grinding spindle ensure optimum grinding results

• Graphic support for grinding cycles makes this machine especially easy to use

• Inside grinder is included in the standard package

starting at

High-Precision Cylindrical Grinding Machine for Inside and Outside Machining

CNC Cylindrical Grinding Machines

Standard Equipment for RSM 500 CNC: GPlus 450 control, inside grinder, 3-jaw chuck (80 mm), balancing station, truing feature, centers, dressing feature, grinding wheel flange, coolant system, automatic central lubrication, operator manual and programming instructions

Measuring system (optionally) Easy programming of grinding cycles

Gri

nd

ing


178

RSM 500D

Cylindrical Grinding Machines

• Precise spindle head alignment and rigid support for optimum work results in a wide variety of grinding and sanding applications

• Table and headstock plus grinding headstock swivel for maximum versatility

Standard Equipment: 2-axis position indicator, inside grinder, 3-jaw chuck (3.2 in), balancing station, truing feature, centers, dressing feature, grinding wheel flange, coolant system, operating tools

Accuracy:

Outside: Between centers 0.00012 in

Inside the chuck 0.0002 in

Roughing depth ra < = 0.32 μm

Inside: In the chuck 0.002 in

Roughing depth ra < = 0.64 μm

Maximum reliablity for outside and inside cylindrical grinding of cylindrical and conical parts



Swiveling headstock with cylindrical grinder

• Infinitely variable hydraulic linear feed

• Manual and hydraulic linear movement and positioning of the grinding spindle head

• Change from outside to inside grinding after 180° rotation of the grinding headstock

• Footswitch operated hydraulic movement of tailstock quill

• Extensive standard equipment

• Accuracy tested according to DIN for cylindrical grinders

Specifications RSM 500Center height in 4Center width in 20.5Grinding length / Grinding diameter in 20 / 5Max. part weight lb 22Inside grinding diameter in 0.4 - 1.6Inside grinding depth in 2Table feed, infi nitely variable in/min 2 - 177Table swivel (right / left) ± 9°HeadstockSpeed rpm (6) 300 - 1040Table swivels (right / left) ± 45°Spindle taper MT 4

Grinding HeadstockFeed via hand-wheel rotation X axis in 0.02Feed per scale division - X axis in 0.0001Grinding spindle speed rpm 1800Inside grinding spindle speed rpm 17000Swivel range ± 180°Grinding wheel dimensions in 12 x 1.6 x 1Tailstock taper MT 2Overal drive capacity Hp 4.7Overall dimensions (LxWxH) in 88 x 46 x 63Weight lb 3,968Part No. 301 430Price $

179

RSM 750F

For external and internal cylindrical grinding in single part and series productions

Cylindrical Grinding Machines

Standard Equipment: 2-axis position indicator, 3-jaw chuck (6.3 in diam.), coolant system, grinding wheel dresser, balancing station,centers, inside grinder, tool driver, operating tools, operator manual

Accuracy (Between centers): Concentricity deviation (Outside) in 0.0001Cylindrical deviation in 0.0002Roughing depth μm Ra<0.04

• Linear and transverse movement on combined V-guides and boxways

• Grinding headstock can be rotated 180º to change from inside to outside grinding

• Infinitely variable hydraulic linear feed• Hydraulic or manual pull-back and positioning of grinding

wheel• Machine table swivels for easy taper grinding• Hydraulic tailstock with foot switch


Gri

nd

ing

For more information and options, www.knuth-usa.com

Grinding diameters up to 8 in

Specifications RSM 750Center height in 5Center width in 29.5Grinding length / Grinding diameter in 29.5 / 8Max. part weight lb 110Inside grinding diameter in 0.5 - 3Inside grinding depth in 5Table feed, infi nitely variable in/min 4 - 157.5Table swivel (right / left) -3° / +7°HeadstockSpeed rpm (6) 60 - 460Table swivels (right / left) ± 180°Spindle taper 1:5

Grinding HeadstockFeed via hand-wheel rotation X axis in 0.04Feed per scale division - X axis in 0.00005Grinding spindle speed rpm 1820Inside grinding spindle speed rpm 21000Swivel range ± 180°Grinding wheel dimensions in 16 x 1.6 x 8Tailstock taper MT 3Overall drive capacity Hp 6Overall dimensions (LxWxH) in 106 x 56 x 63Weight lb 6,393Part No. 170 150Price $

• Grinding spindle with bearings on both sides, 3-segment plain bronze bearings

180

RSM 1000 • RSM 1500D

Conventional Cylindrical Grinding Machine

Standard Equipment:2-axis position indicator, inside grinding unit, open rest, closed rest, 3-jaw chuck, coolant system, grinding wheel dresser, balancing bench, balancing mandrel, surface plate, grinding wheel flange, grinding wheel, center point, front and rear splatter guard, dog plate, operating tools, operating manual, test certificate

Accuracy: (over entire length)Concentricity 0.0001”Cylindr. deviation 0.0002” (over 1000), 0.0003” (over 1500)Surface finish ra<=0.32 μm

Specifications RSM 1000 RSM 1500Center height 7” 7”Max. grinding diameter 12.5” 12.5”With steady rest 5.75” 5.75”Min. grinding diameter 1/2” 1/2”Max. grinding length 39” 59”Inside grinding diameter with rest 1.25” - 4” without rest 0.5” - 5”Max. inside grinding depth 5” 5”Headstock taper MT 4 MT 4Tailstock taper MT 4 MT 4Max. workpiece weight betw. centers lbs 330 330Tailstock spindle travel 1.25” 1.25”Min. grinding disk feed 0.0001” 0.0001”Max. headstock swivel +90° +90° Headstock speed (infinitely var.) rpm 25 - 220 30 - 240Chuck diameter 0.75” 0.75”Max. table length travel 39” 59”Max. table swivel range +3° / -7° +3° / -6°Table feed ”/min 4-160 4-160Gr. wheel dim.: OD x W x ID 16” x 2” x 8” 16” x 2” x 8”

Wheel speeds fps 92-115 92-115Speeds rpm 1670-1990 1670-1990Max. wheel head travel 10.5” 10.5”Rapid feed / return 2” 2”Feed per handwheel rotation 0.02”; 0.08” 0.02”; 0.08”Feed per scale division 0.0001;0.0004 0.0001;0.0004Max. swivel range ± 30° ± 30°Inside grinding feature, grinding wheel dim.- max. 3x1.25x0.75” 3x1.25x0.75”- min. 0.5x0.5x0.25” 0.5x0.5x0.25”Speeds rpm 10000 10000Total drive power Hp 12 12Grinding disk motor rating Hp 7.5 7.5Hydraulic motor Hp 1 1Headstock Hp 1.5 1.5Coolant pump Hp 0.2 0.2Dimensions (LxWxH) 127x69x61” 166x69x61”Weight lbs 9,680 10,340Part No. incl. position indicator 102 445 102 446Price incl. position indicator $

For available options for this machine, please visit our website and search

for RSM 1000 / 1500 (Product Search)


181

RS

M 1

000

• R

SM

150

0

D

star

ting

at

Hig

h-P

reci

sio

n C

ylin

dri

cal

Gri

nd

ing

Mac

hin

es

for

Insi

de

and

O

uts

ide

Turn

ing

• G

rindi

ng s

pind

le s

uppo

rted

on

both

sid

es in

an

adju

stab

le

3-se

gmen

t bus

hing

• T

he h

eads

tock

‘s h

ydro

dyna

mic

bea

ring

crea

tes

an o

il fil

m b

etw

een

bear

ings

and

spi

ndle

, res

ultin

g in

min

imiz

ed

vibr

atio

ns a

nd m

axim

ized

pre

cisi

on fo

r su

perio

r su

rfac

e qu

ality

, lo

ng s

pind

le li

fe a

nd in

crea

sed

rigid

ity

• P

reci

se s

pind

le h

ead

alig

nmen

t and

rig

id s

uppo

rt fo

r op

timum

w

ork

resu

lts in

a w

ide

varie

ty o

f app

licat

ions

and

con

ditio

ns•

Larg

e-si

zed

tabl

e sw

ivel

s in

two

dire

ctio

ns.

• Ta

ble

mov

emen

t by

hand

whe

el o

r au

tom

atic

ally

by

hydr

aulic

feed

with

out c

heck

ing

the

feed

sca

le.

• In

clud

ing

insi

de g

rindi

ng fe

atur

e an

d au

tom

atic

infe

ed•

Hyd

raul

ic o

r m

anua

l rap

id fe

ed w

ith r

etur

n

feed

.•

Infin

itely

var

iabl

e fe

ed.

• A

dw

ell t

ime

can

be s

et a

t the

end

of t

he ta

ble

trav

el.

• A

ccur

acy

test

ed in

acc

orda

nce

with

ISO

for

cylin

dric

al

grin

ding

mac

hine

s•

The

stu

rdy

spin

dle

head

sw

ivel

s 30

° to

the

left

and

the

right

• P

awl-f

eed

in c

ombi

natio

n w

ith a

zer

o-st

op a

llow

s re

peat

ed

Co

nve

nti

on

al C

ylin

dri

cal G

rin

din

g M

ach

ine

incl

. po

siti

on

ind

icat

or


Gri

nd

ing

182

HFS E VC • VRD

High-Performance Surface Grinders with programmable Siemens PLC Control

High-Capacity Surface Grinders

Standard Equipment for HFS E VR / VC: 2-axis position indicator, grinding wheel, hydraulicoil cooler, magnetic clamping plate, grinding wheel flange, balancing shaft, balancing station, splatter guard, adjustable machine feet, electronic hand-wheel (VR models only), diamond dresser, automatic central lubrication, automatic degausser, operating tools, operating instructions

• Servo drives on X and Y axis for maximum precision• Y and X axis can be positioned via an electronic hand

wheel (VR models)

HFS E VR shown


Specifications HFS E 50100 VC 60120 VC 80160 VR 80220 VRWorking area Travel - X axis 47” 55” 75” 98”

- Y axis 21” 26” 35” 35”Sanding area (max.) 39” x 20” 47” x 24” 63” x 32” 87” x 32”Workpiece weight (max.) lbs 1540 2130 3590 4930Spindle axis-to-table distance (max.) 24” 24” 32” 32”Table dimensions 39” x 20” 49.5” x 24” 63” x 32” 87” x 32”T-slots (spacing x qty x width) 6” x 3” x 0.7” 8” x 3” x0.7” 10” x 3” x 0.9” 10” x 3” x 0.9”Scale ring division - Y axis 0.0008” 0.0008” 0.0002” (electronic hand-wheel)

- Z axis 0.00008” 0.00008” 0.0002” (electronic hand-wheel)Feed p. hand wheel rotation - Y axis 0.02” 0.02” 0.02” / 0.2” 0.02” / 0.2”

- Z axis 0.02” / 0.2” 0.02” / 0.2” 0.02” / 0.2” 0.02 / 0.2”Feed Feed Speed - X axis ”/min 197 - 984 197 - 984 197 - 984 197 - 984

- Y axis ”/min 2 - 79 2 - 79 2 - 79 2 - 79Autom. feed - Y axis 0.002” - 0.8” 0.002” - 0.8” 0.04” - 1.2” 0.04” - 1.2” - Z axis 0.0002” / 0.0004” / 0.0006” / 0.0008” /

0.0012” / 0.0016”0.0002” - 0.002” 0.0002” - 0.002”

Z axis rapid feed ”/min 9 9 2 - 79 2 - 79Drive Capacities Headstock motor Hp 10 10 25 25Motor rating - hydraulic pump Hp 5 7 7 7Total connected load W 10000 11000 22000 22000Electromagnetic clamping plate 39” x 20” 39” x 24” (2x) 31.5” x 31.5” (2x) 39” x 31.5”Dimensions/Weight Grinding wheel dimensions 14” x (0.8”-2”) x 5” 14” x (0.8”-2”) x 5” 19.5” x 3” x 12” 19.5” x 3” x 12”Overall dimensions (L x W x H) 185” x 87” x 101” 187” x 94” x 101” 185” x 138” x 107” 236” x 138” x 107”Weight lbs 12,130 14,330 22,050 25,360Part No. with position indicator 124 400 124 402 124 412 124 413Price with position indicator $

starting at


183

HFSD

starting at

High precision and easy operation ensure efficient and cost-effective machining of all your parts

Specifications HFS 2550 HFS 3063 HFS 4080Work table dimensions 9.8” x 19.6” 11.8” x 24.8” 15.7” x 31.4”Max. part weight lbs 390 590 1,100Max. travel - longitudinal 22” 30” 35.8” - transverse 10.8” 13.4” 17.7” Spindle center-to-table distance 17.7” 22.8” 22.8”Hydr. table movement ”/min. 275 - 905Automatic cross feed 0.003 - 0.31”Rapid cross feed ”/min. 39Scale ring division Y axis 0.0008”Rapid vertical feed ”/min. 18Scale ring division Z axis 0.0002”Grinding wheel dimensions 7.9 x 0.79 x 1.25” 13.8 x 1.57” x 5” 13.8 x 1.57” x 5”Grinding spindle motor Hp 3 7.5 7.5Dimensions (LxWxH) 104 x 85 x 66” 110 x 87 x 75” 142 x 95 x 75”Weight lbs 3,960 5,940 8,360Part No. incl. position indicator 124 284 124 292 124 300Price incl. position indicator $ with automatic vertical feed HFS 2250 V HFS 3063 V HFS 4080 VAutomatic vertical feed 0.0002-0.002” 0.0002-0.002” 0.0002-0.002” Servo motor Hp 0.67 0.67 0.67Control Siemens SPS (PLC) Siemens SPS (PLC) Siemens SPS (PLC)Part No. incl. position indicator 124 288 124 296 124 304Price incl. position indicator $

"V

" m

odel

s w

ith p

rogr

amm

able

PLC

con

trol

led

vert

ical

feed

HFS 4080 VC shown with optional accessories

• Designed for continuous operation at maximum speed, very quiet operation, maximum accuracy and minimal heat accumulation ensure optimum machining results

• Grinding spindle runs in maintenance-free preloaded precision angular ball bearings

• Automatic transverse and longitudinal feed• Rapid feed for setup to desired work height (HFS VC)• Adjustable roughing, finishing, and spark-out strokes (HFS VC)• Hydraulic longitudinal table movement on Y axis

• Double table V-guide in transverse table, V-guide and flat guides in longitudinal table

• Table guideways are hardened, ground, and PTFE (polytetrafuorethylene) laminated - ensuring maximum wear resistance

• High table load capacity for heavy parts• External hydraulic unit ensures high temperature stability• Automatic central lubrication


Surface Grinder

Standard Equipment: 2-axis position indicator, grinding wheel, wheel flange, balancing shaft, balancing stand, halogen table lamp, adjustment screws, degaus-sing system, operating tools, operator manual

Optional Equipment:• Electromag. clamping plate

9.8” x 19.6” Part No. 122 286 $11.8” x 23.6” Part No. 122 294 $15.7” x 31.4” Part No. 122 302 $

• Coolant system and exhaust systemPart No. 122 309 $

• Magnetic coolant cleaning systemPart No. 122 310 $

Grinding


184

FSM 480D

• Spindle resists high loads; mounted in pre-loaded angular deep-groove ball bearings ensures low-vibration operation, high accuracy, increased lifetime, and low maintenance

• Completely leakproof and balanced spindle motor with high load capacity

• Solid, vibration-absorbing construction• V- and flat guides in x and y direction for

consistently high accuracy• Longitudinal table movement over linear

ball guide; linear ball track • Longitudinal table travel via cogged belt for

smooth movement• Adjustable handwheel scales for vertical

and transverse adjustments allows setting of point of origin at any position

• Central lubrication• Grinding parallelism 0.0002”/12”

Manual Surface Grinder

Standard Equipment: exhaust vacuum, work lamp, grinding wheel 8” x 1/2” x 1.25”, magnetic clamping plate 5” x 11.75”, diamond dresser, balancing shaft, balancing station, operating tools, grinding wheel dresser holder

Specifications FSM 480Longitudinal table travel 18.5”Transverse travel 7.75”Spindle-table distance 18”Roughness RA> = 0,63Table work area 7” x 18”Wheel dimensions 7”x0.5”x1.25”Feed / handwheel rotation / scale gradation- Transverse/longit.dir. 0.2/0.0008”- Vertical direction 0.04/0.0002”Motor output Hp 2.5 Weight lbs 1600Part no. 122 801Price $

Linear ball track Flanged spindle

For available options for this machine, visit our website and search for FSM 480 (Product Search)


BFT

185

F

Adjustable clearance angle for perfect grinding results

Drill Bit and Cutter Grinding Machine

Standard Equipment: base, self-centering 6-B chuck, halogen work lamp, operating tools, grinding wheels, mounts MT2 and MT3

Grinding

Optional Equipment:• Diamand disk set 6”x1.25”x1.25” and 5”x1.25”x1,25” Part No. 122 967 Price $For available options for this machine, visit our website and search for BFT (Product Search)

• 6-jax precision check for maximum accuracy

• Guaranteed optimum cutting symmetry

• Simple operation• Adjustable clearance angle• Grinds all drills, step drills,

sheet metal drills, wood drills, and cutters made of HSS and carbide

• For high-quality machining of face mills and chamfering tools

• Available with optional diamond wheel

starting at

Specifications BFTAngle adjustment 40 - 100°Grinding capacity Ø0.05”-1.25” MK2/MK3Grinding wheel speed rpm 4200Motor rating Hp 0.25 Dimensions (LxWxH) 30” x 33” x 42”Weight lbs 400Part No. 122 968Price $


6-jaw precision chuck ensures optimum cutting symmetry

186

SUS 210 • SUS 190H

H

SM

Support Grinding Device

Specifications SUS 190 SUS 210 Speed range rpm 3850 3320Dimensions 18” x 13” x 16” 23” x 13” x 16”Grinding wheel dimensions 7”x1.25”x0.75” 8”x1.25”x0.75”Motor rating W 375 750 Weight lbs 48 66Part no. 112 795 112 796Price $

Grinding wheel For SUS 190 standard corundum # 112 793 Price $ silicon carbide # 112 794 Price $For SUS 210 standard corundum # 112 797 Price $ silicon carbide # 112 798 Price $

• Grinding unit is clamped to the tool holder attachment bolt (SUS 210 1.5” Ø and SUS 190 1.375” Ø)

SUS 210 shown

starting at

Optional Equipment for SMName Part No. Price $Diamond wheel 102 861 Wheel flange 102 874 Cup wheel 102 875

Collet 3/32” 102 864 Collet 1/8” 102 865 Collet 5/32” 102 866 Collet 1/4” 102 867 Collet 5/16” 102 868

Collet 3/8” 102 869 Collet 7/16” 102 870 Collet 5/8” 102 871 Collet 11/16” 102 872 Diamond dresser shank 102 877

Specifications SMMax. collet diameter 5/8”Max. grinding diameter 1”Taper grinding 0° ~ 180°Rear angle 0° ~ 45°Speed rpm 5200Cup wheel 4 x 2 x 3/4”Motor W 180

Weight machine lbs 123Weight base lbs 37 Dimensions 18 x 16 x 14”Tool holder travel 5.5”Tool holder handwheel rotation 0.7”Spindle handwheel rotation 0.3”Part No. 102 880Price $

Standard Equipment: base, dresser, grinding wheel mount, grinding wheel, operating tools, operator manual, spare parts list, test certificate

Universal Tool Grinder for grindingprofile forms

Universal Tool Grinder

Shown with standard equipment


For external and internal cylindrical

187

KSW 200

H

Universal Tool Grinding Machine Specifications KSW 200Max. grinding diameter 5”Max. grinding length 12.5”Longitudinal table movement 11.8”Transverse table movement 5.9” Spindle-to-table distance 4.5”Pivoting grinding head ± 40°Motor W / rpm 180 / 2800 Dimensions (L x B x H) 52” x 31” x 38”Weight lbs 620 Part no. 101 417Price $

Standard Equipment: right and left tailstock, spring stop, variable table stops, standard center 60°, half center 60°, 1 cupwheel and 1 diamond top wheel (5”x1.38”x1.26”), 1 grinding wheel and 1 poppet (5”x0.6”x1.26”) 3-jaw turning chuck, twist drill grinding feature, turning tool holder, cutter mandrels 0.63”, 1.06”, 1.26”, base frame, operating tools, operator manual

Gri

nd

ing


188

J

KS 100

KS 150

• Fine-adjustment of abrasive belt• Vertical and horizontal belt use• Support table convertible for belt or

disk sanding operation• Low-vibration operation• Including miter stop 0° - 60°• Adjustable tool table angle

KS 100 shown

KS 150 shownBase is included

Specifications KS 150Angular adj. table 0° - 45°Table area 12” x 7.5”Belt 6” x 48”Angular adj. belt. 0° - 90°Speed (belt) ”/sec. 425 Disc diameter Ø 9”Speed (disc) rpm 1500Motor Hp 0.75Height 39”Weight lbs 130 Part no. 102 800Price $

Specifications KS 100Angular adj. of table 0° - 45°Belt sander adj. 0° - 90°Table area 6” x 8.5”Belt 4” x 36”Disc Ø 6”Speed rpm 1420Motor Hp 0.34Dimensions 20.5 x 11.5 x 11Weight lbs 38Part no. 102 820Price $

KS 100 Discs Price $ Belt Price $Grit Part no. 10 each. Part no. K 40 102 734 102 735 K 80 102 821 102 827 K 100 102 822 102 828 K 120 102 823 102 829 K 180 102 824 102 830 K 240 - 102 831 K 400 102 826 102 832

KS 150

GritDiscsPart no.

Price $10 each

BeltPart no.

Price $

K 40 102 721 102 725K 60 - 102 726K 80 102 801 102 807K 100 102 802 102 808K 120 102 803 102 809K 180 102 804 102 810K 240 102 805 102 811K 400 102 806 102 812

Belt / Disk Sander Combination


189

BTM 250

HHHHHHHH

JJJJJJJJH

DSFFF

H

Universal Sander for Workshop Applications

• Support table for disk and belt sanding• Easy belt change with quick-lock mechanism• Belt sander can be used horizontally and vertically• Dust suction connector at disk and belt sander unit• Balanced sander disk for vibration-free operation

Specifications BTM 250Belt Sander Belt size inch 48Belt speed inch/sec 27Table dim. inch 6 x 10.5Disk SanderDisk diameter inch 10Disk speed rpm 1600

Table dim. inch 7.5 x 13Table angle adjustment 45°Motor hp 1Overall dim. (LxWxH) 23 x 26 x 61Weight lbs 172Part No. 112 700Price $

Grit Disks Price $ Belt Price $ Part No. 10-pack Part No. Each K 40 112 705 102 725 K 60 112 706 102 726 K 80 112 707 102 807 K 100 112 708 102 808 K 120 112 709 102 809 K 180 112 710 102 810 K 240 112 711 102 811 K 400 112 712 102 812

Rigid steel base included

• Cup wheels set up on both sides (6”)

• 1 HP motor, • 2850 rpm• 3/4” Ø shaft • Weight 120lbs• Angular slide stops, 45°, on both sides • Both tables swivel 45°, read-out on scale• Catch trays and coolant reservoir for both sides, exchangeablePart No. 102 785 Price $

Carbide cup wheel Part No. 120 785 Price $HSS cup wheel Part No. 120 780 Price $

Belt / Disk Sander Combination

Turning Tool Grinder

Gri

nd

ing


190

KP

A

B

DF

800

D

E

C

starting at

Specifications KP 70 KP 100 KP 150 KP 200Capacity ton 77 110 165 220Cylinder stroke 19” 19” 19” 19”Rapid feed ”/s 0.75 0.87 0.75 0.75Stroke speed ”/s 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08Motor rating Hp 2 5.4 4.25 10.1Weight lbs 2,420 3,520 6,600 9,480Part No. 131 560 131 565 131 570 131 575Price $

Hydraulic Press for Bending, Blanking and Dies

Hydraulic Press

• Strong hydraulic cylinder and two guides ensure uniform and precise feeding during press operation

• Also suitable as a prototyping press• Ram plate and large work table with

T-slots for tool clamping• Firmly bolted work table• Adjustable end stop

KP 70 shown

Operation Example

Model A B C D E FKP 70 2250 1700 700 900 500 500KP 100 2300 1900 850 1050 600 500KP 150 2600 2300 1000 1250 700 500KP 200 2700 2300 1500 1250 700 500


191

KWPD

E

200

C

B

D

F

A

D

Ideal for craft shops, schools, and training facilities

Workshop Press

Specifications KWP 50 M KWP 80 MCapacity ton 55 88Manual pump 1 1Max. pressure psi 7250 7250Piston stroke 4.75” 4.75”Screw stroke 4” 4”Circular guides 2 2A 31” 34”B 6.5” 8”C 40” 40”D 75” 80”E 40” 45”F 30” 32”Weight lbs 500 725 Part No. 131 736 131 739Price $

Standard Equipment: screw, pressure gauge, hand-wheel adjustable work table, 2 base plates, operator manual

• Rigid weldment design• Reliable, highly accurate hydraulic

system, european mfg• Pump lever for manual pressing

buildup• Piston and return-spring reset• Rigid base table with selecttable

heights, height adjusted by handwheel

• Ram height also adjustable via screw • With guided cylinders

For any repair and installation work, e. g. :• Removal and installation of press-fit

bearings, bolts and bushings• Straightening beams, shafts, axles,

and sections• Pressing and climping• Load tests and weld sample testing• Tool setup- material testing

starting at

Sh

ee

t M

eta

l W

ork

KWP 50M shown


192

KNWPD

BD

F

G

I

H

K

A

EJC

Hydraulic Workshop Presses with double-acting cylinder (except KNWP 30M), easy to use

Hydraulic Workshop Presses

starting at

Specifications KNWP30M KNWP60HM KNWP100HM KNWP160HMCapacity ton 33 66 110 176Motor rating hp - 2 3 4Stroke rate ipm - 5.2 6.3 5.4 (2 steps) 22 22 21 Return speed ipm - 30 29 28Max. pressure psi 4500 3400 3850 4100Piston stroke 8.5 15.75 15.75 15.75Hydraulics flow rate g/min - .8/3.5 1.5/5 1.9/7.5Oil tank capacity gal 0.5 5 5 5 Dimensions A inch 78 80 83 87B inch 33 45 52 63C inch 30 35 35 43D inch 22 30 36 43E inch 8 10 12 14F inch 36 59 63 75G inch 6 6 6 6H inch 7 7 7 8I inch 35 30 30 30J inch 9 20 22 24K inch 5 8 9 13Weight lbs 510 1,510 2,110 3,470Part No. 131 740 131 760 131 762 131 764Price $

KNWP 30M shown

KNWP 60HM shown

KNWP 100HM shown

• 33 to 176 tons force• Ideal for repair and assembly work• Straightening of axles, supports,

shafts, and much more• Removal and pressfitting bearings

and bushingsAll HM models with motorizedhydraulic drive• Automatic piston return• 2-step hydraulic unit • Supply voltage 220V, 3 ph, 60 Hz• Horizontal piston adjustment

Horizontal piston adjustment is standard(except for KNWP 30M)


193

HPKC

Die & Prototyping Press

Hydraulic C-Frame Press

Standard Equipment: ram plate and work table with T-slots, adjustable ram stroke, pressure gauge, hand lever operation, operator manual

Specifications HPK 40 HPK 70 HPK 100 HPK 150Press force ton 44 77 110 165 Cylinder stroke 19.5” 19.5” 19.5” 19.5”Stroke speed ”/s 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.15 Rapid feed ”/s 1 1 1 1Work table 27.5” x 19.5” 27.5” x 19.5” 31.5” x 23.5” 31.5” x 23.5”Ram plate 27.5” x 13.5” 27.5” x 13.5” 27.5” x 13.5” 31.5” x 15.5”Length x width 40” x 60” 40” x 60” 48” x 75” 69” x 86.5”Height 100” 100” 103” 118”Weight lbs 4,520 4,850 7,500 12,125Part No. 131 568 131 574 131 566 131 576Price $

starting at

• Strong hydraulic cylinder and two guides ensure uniform and precise feeding during press operation

• Ideal for die pressing, blanking, bending, and much more

• Semi-automatic with lever and micro-switch

• Stroke length control with quick adaption to next tool

• Ram plate and work table with T-slots for tool clamping

• Firmly bolted work table• Advance and reverse jog operation

for easy machine set-up• Stroke limit adjustable by micro-

switch• Optimum table height• 2-stage hydraulic pump

Sh

ee

t M

eta

l W

ork


194

FKEX 60 SP

Specifications KEX 10 KEX 15 KEX 20 KEX 30 KEX 60 SPForce tons 10 15 20 30 60Intermediate plate-to-ram dist. 5.12” 6.75” 7.75” 8.5” 11.25”Base plate-to-ram dist. 7” 9” 10.25” 11.5” 14.2” Stroke 1.6” 1.6” 2” 2.25” 4”Throat 5.9” 7.87” 7.87” 7.87” 9.89”Ram mount 1” 1” 1” 1.5” 1.75”Stroke speed rpm 200 200 160 140 65Stroke adjustment 0.4”-1.6” 0.4”-1.6” 0.4”-2” 0.4”-2.5” 0.4”-4”Setup area 10.5”x15” 12.5”x19.25” 14.25”x21.75” 15.75”x23.62” 19.5”x27.5”Table bore 4” 5.12” 5.51” 5.94” 7” Flywheel 21.25” 23” 26.75” 28” 27” Motor rating hp 1 2 3 4 7 Dimensions 30”x31”x66” 38”x27”x68” 41”x32”x73” 31”x41”x78” 46”x52”x93”Weight lbs 1170 1630 2540 3530 7720 Part No. 130 070 130 071 131 390 131 392 131 395Price $ With pneumatic clutch, 2-hand operation, light barrier KEX 15 P KEX 20 P KEX 30 PPart No. - 130 072 131 391 131 393 -Price $

KEX 60 SP is shown

KEX 60 SP Standard Equipment: mechanical overload protection, foot switch, two-hand control panel, automatic central lubrication, work space enclosure, light barier, pneumatic clutch, PLC Control, AC converter, infinitely variable stroke adjustment, operating tools, operator manual

Powerful, safe, and rigid

With pneumatic clutch and light barrier protection for open tools

• Torsion-resistant weldment• High-quality bearings ensure quiet, smooth operation• 4 guideways for precise stamp control• Two-hand operation and foot pedal ensure maximum

safety and operator comfort• Mechanical overload protection protects the machine from

damages caused by overload conditions• Clutch and brake combination ensures low-maintenance

operation• The PLC detects and controls the crankshaft position• Fully automated lubrication is controlled via SBS

independent from the stroke• The AC converter allows adjustment of various work

speeds


195

F

KEX 10 • 15 • 20 • 30 • 60 SPCompact, powerful Single-Column Eccentric Presseswith forces in the range of 10 to 60 tons

Eccentric Shaft Press

starting at

• KEX 10, 15, 20, and 30 with standard clutch for closed tools

• Heavy-duty steel weldment• High stroke speed equals low-cost operation• Ram guideway made of

brass/steel• Foot switch• Quiet operation• Central lubrication

KEX 30 P is shownwith pneumatic clutch, 2-hand control, and light barrier

KEX 15 is shown

Standard Equipment for KEX 10 • 15 • 20 • 30: mechanical overload protection, foot switch, central lubrication, workspace enclosure, operating tools, operator manual

KEX 15 P, 20 P, 30 P:Same description as above, however, these models include a pneumatic clutch and 2-hand control and light barrier

Sh

ee

t M

eta

l W

ork


with standard clutch for closed tools (except KEX 60 SP)

196

Cybelec DNC 880 S


Specifications AHK F CNC 1540 2580 32160 32200 41160 41250 61250 62320Working area Force tons 44 88 176 221 176 276 276 254Brake length in 59 98 126 126 161 161 240 244Rear stop in 23.6 23.6 23.6 23.6 23.6 23.6 23.6 23.6Distance between columns in 47 81 106 106 142 142 221 221Throat in 11 12.6 13.8 15.8 13.8 15.7 15.7 15.7Max. stroke in 15 17.7 18.9 20.5 18.9 20.5 20.5 20.5Bending speed in/sec 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3Rapid feed in/sec 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4Return speed in/sec 4 3 4 4 4 4 4 4Motor rating Hp 5 10 20 25 20 25 25 30Dimensions/Weight Hydraulic tank volume gal 38 63 116 185 159 246 264 264Overall dimensions (LxWxH) in 67x63

x87

106 x 67

x 94

130 x 71

x 106

130 x 114

x 114

169 x 71

x 110

169 x 79

x 117

248 x 79

x 132

252 x 83

x 150

Weight lb 6,393 10,362 23,369 27,558 27,778 37,479 52,911 60,848Part No. 182 970 182 971 182 972 182 980 182 973 182 981 182 982 182 983Price $

• Folding depth adjustment via CNC-controlled directional control valve is monitored by linear scales

• Bending force is calculated via CNC control and can be integrated into the programs

• Automatic lower crowning with hydraulic drive• Low-maintenance rear stop with preloaded ball screws and

servo drives, plus automatic depth and height adjustment• Fissler Safety Technology ensures maximum operator

safety and optimum operation• Manual male die crowning within tool clamping is standard• Premium components made by renown manufacturers

ensure maximum machine reliability

• Intuitive programming with clear, easy to read color-coded field functions

• Complete programming of parts on one programming page• Comfortable operation via ergonomically tilted keyboard and

10“ TFT color monitor• Offline 2-D software to prepare production programs at the

PC, and to verify the feasibility of program editing at the machine

• Quick and easy modification of existing machining programs increases productivity

• 2D graphics for display and multiple simulations: Optimum folding sequences - tools, plus the plate position inside the tools - collision warnings are displayed according to the user-defined criteria

• Supports over 20 languages

Rear stops on two high-precision linear guides

197

AHK F CNC D

Heavy-duty Press Brake with state-of-the-art Cybelec 880 S CNC Control

Hydraulic CNC Press Brakes

Standard Equipment: 4 controlled axes (Y1, Y2, X, R), automatic lower table crowning, Fissler safety system, lower die, upper die, support arms, operating tools, operating instructions

starting at

• 4 controlled axes with color graphic display• Controlled hydraulic lower crowning

Options • System male dies with 90°, 88°, 60° and 30° angles, plus clamping and radius tools upon request –

Many types of tools can be shipped within 24 hours

Sh

ee

t M

eta

l W

ork



Height-adjustable finger stopsQuick-change system for male die

Hydraulic cylinder for lower table crowning and manual micro-adjustment of rear stop (from 110 ton force upwards)

Specifications AHK A 1540 2250 25100 32125 32160 32200 32250 32320 41250 61250 61320

Working area

Force tons 44 55 110 138 176 220 276 253 276 276 353

Brake length in 59 86 98 126 126 126 126 126 161 240 240

Rear stop in 8.7 8.7 23.6 23.6 23.6 23.6 23.6 23.6 23.6 23.6 23.6

Distance between columns in 47 66 78 106 106 106 106 106 129 212 212

Throat in 13.6 14.0 13.8 13.8 13.8 15.8 15.8 15.8 15.8 15.8 15.8

Max. stroke in 4.7 4.7 6.3 6.3 6.3 7.9 7.9 9.8 7.9 7.9 9.8

Bending speed in/sec 0.37 0.37 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.30 0.30 0.35 0.30 0.30 0.35

Rapid feed in/sec 2.4 2.4 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1

Return speed in/sec 2.4 2.4 2.8 3.5 3.3 3.5 3.5 2.6 3.5 3.5 2.6

Drive Capacities

Motor rating Hp 5 5 10 15 15 20 25 30 25 25 30

Dimensions/Weight

Hydraulic tank volume gal 32 45 66 127 127 127 127 185 153 198 264

Dimensions LengthWidthHeight

in 635082

915182

1026498

13066100

13068100

13470108

13572111

13485128

16572111

24475124

24892142

Weight lb 6,614 6,614 14,771 18,960 21,164 27,558 31,967 37,699 38,801 53,793 70,548

Part No. 171 298 171 299 171 300 171 301 171 302 171 303 171 304 171 306 171 305 171 307 171 308

Price $

E. Position Indicator

• The press brakes of this series are manufactured in standardized bulk series to ensure solid quality and significant cost savings

• The side frames are made of solid steel weldments for overhead mounting of the cylinders

• Manual upper and hydraulic lower crowning ensure high manufacturing qualtiy.

• Large torsion shaft guarantees synchronism between both hydraulic cylinders.

• Motorized rear stop with manual micro-adjustments• Motors (from ABB) and hydraulic components from renown

manufacturers guarantee high machining quality and high reliability.

• Fulfills highest safety standards with Fissler Safety System, safety interlock, and protective covers

• Hardened hydraulic cylinders for long service life

199

AHK A D

Constant angular accuracy! Heavy press with hydraulic lower table crowning from 110 ton force upwards

Hydraulic Press Brakes

Standard Equipment: Electronic position indicator, rear stop, support arms, standard stamp and die, foot switch, safety system (Manufacturer: Fissler), operating instructions

• Hydraulic lower crowning for significantly increased productivity• Digital indicators for rear and depth stops

Options• System male dies with 90°, 88°, 60° and 30° angles, plus clamping and radius tools upon request –

Many types of tools can be shipped within 24 hours

Safety System by Fissler: Maximum operator safety without the need of restrictive light-barrier systems

Sh

ee

t M

eta

l W

ork


starting at

200

* P

late

ho

ld-u

p (

Mo

del

s 25

04 F

, 320

6 F,

an

d 4

006

F)

ensu

res

exac

t p

osi

tio

nin

g o

f th

e p

late

at

the

rear

sto

p w

hen

usi

ng

th

in m

ater

ials

E-20+ control is shown

Sp

ecif

icat

ion

sK

HT

250

4 F

KH

T 3

206

FK

HT

321

0 F

KH

T 3

212

FK

HT

321

6 F

KH

T 3

220

FK

HT

400

6 F

KH

T 4

010

FK

HT

401

6 F

KH

T 6

012

FK

HT

601

6 F

Wo

rkin

g a

rea

Pla

te th

ickn

ess

St 4

2 (m

ax.)

1/

8”1/

4”3/

8”1/

2”5/

8”3/

4”1/

4”3/

8”5/

8”1/

2”5/

8”C

uttin

g le

ngth

(m

ax.)

98

”12

6”12

6”12

6”12

6”12

6”15

7”15

7”15

7”23

6”23

6”R

ear

stop

22

”22

”30

”30

”30

”38

”22

”30

”31

,5”

31,5

”39

”C

ut a

ngle

1.

5°1.

5°1.

5°1.

5°2.

5°2.

5°1.

5°1.

5°2,

5°1,

5°2,

5°S

trok

es p

er m

inut

e st

roke

s/m

in25

1815

9 7

515

95

54

Hol

d-do

wn

qty

1113

1515

18

1918

1922

2926

Wor

k ta

ble

heig

ht

31.5

”31

.5”

32”

32”

32”

33.5

”31

.5”

32”

31,5

”31

,5”

39”

Sup

port

arm

s / q

uant

ity“

/ qty

42 /

342

/ 3

50 /

3 50

/ 3

50 /

350

/ 3

42 /

450

/ 4

46 /

446

/ 5

46 /

5D

rive

Cap

acit

ies

Mot

or r

atin

g -

hydr

aulic

pum

p H

p10

1020

2530

6010

2029

2529

Dim

ensi

on

s/W

eig

ht

H

ydra

ulic

tank

vol

ume

gal

6377

111

106

106

114

100

108

119

119

119

Dim

ensi

ons

122”

x6”

x61”

151”

x63”

x64”

161”

x78”

x77”

155”

x89”

x81”

161”

x91”

x89”

163”

x96”

x91”

182”

x73”

x67”

184”

x80”

x76”

191”

x90”

x91”

271”

x102

”

x104

”

268”

x107

”

x108

”W

eigh

t lb

s10

,590

14,5

6022

,710

27,5

6034

,180

48,5

1019

,630

27,5

6042

,990

72,7

5246

000

Par

t No.

133

500*

133

502*

133

504

133

506

133

508

133

510

133

512*

133

514

133

516

133

522

133

524

Pri

ce $

Sta

nd

ard

Eq

uip

men

t:

• E

-20+

con

trol

• P

ower

ed r

ear

stop

• M

otor

ized

ker

f adj

ustm

ent

• S

tand

ard

uppe

r an

d lo

wer

kni

fe•

3 su

ppor

t arm

s w

ith m

easu

ring

scal

e•

Late

ral s

top

• F

oot s

witc

h•

Sha

dow

gra

ph d

ispl

ay o

f cut

line

• O

pera

tor

man

ual


201

C

KH

T F

•

Mac

hine

fram

e an

d cu

tter

bar

are

desi

gned

with

ext

rem

ely

solid

, car

eful

ly m

achi

ned

wel

dmen

t str

uctu

res

to w

ithst

and

high

est l

oads

• T

he p

rove

n sw

ing

beam

des

ign

allo

ws

smal

l kni

fe a

ngle

s fo

r m

axim

um c

ut q

ualit

y an

d m

inim

um d

isto

rtio

n at

the

wor

kpie

ce•

A r

igid

rea

r st

op w

ith p

rem

ium

pre

load

ed b

all s

crew

s an

d lo

w-m

aint

enan

ce li

near

gui

des

ensu

re lo

ng-t

erm

dim

ensi

onal

sta

bilit

y of

the

wor

kpie

ce•

Sha

dow

gra

ph in

dica

tes

the

cut l

ine

• H

ydra

ulic

ally

ope

rate

d ho

ld-d

own

prov

ides

uni

form

and

rel

iabl

e fix

atio

n of

the

wor

kpie

ce•

Infin

itely

adj

usta

ble

cut l

engt

h sa

ves

valu

able

tim

e w

hen

prod

ucin

g sm

all p

arts

• P

rem

ium

hyd

raul

ic a

nd e

lect

ric c

ompo

nent

s en

sure

saf

e op

erat

ion

and

high

ava

ilabi

lity

star

ting

at

Rig

id, r

elia

ble

an

d u

ser-

frie

nd

ly

Hyd

rau

lic S

win

g-B

eam

Pla

te S

hea

rsE

-20+

co

ntr

ol f

or

fast

an

d s

afe

op

erat

ion

w

ith

hig

h a

ccu

racy

Sh

ee

t M

eta

l W

ork


202

KMT

DM

oto

rize

d S

win

g-B

eam

Sh

ears

Sp

ecif

icat

ion

s

KM

T 1

350

KM

T 2

004

KM

T 2

050

KM

T 2

504

KM

T 2

550

KM

T 3

050

Max

. pla

te th

ickn

ess

ST

42

11

Ga

9Ga

11G

a 9G

a 13

Ga

14G

aM

ax. c

uttn

g le

ngth

53”

81”

81”

100”

10

0”

120”

Cut

ting

angl

e

1° 3

0’

1° 3

0’

2° 1

2’

1° 3

0’

1° 3

0’

1° 3

0’N

umbe

r of

str

okes

/ m

in. (

auto

mod

e)

35

42

35

42

35

35W

ork

tabl

e he

ight

33”

33”

33”

33”

33”

33”

Mai

n m

otor

rat

ing

Hp

4 10

4

10

4 4

Rea

r st

op

18

” 30

” 18

” 30

” 18

” 18

”D

imen

sion

67”x

53”

100”

x89”

95

”x53

” 11

9”x7

9”

114”

x53”

13

8”x5

3”(L

xWxH

)

x4

7”

x52”

x4

7”

x52”

x4

7”

x47”

Wei

ght

lbs

2,10

0 5,

070

2,54

0 7,

05

2,98

0 3,

300

Par

t No.

130

234

132

238

130

235

132

239

130

236

130

237

Pri

ce $

Sta

nd

ard

Eq

uip

men

t:

knife

set

, rea

r st

op, C

E-c

onfo

rmin

g sa

fety

feat

ures

, foo

t sw

itch,

long

itudi

nal s

top,

and

2 s

uppo

rt a

rms

• H

eavy

ste

el w

eldm

ent c

onst

ruct

ion

for

max

imum

st

abili

ty

• Q

uiet

driv

e w

ith b

rake

mot

or; a

ll co

mpo

nent

s ru

n on

mai

nten

ance

-fre

e be

arng

s•

Par

alle

l kni

fe g

uide

s en

sure

hig

h cu

tting

pr

ecis

ion

• H

igh-

stre

ngth

kni

ves

mad

e of

ste

el a

lloy,

ha

rden

ed a

nd g

roun

d•

Sid

e st

op a

nd 2

fron

t sup

port

arm

s•

Sel

ectio

n sw

itch

for

sing

le a

nd c

ontin

uous

str

oke

• H

old-

dow

n sy

stem

with

slip

-res

iste

nt r

ubbe

r co

atin

g an

d sa

fety

gua

rd

KM

T 1

350,

205

0, 2

550,

305

0•

Cos

t-ef

fect

ive

desi

gn w

ith p

reci

sion

-mac

hine

d ta

ble

• M

anua

l rea

r st

op 1

7.5”

KM

T 2

004,

250

4•

Ext

ra h

eavy

-dut

y de

sign

with

hig

h-po

wer

mot

or

• S

uppo

rt ta

ble

with

rol

ler

balls

for

easy

han

dlin

g of

par

ts•

Mot

oriz

ed r

ear

stop

29.

5”, w

ith d

igita

l dis

play

• A

djus

tabl

e bl

ade

gap

star

ting

at

KM

T 2

504

sho

wn

Fo

r th

e la

test

sp

ecia

ls, v

isit

www.knuth-machinetools.com

203

RB

M

C

Op

tio

nal

Eq

uip

men

t:

with

CN

C o

r N

C T

each

-In

con

trol

, inf

inite

ly

varia

ble

turn

ing

spee

d -

regu

late

d vi

a co

ntro

l pa

nel,

late

ral a

nd c

entr

al

supp

ort f

or la

rge-

Ø

plat

e-rin

gs, m

ater

ial

feed

tabl

e

Sta

nd

ard

Eq

uip

men

t:

hard

ened

rol

lers

, con

ical

be

ndin

g fe

atur

e, d

igita

l di

spla

y, c

ontr

ol p

anel

, op

erat

or m

anua

l

Sp

ecif

icat

ion

s R

BM

20/0

420

/16

25/0

625

/13

25/2

025

/35

30/1

030

/16

30/4

030

/70

40/0

640

/13

Wor

k le

ngth

82”

82”

102”

102”

102”

102”

122”

122”

122”

122”

161”

161”

Max

. thi

ckne

ss

.236

”.8

27”

.390

”.7

08”

1.18

”1.

77”

.56”

.98”

1.96

9”3.

15”

.354

”.7

08”

Max

. pla

te th

ickn

ess

for

preb

endi

ng.1

57”

.708

”.3

1”.5

9”.9

84”

1.57

4”.4

7”.7

87”

1.57

5”2.

76”

2.56

”.5

9”U

pper

rol

ler

Ø6.

3”11

.8”

8.3”

11.8

”14

.6”

18.5

”11

.8”

14.6

”21

.3”

27.6

”11

.8”

16.2

”B

otto

m r

olle

r Ø

5.5”

10.5

”7.

5”10

.5”

13”

16.5

”10

.5”

13”

19.7

”25

.6”

10.5

”14

”S

ide

rolle

r Ø

4.7”

11”

7,5”

11”

11.6

”14

.6”

11”

11.6

”17

.3”

21.7

”11

”12

.6”

Mot

or r

atin

gH

p3

2510

1525

4015

2574

148

1025

Leng

th

163”

178”

183”

198”

199”

235”

218”

218”

263”

260”

257”

285”

Wid

th44

”72

”55

”72

”82

”91

”72

”82

”11

8”13

6”72

”86

”H

eigh

t41

”59

”51

”59

”66

”10

2”59

”66

”11

5”15

4”59

”78

”W

eigh

tlb

s5,

100

15,4

0010

,100

17,8

4026

,000

66,0

0019

,800

29,0

0011

4,40

017

6,00

021

,800

45,7

00P

art N

o.13

1 90

013

1 90

313

1 90

613

1 90

913

1 91

213

1 91

513

1 92

113

1 92

413

1 92

713

1 93

013

1 93

313

1 93

6P

rice

$P

art N

o. C

NC

Con

trol

131

901

1319

0413

1 90

713

1 91

013

1 91

313

1 91

613

1 92

213

1 92

513

1 92

813

1 93

113

1 93

413

1 93

7P

rice

$P

art N

o. N

C T

each

-In

131

902

131

905

131

908

131

911

131

914

131

917

131

923

131

926

131

929

131

932

131

935

131

938

Pri

ce $

Fo

r ro

ll-b

end

ing

of

ellip

tica

l an

d c

on

ical

fo

rms,

pre

ben

din

g a

nd

ben

din

g in

on

e o

per

atin

g s

tep

star

ting

at

• M

assi

ve m

achi

ne fr

ame,

bas

ed o

n an

adv

ance

d de

sign

and

man

y ye

ars

of e

xper

ienc

e•

Hyd

raul

ic s

afet

y ch

uck

for

easy

rem

oval

of t

he p

art

• R

olle

r fe

ed a

nd a

djus

tmen

t of p

aral

l-el

ism

and

tape

r at

the

cont

rol p

anel

• A

ll ro

llers

are

har

dene

d an

d eq

uipp

ed w

ith p

reci

sion

bea

rings

• H

ydra

ulic

ally

driv

en to

p an

d bo

ttom

rol

lers

• H

ydra

ulic

com

pone

nts

from

Par

ker

and

Bos

ch•

Ele

ctric

com

pone

nts

from

S

iem

ens

and

Tele

mec

aniq

ue•

Min

imum

ben

ding

dia

met

er =

5

times

the

diam

eter

of t

he to

p ro

ller

(RB

M 3

0/70

)3

times

the

diam

eter

of t

he to

p ro

ller

(exc

ept R

BM

30/

70)

For

con

ical

ben

ding

, red

uce

all b

end

valu

es b

y 50

%.

The

use

of h

arde

ned

bend

ing

rolls

is r

ecom

men

ded!

Hyd

rau

lic 4

-Ro

ller

Ro

ll B

end

ing

Mac

hin

es

Sh

ee

t M

eta

l W

ork


204

KRMF

KRM-S

Modern design, user-friendly machine with asymetrical rolls

3-Roll Bending Machine

Optional Equipment: motor-driven bottom roller adjustment, extended roller ends for profile roller mounting, profile roller set, digital display

Specifications KRM-S 15/7 KRM-S 20/5 KRM-S 20/6 KRM-S 25/4 KRM-S 25/5 KRM-S 30/3 KRM-S 30/4Roll length 63” 83” 83” 102” 102” 122” 122”Prebend 0.28” 0.20” 0.24” 0.16” 0.20” 0.12” 0.16”Sheet thickness 0.31” 0.24” 0.28” 0.20” 0.24” 0.16” 0.20”Roll diam. 6.75” 6.75” 7.5” 6.75” 7.5” 6.75” 7.5”Min. bending Ø 10” 10” 11.25” 10” 11.25” 10” 11.25”Motor rating Hp 5.25 5.25 5.25 5.25 5.25 5.25 5.25Dimensions 124x33 144x33 154x37 164x33 174x37 183x33 183x37(LxHxW) x45” x45” 48” x45” x48” x45” x48”Weight lbs 4,200 5,060 7,920 6,050 9,300 7,100 10,200Part no. 130 760 130 761 130 762 130 763 130 764 130 765 130 766Price $

Asymetrical 3-Roll Ben-ding Machine with one-side Prebend

3-Roll Bending Machine

Specifications KRM 10/4.0 KRM 10/5.0 KRM 12/3.5 KRM 12/4.0 KRM 12/5.0 KRM 15/3.0 KRM 15/4.0 KRM 20/3.0 KRM 20/4.0Roll length 41” 41” 50” 50” 50” 61” 61” 81” 81”Prebend 0.16” 0.20” 0.14” 0.16” 0.20” 0.12” 0.16” 0.12” 0.16”Sheet thickness 0.20” 0.22” 0.16” 0.18” 0.22” 0.14” 0.18” 0.16” 0.18”Roll diam. 4.25” 5” 4.25” 4.75” 5.5” 4.25” 5” 5” 5.5”Min. bending Ø 6” 7.5” 6” 7” 8.5” 6” 7.5” 7.5” 8.5”Motor rating Hp 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3Length 72” 72” 80” 80” 80” 91” 91” 111” 110”Width 33” 35” 33” 33” 35” 33” 35” 35” 35”Height 45” 47” 45” 45” 47” 45” 47” 47” 47”Weight lbs 2,380 2,680 2,530 2,650 3,000 2,680 2,990 3,260 3,370Part no. 131 960 131 961 131 962 131 963 131 964 131 965 131 966 131 967 131 968Price $

starting at

starting at

• Hardened rollers, suitable even for stainless steel rolling

• Taper bending fixture• Motorized rear roller adjustment• Machine constructed of steel• High quality steel rollers• Rollers are centrally powered by

planetary gears• Top roller swings out• Self-braking main motor• Separate control panel• Meets CE requirements


• Hand-wheel for rear roll feed • Motor driven left/right direction, operated

with foot switch• Quick adjusting rolls (motor-driven, option)

• Standard series wire groove• Top roll swings out & across

cam lock• Supplied with conical bending feature

KRM 10/4.0 shownincluding optional equipment (motorized rear roll adjustment)

KRM-S 15/7 shownincluding optional equipment (motorized bottom roller adjustment, extended rollers and profile rollers)

For

con

ical

ben

ding

, red

uce

all b

end

valu

es b

y 50

%. T

he u

se o

f har

dene

d ro

lls is

rec

omm

ende

d!


205

F

KR

F

KRM-A

starting at

starting at

3-Roller Roll Bender

Specifications KR 10/1.0 KR 10/1.5 KR 10/3.0 KR 12/1.5 KR 15/2.0 KR 20/1.5Rolling length 41” 41” 41” 49” 61” 80” Plate thickness 0.04” (20 Ga) 0.06” (16 Ga) 0.12” (11 Ga) 0.06” (16 Ga) 0.09” (13 Ga) 0.07” (15 Ga)Roller Ø 2.25” 2.75” 3.5” 3” 3.5” 3.75”Dimensions (LxWxH) 52x28x44” 52x28x44” 83x32x45” 79x32x44” 103x32x44” 120x32x45”Weight lbs 530 710 1,100 1,130 1,250 1,400Part.-No. 131 885 131 886 131 887 131 888 131 889 131 890Price $

Specifications KRM-A 10/3,0 KRM-A 12/2,5 KRM-A 15/2,2 KRM-A 20/1,5Roller length 41” 49” 61” 80”Pre-bend 0.12” (11 Ga) 0.09” (13 Ga) 0.08” (14 Ga) 0.07” (15 Ga)Max. plate thickness 0.13” (11 Ga) 0.10” (11 Ga) 0.09”(13 Ga) 0.08” (14 Ga)Roller Ø 3.5” 3.5” 3.5” 3.75”Min. bending Ø 5.2” 5.2” 5.2” 5.3”Roller speed ”/min 235 235 235 235 Motor rating Hp 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 Length 83” 93” 103” 119”Width 32” 32” 32” 32”Height 45” 44” 45” 45”Weight lbs 1,100 1,250 1,250 1,400 Part No. 131 881 131 882 131 883 131 884Price $

Roll Benders

KRM-A 20/1.5 shown

KR 10/3.0 shown


• Top roller swings out• Easy adjustment of rear

and bottom roller via handwheel

• Bottom and rear roller with wire core groove

• Back gear• Includes conical bending feature

• Asymmetrical 3-roll bender


• Adjustable bottom and rear roller• Standard wire core groove• Top roller swings out with eccentric

closure • Foot switch• Manual feed of rear roller• Brake motor• Includes conical bending feature

Sh

ee

t M

eta

l W

ork


206

KPB 50 • KPB 30D

starting at

Cost-Effective Ring and Profile Benders for universal trade applications

Motorized Ring and Profile Benders

Standard Equipment: standard rolls, foot switch, control panel, operating tools, operator manual

• Scale for roller adjustment• Ground drive shafts with double support provided

by cone bearings at both ends• One-piece sliding central roll mounted on hardened

ways• Mechanical feed, 2 driving rollers, horizontal and

vertical applications

Specifications KPB 30 KPB 50Shaft diam. 1.2”/1.4” 2”Roller diam. 5-1/4”/5-3/8” 6”Roller speed rpm 5 9 Motor rating Hp 1 2 Weight lbs 370 800Length 26” 29”Width 22” 36”Height, inc. Base 53” 53”Part No. 130 158 131 151Price $

KPB 50 shown

A Standard Rollers B Special Rollers

Example KBP 30 min. KPB 50 min.

Profiles Dims. BendingØ Rollers Dimens. BendingØ Rollers

2x3/8 32 A 2x1/2 32 A

3x5/8 28 A 4-3/4x5/8 30 A

1-1/8x1-1/8 28 A 1-3/8 / 3/4 48 / 16 A

Ø 1-1/8 28 B Ø 1-3/8 32 B

1-1/2x3/16 16 A 2x3/16 34 A

1-1/2x3/16 20 A 2x3/16 48 A

50x6 32 A 2 26 A

2 34 A 2 36 A

UNP50 16 B UNP60 22 B

UNP50 20 B UNP60 28 B

1-1/2 36 B 1-1/4x1/8 14 B

Ø2-3/8x1/8 48 B Ø 70x2 48 B

1-1/2x1/8 B 2-3/8x1/8 B

2x1-1/8x1/8 B 2x1-1/2x1/8 B


207

KPB 45 • 61 • 81 • 101 • 121D

starting at

Specifications KPB 45 KPB 61 KPB 81 KPB 101 KPB 121Shaft diameter 2” / 1.6” 2.3” 3” 4” 4.75”Bending speed 3,3 6.4 4.2 5.4 4 Roller diameter 6” / 6.4” 7” 9.5” 12.4” 15.2”Driven rollers # 3 3 3 3 3 Drive motor Hp 2 5 7.5 15 20Dimensions (LxWxH) 31 x 38 x 65” 50 x 37 x 55” 54 x 41 x 61” 56 x 48 x 66” 78” x 57” x 80” Weight lbs 1,100 2,380 3,520 7,700 10,380 Part No. 131 150 131 194 131 200 131 206 131 212Price $ Part No. with NC Teach-In - 131 196 131 202 131 208 131 214Price $ Part No. with CNC Control - 131 198 131 204 131 210 131 216Price $

KPB 101 shown including hydrauli-cally controlled guide rollers which are an optional accessory

Standard Equipment KPB 45: control panel, standard rollers, operating tools, operator manual

Standard Equipment KPB 61, 81, 101, 121: digital display, hydraulically controlled straightening rollers (KPB 121), mechanically controlled straightening rollers (except KPB 121), control panel, standard rollers, operating tools, operator manual

KPB 45 shown

KPB 45• Including a modular roller system for optimum

adaptation to desired profile• Manually adjustable leveling rolls• Hardened and ground shafts• Allows horizontal and vertical machining• Hydraulic components made by leading manufacturers• Hydraulic movement of upper roll• Separate control panel

KPB 61, 81, 101, 121• Optimum adaptation to a large variety of profiles using the

modular roller system • High-precision bending with 3 motor-driven rollers on

models KPB 61 and KPB 81, and 3 hydraulic-driven rollers on models KPB 101 and KPB 121

• Hardened and ground shafts• Adjustable overload protection• Hydraulic feed of bottom rollers with digital display• KPB 121 includes hydraulically adjustable straightening

rollers; optional for KPB 61, 81 and 101• Allows horizontal and vertical machining• Hydraulic components made by leading manufacturers


Hydraulic Ring and Profile Benders

Powerful Production Machine for complex bending tasks

Sh

ee

t M

eta

l W

ork

208

B

Structural steel station

Steel plate station

Angle steel station

Hole punch station

Notching station

• HPS 45 D is a 1-cylinder version• Models HPS 55/110 D, HPS 80/150 D and HPS 110/180 D provide 2

hydraulic cylinders for simultaneous work at 2 stations

HPS 45 D shown

Specifications - HPS 45 D 55/110 D 80/150 D 110/180 DPunch pressPress force tons 50 60 90 120Max. capacity Ø 1” x .5” Ø 1.5” x .4” Ø 1.5” x .5” Ø 1.6” x .8”Diameter x thickness Ø .71” x .71” Ø .79” x .79” Ø 1” x 1” Ø 1.1” x 1.1”Throat 6.3” 9.8” 11.8” 24”Stroke .8” 2.3” 2.7” 3.2”Strokes/min (.75”) 20 37 38 28Table size 17.7” x 6.3” 21” x 10” 21.7” x 11.8” 21.7” x 24”Working height 40” 42.5” 47” 50”Steel cutters

Cutting capacity, flat- max. thickness 7.87” x .5” 7.75” x .75” 11.8” x .75 16” x .75”- max. width 11.8” x 4” 11.8” x 6” 17.7” x 6” 23.6” x 6”Knife length 12” 12” 18.7” 23.8”Cutting capacity, round 2” 1.5” 1.75” 2”Cutting capacity, square 2” 1.5” 1.75” 2”Working height 40” 35” 40” 43”Profile cutterCutting capacity 90º 3” x 3” x .3” 4.7” x 4.7” x .4” 5” x 5” x .5” 6” x 6” x .5”Cutting capacity 45º - 2.8” x 2.8” x .28” 2.8” x 2.8” x .28” 2.8” x 2.8” x .28”Working height 40” 43” 49” 51”NotcherMaterial thickness .28” .4” .47” .28”Depth V90xWidthxThickn 1.6” x 1.6” x .28” 1.7” x 1.7” x .4” 2” x 2” x .47” 2” x 2” x .5”Motor rating Hp 4 7 15 15Dimensions (LxWxH) 57” x 55”

x 64”58” x 71” x 68”

80” x 70” x 106”

101” x 100”x 71

Weight lbs 1782 2860 5940 8270Part No. 130 170 130 172 130 174 130 176Price $


209

HPSB

Hydraulic Ironworkers

Flat Steel Cutters• Lower knife has 4 cutting edges• Table with angular and linear stopsAngular Profile Steel Cutters• Rear stop adjusts up to 40” • Manual operation on model HPS 45 D,

automatic cut activation on all other models

Rod Steel Station• Hold-down for round and square steel• Rear stop at 40”Notching Station• Table with scales and stop Hole Punch Station• For punching sheet metals, flat steel

and U-section steel

• Heavy-duty table to ensure high-quality punching results

• An extra-wide throat provided with models HPS 110/180 D

• Infinitely variable stroke adjustment• Includes adapter for “Peddinghaus”

stamps and dies (only HPSD) • hydraulic overload valves

HPS 80/150 D shown

starting at

Sh

ee

t M

eta

l W

ork


Universal Machine Provides 5 Work Stations

Incorporates • Punching• Cutting • Notching

210

KHS E 1000

SB E 2060/2

H

F

Manual Shears

Folding Machine

• Cast iron design• Rigid and durable

structure• Versatile

applications

Specifications SB E 2060/2Effective length 81” Max. thickness 0.08” (14 Gauge)Max. bending radius 135°Top beam travel 7.75”Adj. lower bending beam 2.75”Weight lbs 3,740Dimensions (LxWxH) 114”x26”x67”Part no. 131 336Price $

Specifications KHS E 1000Max. sheet thickness 16 GaWork length 41”Table 25x40”Stop 0-24”Height 60”Width 40”Length 52”Weight lbs 1,020Part no. 132 036Price $

• Large dimension steel sheets can be pushed through


211

F

SBS E 2020/2,0

SBS 1020/2,5 • SBS 1270/2,0

Folding Machines

Folding Machine

• Segmenting: 1, 1.2, 1.38, 1.5, 1.75, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 8, 10.5, 15.75, 15.75

• Lever for the swivel movement of the bending beam

Specifications SBS E 2020/2.0Max. bending capac. ST 45 14gaMax. bending length 79”Inf. var. bending angle 0-135° Working height 36”Length x Width x Height 101”x22”x50”Weight lbs 2,250Part No. 131 367 Price $

Specifications SBS 1020/2.5 SBS 1270/2.0Max. folding cap. St 42 13ga 14ga Max. folding length 40” 50” Max. folding angle 135° 135°Dimensions LxWxH 53”x34”x46” 63”x36”x46” Weight lbs 630 730Part No. 131 364 131 363Price $

• For formed component bending• Compression spring for top beam

counterbalance• Cam lock and rebound spring for bending

beam counterbalance• Bow handle for bending beam rotation• Adjustable bending angle stop with scale

up to 135°• Segmented top beam• Segment sizes

- SBS 1020/2.5: 1”, 1.2”, 1.375”, 1.5”, 1.75”, 2”, 3”, 4”, 6”, 8”, 10.5” - SBS 1270/2.0: 1”, 1.2”, 1.375”, 1.5”, 1.75”, 2”, 3”, 4”, 6”, 8”, 10.5”

starting at

Sh

ee

t M

eta

l W

ork


212212

F

KM

S 2

020

• 25

20 •

302

0E

asy

han

dlin

g -

hig

h b

end

ing

len

gth

Sp

ecif

icat

ion

sK

MS

202

0K

MS

252

0K

MS

302

0F

oldi

ng le

ngth

79.5

”99

”11

9”B

endi

ng c

apac

ity, s

truc

tura

l ste

el0.

06”

0.04

”0.

04”

Ben

ding

ang

le

0 -

135°

0 -

135°

0 -

135°

Top

beam

str

oke

4”

4”4”

Mot

or r

atin

gH

p1

11

Top

beam

mot

orH

p0.

50.

50.

5D

imen

sion

s

111”

x 3

0” x

56”

131”

x 3

0” x

56”

151”

x 3

0” x

57”

Wei

ght

lbs

2320

2900

3600

Par

t No.

131

345

131

346

131

347

Pri

ce $

Sta

nd

ard

Eq

uip

men

t: fo

ot s

witc

h, m

anua

l be

ndin

g an

gle

adju

stm

ent,

oper

ator

man

ual

• M

assi

ve, r

obus

t wel

dmen

t con

stru

ctio

nw

ith h

igh

rigid

ity•

Mot

or d

riven

mal

e di

e an

d be

ndin

g ba

r•

Infin

itely

var

iabl

e ad

just

men

t of b

endi

ng

angl

e•

Ope

ratio

n vi

a fo

ot s

witc

h

Mo

tori

zed

Fo

ldin

g M

ach

ine

star

ting

at


KW 100

5 THP 15

213

H

• Sturdy design for screw- mounting on workbench• Infintiely variable bending stop adjustment• With eccentric quick-clamp for streamlined operation• Bending angle read-out up to 120°• Bending angle stop for high repeatability• Ideal for repair shops and metal working shops

Standard Equipment: angle stop, bending plates, bending lever, material stop

Specifications Model KW 100Weight lbs 84Dimensions (LxWxH) 15x10x11”Part no. 129 122Price $

Cold Warm Flat steel 4x0.2” 4x0.6” or 2.25x0.3” 4x0.5” Round steel 0.7” 1.2” Square steel 0.6x0.6” 1.2x1.2” Flat copper 4x0.5” -

For exact cold and hot bending of flat, round, and square steel

Angle Iron Bender

For angle, round, loop, and coil bending

Universal Bender

• To produce grids, doors, gates, balcony railings, patio furniture as well as rod iron lamps.

• With hardened bending segments• Suitable for steel, brass, copper, and aluminum• Round bar up to 0.5”• Square bar up to 0.5”, flat bar up to 1.2x0.3”Part No. 130 127 Price $

Arbor Press

• For press-fitting and pulling bearings

• Aligning, bending and broaching

• BasePart no. 123 952 Price $

Hydraulic Presses

• 15 ton• Piston bore 3”• Pressure 4250 psi• Ram to table distance 19.5”• Table 11.75 x 11.75”• Height 42”• Weight 320 lbsPart no. 130 042Price $ 1 T - force 1 ton,

Workpiece size max. 5.75”Part no. 109 536 Price $

2 T - force 2 ton,Workpiece size max. 8.5”Part no. 109 537 Price $

3 T - force 3 ton,Workpiece size max. 12.5”Part no. 109 538 Price $

5 T - force 5 ton, Workpiece size max. 15.75”Part no. 109 540 Price $

starting at

Sh

ee

t M

eta

l W

ork


214

3 IN 1H

starting at

One machine for Cutting, Folding, and Roll Bending

Specifications 3 IN 1 - 305 3 IN 1 - 760 3 IN 1 - 1000Max. plate length 12” 30” 39”Max. plate thickness 0.03” 0.03” 0.03”Roller diameter 1.5” 1.5” 1.5”Dim. (LxWxH) 26x22x22” 38x18x27” 56x22x30”Weight lbs 100 270 570Part No. 110 050 110 060 110 047Price $

Price does not include base

3 IN 1 - 1000 shown

• Ideal combination machine for sheet metal work up to a length of 39” and a thickness of 0.03” (22 Ga)

• Cutting stop• Roll bending with a minimum diameter of

1.5”, 39” opening• Folding with a max. angle of

180° press segments 1-29.5”• Adjustable rear stop Part No. 110 047 Price $

Hydraulic Tube Bender 1/2” - 2”

• 10 ton pressure• 6 bending segments• 3-leg standPart no. 129 112Price $


215

RA 1 • RA 2H

F

RAX

H

• For tubes with up to 0.2” wall thickness, steel or non-ferrous metal

• Several tube diameters combined in 1 device• Horizontal and vertical operation• Suitable for double-connection

Allows easy joining andwelding of tubesat a 90° angle

Tube Notcher

RA 1 - diameter 1-1.75”Part No. 130 126 Price $

RA 2 - diameter 2”-2.5”Part No. 130 129 Price $

Electric Tube Notcher

Suitable for continuous operation, with 1.5 Hp Electric Motor

• High productivity • Low cost• Simple and quick operation• Several diameters instantly available• For tube diameters: 1/4”, 3/8”, 1/2”, 3/4”,

1”, 1 1/4”, 1 1/2”, 2”• Weight 136 lbs

• Motor rating 2.0 Hp• Max. material thickness 0.12”Part No. 130 125Price $

starting at

Sh

ee

t M

eta

l W

ork


216

AKMH

RGM

216

H

• Max. 8800 lbs pressure capacity• Punches 6” x 6”• 90° angle 6” x 6”• Plate thickness 16 Ga• Ram stroke 0.75”• Dimensions 25 x 21 x 23”• Weight 210 lbsPart no. 130 602 Price $

Replacement knifePart no.130 612 Price $

Notching Machine

Specifications RGM 2 RGM 3 RGM 4Capacity 1/2” - 2” 1/2” - 3” 1/2” - 4”Speed rpm 28 19 / 27 8.5 / 24Weight lbs 140 285 330Dimensions 25x16x17” 32x20x18” 40x20x20”Part No. 130 410 130 420 130 430Price $

• Sturdy design, small footprint• Impact chuck at front, clamping

chuck at rear• Tube cutter, inside tube

deburrer• With mobile base

starting at

RGM 4 shown

Pipe-Thread Cutter


217

H

Hydraulic Machine Lift

Load Guidance

Hydraulic Machine Lift H 3 H 8Load capacity t 3 9Lifting range 0.5 - 9” 1 - 11.5”Intrinsic weight lbs 48 62Part No. 140 305 140 310Price $

Load Guidance L 6 L 12Load capacity t 6.5 13Number of rollers pcs. 8 8Roller material plastic steelDimensions 25 x 16 x 5” 25 x 16 x 5”Intrinsic weight lbs 110 146 Part No. 140 206 140 212Price $

Adjustable Load Rollers R 6 R 12Load capacity t 6.5 13Number of rollers pcs. 8 12Roller material plastic plasticDimensions 12 x 10 x 5” 14 x 9 x 5”Intrinsic weight lbs 66 84Part No. 140 106 140 112Price $

• Makes your machinery mobile

• Ensures safety• Optimal solution for lifting and transportation problems• Eliminates accidents and property damage

Each transportation unit includes a load guidance model and adjustable load rollers, e.g. L 6 and R 6 (total load capacity 13 t)

adjustable

Load Rollers

L 12

L 6

starting at

For more information visit, www.knuth-usa.com

Sh

ee

t M

eta

l W

ork

218

F

H

SK 2H

SpecificationsVariable height 26.5” – 37”Variable length 18” - 51”Number of rollers 9Roller dimensions Ø 2” x 19”Max. load capacity lbs 280Weight lbs 96Dimensions (LxWxH) 24” x 24” x 24”Part No. 170 179Price $

• Sandblasting gun with replaceable ceramic nozzles• Dust-tight booth, rigid steel plate construction• Transparent glass viewing window• Two side doors, dust-tight closure• Dust exhaust connector

Please note that sandblasting requires larger compressors than other compressed air jobs. Small compressors cannot produce the required power, which will lead to inadequate blasting results.

Standard Equipment: air hose, work gloves, interior lighting, protective film, 4 ceramic nozzles, operator manual

Specifications SK 2Work space 35” x 26” x 15”Grain sizes mesh 60 – 100Air consumption gpm 155Required air pressure bar 4 – 8Hopper capacity gal 1037Weight lbs 120Arm hole openings 7”Air connector 1/4”Part No. 109 481Price $

Part No. Price $Spare gloves SK2 109 486 Spare ceramic nozzle set (4 / 5 / 6 / 7 mm) 119 494 Spare ceramic nozzle 4 mm 119 487 Spare ceramic nozzle 5 mm 119 488 Spare ceramic nozzle 6 mm 119 489 Spare ceramic nozzle 7 mm 119 490

Roller Conveyor

Variable height and lenght adjustment

Ideal for everyday use • Very sturdy design

and flexible use

Sandblasting booth for rust removal, cleaning, degreasing, descaling, roughening, polishing, matting, deburring, hardening, etc.

Sandblasting Booth


219

F

H

KF 500

KF 200Portable Edge Beveller

Edge Beveller

Motor rating Hp 0.5 Speed rpm 3500Guide bar length 8.5”Bevel height 0 - 0.2”Adjustable angle 15°-45°Weight lbs 25Dimensions 14 x 8 x 10”Part No. 101 350Price $

Angle Power max. Speed Tbl Length Weight15 - 45° 1 Hp 3400 rpm 20” 110 lbs

• For chamfering, deburring, and 45° bevelling of steel, aluminum and many other materials

• Easy operation• Tungsten alloy blades for ultimate tensile

strength, hardness and long service life

Replacement Tool BitsSet, Part no. 101 352 Price $

• For bevelling, deburring and 45° chamfering• Max. bevel width 0.12”• Excellent surface quality• Quicker and more uniform results• Very long service life due to reversible tool tips (usable

on 4 sides)Part No. 101 355Price $

Replacement Tool BitsSet, Part no. 101 354 Price $

For more information, visit www.knuth.de

To

ols

an

d A

cc

es

so

rie

s

220

TV 1000 MTV 1000

H

starting at

The milling table feed model TV 1000 is an infinitely variable feed control with a range from 0.75 to 31.5 ”/min. 2 adjustable table stops provide an automatic shut-off.The rapid traverse (39 ”/min) allows quick positioning of the table. Torque is 9 ft/lbs.The TV 1000 table feed unit can be retrofit on most milling machines. After mounting of the TV 1000, the table still can be moved manually.

Milling Table Feed

Horizontal mount(Mark Super)TV 1000 M Part no. 121 477Price $

Vertical mount(see ill., a. MF1 V)TV 1000 Part no. 121 470Price $

• Damper elements absorb shock and vibration• Vibration-free machine operation• Set screws allow for easy machine alignment

Pivoted Mounts

TV 1000 M TV 1000

NI D H L gLK-33 0.5” 4.75” 1.25” 4” M 12LK-55 0.5” 6.25” 1.25” 4.75” M 16LK-66 0.5” 7.25” 1.5” 6.25” M 20

Specifications load capacity per element (lbs) LK 33 LK 55 LK 66Lathes 725 175 3525Milling machines 1100 2850 4400Surface grinding machines 725 1750 3525Misc. machines 2625 6600 8800Max. structural load 4400 8800 1325Part no. 103 321 103 322 103 323Price $

221

H

LED

LED 400LED 280LED 100LED flex

Excellent illumination with low energy consumption and long service life

starting at

• A true advancement in lighting technology – perfect for any production situation, where good lighting is needed

• The high-power LED module generates light with a color temperature corresponding to natural light; it is vibration and shock resistant and provides a mean service life of 50,000 hours – ideal for harsh operating conditions

LED Work Lamps

• LED lights provide virtually the same light intensity as conventional halogen lights, but they save energy and cost

• The lamp enclosures are very rugged and protected against ingress of water, oil and dust (IP 65)

• Low heat generation increases safety and helps avoid temperature-related problems

Specifications LED fl ex LED 100 LED 280 LED 400Arm length 19.5” - 12.5 + 11” 12.5 + 16”Light source HI POWER LED

3 W / 3 bulbsHI POWER LED 1 W / 8 bulbs

HI POWER LED 1 W / 8 bulbs

HI POWER LED 1 W / 8 bulbs

Service life hours 50000 50000 50000 50000Light angle 30° 70° 70° 70°Color temperature K 6000-7000 6000-7000 6000-7000 6000-7000Light intensity >1100 LUX (28”) >1100 LUX (28”) >1100 LUX (28”) >1100 LUX (28”)Surface temperature <50° <50° <50° <50°

Current mA 700 700 700 700Power W 9 8 8 8IP IP 65 IP 65 IP 65 IP 65Cable length 4’ 4’ 4’ 4’Part No. 110 030 110 031 110 032 110 033Price $

To

ols

an

d A

cc

es

so

rie

s

222

H

JJ

H F

Coolant Hose

Coolant System1 Gal. Coolant Concentrate• Retrofitable, supplied disassembled• Motor 90 Watt• 1 gal. volume coolant reservoir• With flexible grommet and with shut-off valve• With 5 ft coolant hosePart No. 102 985 Price $

• Variable coolant hose consisting of individual plastic elements - for all machine tools

• Replaces all conventional systems• Resistant to most solvents and chemicals• Suitable not only for coolant supply but also for

blowing out workpieces and machine tables

• Improved chip flow, longer tool service life, and better cut profile

• For sawing, drilling, milling, turning of steel, castiron, stainless steel, non-ferrous and light metals

• Dilute with water 1:20Part No. 103 184 Price $

CL-01 CL-02 CL-03

Model Part No Price $CL-00 102 990 CL-0 102 991

CL-01 102 992 CL-02 102 993 CL-03 102 994

Diamond Files Set, 10 pieces

• Shank diam.3 mm, length 140 mm• For cutting of hardened steel, hard metal, ceramics,

glass and rock• Wrapped in plastic bags• Grit, medium D 126

Keyway Broach

Hand reamer set• Adjustment range 0.5 - 1.5”• Suitable for mm/inch• 11 adjustable hand reamers are included in the setPart no. 107 610 Price $

Bushings for

Keyway Bore Ø Part No. Price $

2x2x130 6 8 10 -

3x3x130 6 8 10 - 108 310

4x4x150 12 14 15 16

5x5x150 12 14 15 16

6x6x300 18 19 20 22

8x7x300 25 26 28 30 108 315

Keyway Bore Ø Part No. Price $

10x8x330 32 34 35 36

12x8x330 38 40 42 44

14x9x330 45 46 48 50 108 320

16x10x330 52 54 55 61

18x11x330 58 60 62 65 108 325

• Quick, precise reaming of keyways in bores (gears, v-beltpulleys, etc.), HSS, solid ground, Push Broaching Set for JS9 transition fit

starting at

Part no. 129 440 Price $

Also available in United States Customary System (USCS) or Imperial Units.

223

H

Front Rear Max. Frame Frame ChuckMounting at HxW HxW Ø Part No. Price $Headstock 7x6.5” 7x6.5” 6” 103 005 Headstock 9.5x8” 10x8” 12” 103 006 Headstock 13.75x10” 14x10” 18” 103 007 Slide 9.5x8” 10x8” 12 103 008 Slide 13.75x10” 14x10” 18” 103 009

Power Worker

Lathe Guards

Metal Cutter

• Can be mounted optionally at the headstock or with clamping fixtures at the slide

• Aluminum injection-molded frame with acrylic view glass

• Universal, quick and mobile use even at limited access locations• Safe and clean working environment• Reduces risk of injuries caused by sharp metal edges• Recyclable due to separable material• Long service life due to permanent magnet• Adjustable rod length• Compact dimensions: 15.25” long, Ø 1” • Low weight: 1 lbsPart No. 123 040 Price $

starting at

Live Center, assortment

• With 7 replaceable centers• Body made of hardened and ground tool steel• Precision needle bearing ensures high concentricity, long

life, and high load capacity• Mushroom diameters 1.26, 0.08 x 0.5, 0.35, 0.28, and 0.22”

Morse Taper Part no. Price $MT 2 106 780 MT 3 106 785 MT 4 106 790

starting at

• Precision needle bearing• Hardened and ground point 60°

Live Centers

Morse Taper Point Ø O.D. Length Part no. Price $MT 2 0.85” 1.5” 5” 106 745 MT 3 1” 1.85” 6.25” 106 750 MT 4 1.2” 2.25” 7.5” 106 755 MT 5 1.75” 2.75” 9.5” 106 760

Tapping Chuck• For insertion in the tailstock of lathes• MT 3 - shank• Tool mount bushing slides onto tapered shank. • Length compensation by simply sliding the bushing on the mounting shank.• Complete with wooden case for drill and 0.2, 0.24, 0.28, 0.4” shanks,

dies with 0.63, 0.79, 0.98, 1.2” diameters

Part no. 108 130Price $

starting at

To

ols

an

d A

cc

es

so

rie

s

224

H

starting at

Turret Head MT 4• Shaft MT 4 • Drilling 0.04 - 0.12”

• Thread cutting and tapping M3 - M12• Reaming 0.16 - 0.47” • Centering 0.04 - 0.16”

• Tool mounts: 2 drill chucks 0.06 - 0.12”, 1 center point,1 taper mount MT 1, 1 each thread cutting unit for tap a. die holder

• Weight 17 lbsPart no. 105 050 Price $

Turret Head MT 3

• For lathes• Quick and easy adjustment to any hollow-spindle point• Easy adjustment - just tightening with a safety wrench

• Shaft MT 3• Drilling 0.04 - 0.12”

• 4 tool holder mounts:2 drill chucks1 center point1 thread cutting unitweight: 9 lbs

Part No. 105 049 Price $

For upright use only,e.g. tailstock

For upright use only,e.g. tailstock

Clamps into the turning tool just like a tool-holder.• For inside and outside machining of convex and

concave forms.• For turning of 90°, 180° radius. Radius from 0

to 0.98”. • Machining depth up to 0.28” in ST50.Part no. 103 350 Price $

Save time and money with a turret that fits MT 4 + MT 3

Size Range Wrench length Part no. Price $1 0.75-0.91” 21.25” 103 010 2 0.85-1” 21.25” 103 012 3 0.98-1.2” 21.25” 103 014 4 1-1.5” 25” 103 016 5 1.5-1.9” 25” 103 018 6 1.8-2.3” 29” 103 020 7 2.2-2.6” 29” 103 022 8 2.5-3.2” 37” 103 024 9 3-3.6” 37” 103 025 10 3.5-4.3” 37” 103 026 11 4.3-5.2” 37” 103 027

Radius Cutting Head

Quick-Set Spindle Bore Stop

225

H

Clamped Turning Tool SetShank Part no. Price $ 5 replacem. Price $10 mm 108 770 108 774 12 mm 108 771 108 775 16 mm 108 772 108 775 20 mm 108 773 108 775

Turning Tool Set• With soldered-on carbinde plates for steel, 8 piecesShank 12 mm, Part no. 108 680 Price $ Shank 16 mm, Part no. 108 690 Price $ Shank 20 mm, Part no. 108 700 Price $

Knurl Holder• Shank H20, B14, total 140 mm• Incl. 2 knurl sets, angled 1 mmPart no. 108 520 Price $

• 5 turning tools• For steel working• 5 forms (left,

right, centered)

Knurl set, angles, Part no. 108 521 Price $

Clamped Turning Tool SetIncludes 8 different clamped turning tools, listed in the sequence shown (Part no. 108 670):

1. Necking turning tool, clamping system C, workpiece Ø 60 mmSize Cutting point height V f a25x25x140mm - 100 m/min. 0,2-0,4 mm 4 mm

2. Tapping turning tool 60°, clamping system CSize Cutting point height V f a25x20x120mm 25 mm - - -

3. Stepped, right-hand turning tool, plate form S, clamping system M, cutting length 16 mm, incl. chip chuteSize Cutting point height V f a25x20x125mm - 80 m/min. 0,6-0,7 mm 6 mm

4. Curved, right-hand turning tool, plate form S, clamping system M, cutting length 16 mm, incl. chip chuteSize Cutting point height V f a25x20x125mm - 80 m/min. 0,4-0,5 mm 4 mm

5. Stepped, right-hand inside turning tool, clamping system CSize Cutting point height V f a18x18x180mm 14 mm 60 m/min. 0,2 mm 4 mm

6. Curved, right-hand turning tool, plate form S, clamping system C, cutting length 16 mm, incl. chip chuteSize Cutting point height V f a18x18x180mm 14 mm 60 m/min. 0,2 mm 4 mm

7. Stepped, right-hand turning tool, plate form S, clamping system M, cutting length 20 mm, incl. chip chuteSize Cutting point height V f a20x20x125mm - 100 m/min. 0,4-0,5 mm 4 mm

8. Female thread turning tool, clamping system C Size Cutting point height V f a18x18x180mm 25 mm - - -

Ill. Part no. 108 670

Clamped Turning Tool Set: Part no. 108 670 Price $

P25 indexable insert for forged, rolled and tempered

steel. All tools with indexable inserts, 1 indexable insert set

(s.above), tools, specifications, shank height 25 mm

Indexable insert set: 30 pc. Part no. 108 675 Price $

Clamped turning tool set: Part no. 108 778 Price $

Shank height 20 mm, shanks 20 mm, 9 tools

Indexable insert set: 30 pc. Part no.108 779 Price $

Clamped turning tool set: Part no. 108 780 Price $

5 tools cutting height 16 mm, shanks 20 mm

3 tools cutting height 20 mm, shanks 20 mm

1 tool cutting height 24 mm, shanks 20 mm

Indexable insert set: 30 pc. Part no. 108 782 Price $



To

ols

an

d A

cc

es

so

rie

s


226

F

HF H

F

F

starting at

Cutting ToolsEnd Milling Set HSS

TiN coated, 20 pieces• 2 - 5 times longer service life• Double cutting power• Improved part surface

DIN 327 D, short lengthDesigned with 2 cutting edges. Face teeth for centric cuts.For cutting keyways/grooves (P 9 fitting) and center cut-out. Vertical or side cutting possible, with cyl. shaft and side drive dog acc. to DIN 1835 B ,3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 18, 20 mm

DIN 844 B, short lengthDesigned with 4 cutting edges with 30° righ-hand spiral for excellent chip removal. Facing teeth for centric cuts. For normal to hard materials, with cyl. shaft and side drive dogs DIN 1835 B, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 18, 20 mm


Indexable Insert End Mills Set 25 mm• Shaft 19 mm, Weldon shaft with torque surface• With carbide tips, tip class P20Part No. 107 800 Price $

10 replacement tips, R (circular) Part No. 107 802 $10 replacement tips, S90°(square) Part No. 107 803 $10 replacement tips, T60°(triangular) Part No. 107 804 $

Roughing End Mill Cutter• With cross groove• Right-hand cut with right-hand spiral• HSS-E, hardness HRC 68• Roughing cut teeth

Roughing Shank CutterSet = 10 pc• DIN 844 B, DIN 1835 B, Weldon shaft• HSS, ionized, and therefore HRC 68• Right-hand cut• For materials up to 145,100 psi strength• Diameters: 6, 8, 10, 12, 14,

16, 18, 20, 22, 25 mm

Part No. 108 445Price $

End Milling Set DIN 844 B• TiN coated• HSS, short length • Right-hand spiral 30°• Multiple cutting edges, face

teeth for centric cuts• Side drive dogs

• 15 pcs. 3-25 mm, with cyl. shaftPart No. 108 450 Price $

End Milling Set, 9 pieces, HSS• Two-sided, centric cutting• Ø 1,5 - 4,5 mm, 0,5 mm incrementsPart no. 108 455 Price $

mm Ø Shaft-Ø3 44 45 5

6 68 810 1012 12

14 1215 1216 1618 16

20 2022 2024 2025 20

Ø mm Width mm Bore mm Part No. Price $40 32 16 108 400 50 36 22 108 401 63 40 27 108 402 80 45 27 108 403


227

H

D H

H

F

F

H

starting at

Tapping Attachment• Integrated quick-return acts promptly upon feed

direction change• Slip coupling torque adjustable to 4 levels• Including MT 2 and MT 3 shank or MT 3 and MT 4 shank • For thread cutter

- M 2 - M 7 (MT 2 + MT 3) Part no. 106 033 Price $ - M 5 - M 12 (MT 3 + MT 4) Part no. 106 035 Price $ - M 8 - M 20 (MT 3 + MT 4) Part no. 106 037 Price $

• Cuts steel up to 0.4” thick and/or 0.79” for two-sided work surfaces

• Infinitely variable diameter adjustment 1.2 - 12”

MT 2, Part no. 129 290MT 3, Part no. 129 291Price $

Replacem. twist drillPart no. 129 295 Price $ Replacem. knife 5 per pack.Part no. 129 297 Price $

Counter Sink, 90 °• 5, 6, 8, 10, 12 mm• HSS, 3 cuttersPart no. 108 665 Price $

• With parallel shank• Within stand• The set consists of 8

countersinksSet 2 - 12 mm(2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10 + 12 mm)Part no. 107 615 Price $

Set 6 - 20 mm( 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18 + 20 mm)Part no. 107 617 Price $

HSS Form Countersink 1 set, round

Carbide Milling Bits

Drill Bit Set, 8 pieces• HSS, ground, 16, 20, 22, 25, 28, 30, 35 mm• Max. boring depth 3 mm, boring diameter 6 mm• Shaft Ø 7,5 or 9,5 mmPart no. 107 620 Price $

• 6 mm shank• Includes 12 piecesPart no. 108 430 Price $

starting at

Circular Cutters

Combo Flat Counter Sink in Wood StandMultiple cutter countersink with front face bore. Exchangeable pilot pins allow the use of one countersink for several pilot bores of diffe-rent sizes.MT2 shankFlat countersink: Ø14.5-24.5 mmSizes: Ø14,5 / 16,5 / 18,5 / 20,5 / 22,5 / 24,5 mmPilot pin: Ø7-15 mmSizes: Ø7 / 7,5 / 8 / 8,5 / 9 / 9,5 / 10 / 10,5 / 11 / 11,5 / 12 / 13 / 14 / 15 mmPart No. 108 655 Price $

To

ols

an

d A

cc

es

so

rie

s


228

FF

Lathe Chucks

4-Jaw Independent ChuckØ Camlock mount Weight lbs Part No. Price $

8” D1-4 22 116 670

10” D1-5 22 116 671

10” D1-6 60 116 672

12.5” D1-6 87 116 673

12.5” D1-8 87 116 674

13.5” D1-8 132 116 675

19.5” D1-11 210 116 676

Soft Jaw Pads for 4-jaw chuck (cast-iron / steel) Ø Length Width Height Part No. Price $

6” 3.07” 0.98” 1.63” 116 650

8” 3.54” 1.06” 0.53” 116 651

10” 4.06” 1.28” 2.08” 116 652

12.5” 4.72” 1.46” 2.17” 116 653

13.5” 5.5” 1.65” 2.54” 116 654

19.75” 5.5” 2.36” 3.23” 116 655

Soft jaws for 4-jaw independent chuckØ Length Width Height Part No. Price $

8” 3.64” 1.57” 1.71” 116 690

10” 4.29” 1.85” 2.08” 116 691

12.5” 4.92” 2.05” 2.17” 116 692

13.5” 5.71” 2.05” 2.54” 116 693

19.75” 5.71” 2.36” 3.23” 116 694

4-Jaw Independent Chuck

3-jaw chuck / cast-ironØ Camlock

mountSpeedrpm

Bore Weightlbs

Part No. Price $

4” D1-4 3200 1.26” 11 116 519

6” D1-4 3000 1.65” 20 116 520

6” D1-5 3000 1.65” 20 116 521

8” D1-4 2500 2.17” 42 116 527

8” D1-6 2500 2.17” 42 116 528

10” D1-6 2000 2.99” 70 116 522

12.5” D1-8 1500 4.06” 112 116 523

12.5” D1-11 1500 4.06” 112 116 524

19.75” D1-8 700 5.35” 330 116 525

19.75” D1-11 700 7.48” 330 116 526

3-jaw chuck / steelØ Camlock

mountSpeedrpm

Bore Weightlbs

Part No. Price $

6” D1-4 4500 1.65” 20 146 378

8” D1-4 4000 2.17” 42 116 501

8” D1-6 4000 2.17” 42 146 372

10” D1-6 3500 2.99” 70 146 377

10” D1-8 3500 2.99” 70 146 373

12.5” D1-6 2800 4.06” 112 146 374

12.5” D1-8 2800 4.06” 112 146 383

12.5” D1-11 2800 4.06” 112 116 505

13.5” D1-8 2000 5.35” 330 116 506

13.5” D1-11 2000 7.48” 330 116 507

Soft Jaw Pads for 3-jaw chuck (cast-iron / steel) Ø Length Width Height Part No. Price $

6” 3.07” 0.98” 1.63” 116 550

8” 3.54” 1.06” 0.53” 116 551

10” 4.06” 1.28” 2.08” 116 552

12.5” 4.72” 1.46” 2.17” 116 553

13.5” 5.5” 1.65” 2.54” 116 554

19.75” 5.5” 1.65” 2.93” 116 555

4-jaw chuck / cast-ironØ Camlock

mountSpeedrpm

Bore Weightlbs

Part No. Price $

4” D1-4 3200 1.26” 11 116 619

6” D1-4 3000 1.65” 20 116 620

6” D1-5 3000 1.65” 20 116 621

8” D1-4 2500 2.17” 42 116 622

8” D1-6 2500 2.17” 42 116 623

10” D1-6 2000 2.99” 70 116 624

12.5” D1-8 1500 4.06” 112 116 625

12.5” D1-11 1500 4.06” 112 116 626

19.75” D1-8 700 5.35” 330 116 627

19.75” D1-11 700 7.48” 330 116 628

4-jaw chuck / steelØ Camlock

mountSpeedrpm

Bore Weightlbs

Part No. Price $

6” D1-4 4500 1.4” 20 116 600

8” D1-4 4000 2.17” 42 116 601

8” D1-6 4000 2.17” 42 146 472

10” D1-6 3500 2.99” 70 146 477

10” D1-8 3500 2.99” 70 146 473

12.5” D1-6 2800 4.06” 112 116 604

12.5” D1-8 2800 4.06” 112 146 483

12.5” D1-11 2800 4.06” 112 116 605

13.5” D1-8 2000 5.35” 222 116 606

13.5” D1-11 2000 5.35” 222 116 607

229

JJ

WA 103 189 $ WAD a 16 l 75 103 271 $ WAH d 20 l 85 103 275 $ WAJ d 30 l 80 103 276 $ WAA-AO 103 277 $ WAD 16 90 103 272 $ WAD 20 75 103 273 $ WAD 20 90 103 274 $ WE 103 190 $ WED 20 100 103 281 $ WEH 30 100 103 283 $ WEJ 30 100 103 284 $ WEA-A2a 103 286 $ WED 25 100 103 282 $ WEJ 40 100 103 285 $ WB 103 191 $ WBD 25 120 103 291 $ WBH 30 130 103 295 $ WBJ 40 120 103 296 $ WBA-A2a 103 297 $ WBD 25 140 103 292 $ WBH 18 120 103 298 $ WBD 32 120 103 293 $ WBD 32 140 103 294 $ WC 103 192 $ WCD 32 150 103 301 $ WCH 35 150 103 306 $ WCJ 40 160 103 308 $ WCA-A3a 103 310 $ WCD 32 170 103 302 $ WCH 50 160 103 307 $ WCJ 50 160 103 309 $ WCD 40 150 103 303 $ WCD 40 170 103 304 $ WCD 45 170 103 305 $

• Fits all standard german quick-change tool holder• Tool holder head and tool holder feature profile-

ground gearing• Tool holders are clamped against the central body's gears

by means of 2 chuck halves and an eccentric bolt• Repeat accuracy 0,01 mm• Tool holders can be adjusted to 40 different angles on the

central body• Angle scale provided on head• Holder height adjustment with a thumb screw

Quick-ChangeTool Holder

5-piece Sets

Set WE:1 ea head E3 ea WED 20x1001 ea WEH 30x100Part No. 103 194Price $

Set WC:1 ea head C3 ea WCD 32x1501 ea. WCH 35x150Part No. 103 196Price $

Set WB:1 ea headf B3 ea WBD 26x1201 ea WBH 36x120Part No. 103 195Price $

Set WA:1 ea head A3 ea WAD 20x901 ea WAH 20x90Part No. 103 193 Price $

Set WD2:1 ea head D23 ea WD2D 63x2201 ea. WD2H 70x220Part No. 103 198Price $

Set WD1:1 ea head D13 ea WD1D 63x1801 ea WD1H 63x180Part No. 103 197Price $

To

ols

an

d A

cc

es

so

rie

s

Selection of tool holder head according to the respective tableSize W A E B C D1 D2Tool changer size D 16 20 20 25 25 32 32 40 45 40 50 63 50 63Machine:- Drive power, max. Hp 3.0 6.0 9.0 18.0 27 38- Turning diameter in 5.9-11.8 7.9-15.7 11.8-19.7 15.7-27.6 19.7-39.4 23.6-43.3Slide width, max. Z in 3.9 4.7 5.9 7.1 7.9 Cutting edge height - Min. X in H + Y H + Y H + Y H + Y H + Y H + Y- Max. in X + HV X + HV X + HV X + HV X + HV X + HVHeight adjustability HV in 0.43 0.67 0.59 0.79 0.43 1.6 1.4 1.2 1.4 1.2 0.79 0.79 1.2Tool support Y in 0.35 0.39 0.43 0.49 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.67 0.79 0.79 0.98 0.79 0.98Height of tool Max. H in 0.63 0.79 0.79 0.98 0.98 1.3 1.3 1.6 1.8 1.6 1.96 2.5 1.96 2.5Overall width, max. V in 3.9 4.9 5.9 7.6 8.0 8.0 9.1 9.2 9.5 10.8 11.1Overall height S in 2.1 2.7 3.0 4.1 4.8 5.3Throat, max. U in 1.9 4.2 2.8 3.6 4.0 4.0 4.4 4.6 4.9 5.5 5.8Bore, max. T in 1.2 1.2 2.0 2.8 1.6 3.1

starting at

230

H

Shell end milling arborsReduction sleeves ISO / ISO

Adapter ISO / MT

• For cutters with cross or longitudinal slot• Including parallel key, driver ring, cutter tightening screw,

special wrench

• Hardened and ground

• For tools with Morse taper shank and ISO mount• Hardened and ground

starting at

starting at

starting at

• For tools with cylindrical shank and setup area in accordance with DIN 1835 B

• Forged, case-hardened, precision ground

Milling Chuck for Cutter with Weldon-Shaft

starting at

Part No. ISO Arbor Ø Draw-in thread Price $103 850 MK 3 16 M12 103 855 MK 3 22 M12 103 860 MK 4 16 M16 103 861 MK 4 22 M16 103 865 30 16 M12 103 870 30 22 M12 103 875 30 27 M12 103 880 30 32 M12 103 895 40 16 M16 103 900 40 22 M16 103 905 40 27 M16 103 910 40 32 M16 103 915 40 40 M16 103 920 BT 40 13 M16 103 930 BT 40 16 M16103 922 BT 40 22 M16 103 924 BT 40 27 M16 103 926 BT 40 32 M16 103 928 BT 40 40 M16

Part No.. ISO / ISO Price $103 750 40 / 30

103 760 50 / 30 103 770 50 / 40

Part No.. ISO / MT Price $103 700 30 / 2 103 710 30 / 3 103 720 40 / 2 103 730 40 / 3

103 740 40 / 4 103 742 BT 40 / 2 103 744 BT 40 / 3 103 746 BT 40 / 4

ISO 40 ISO 50 BT 40 BT 30 Ø Part no. Price $ Ø Part no. Price $ Ø Part no. Price $ Ø Part no. Price $ 6 mm 106 801 6 mm 106 811 6 mm 106 821 6 mm 106 831 8 mm 106 802 8 mm 106 812 8 mm 106 822 8 mm 106 83210 mm 106 803 10 mm 106 813 10 mm 106 823 10 mm 106 83312 mm 106 804 12 mm 106 814 12 mm 106 824 12 mm 106 83416 mm 106 805 16 mm 106 815 16 mm 106 825 14 mm 106 83520 mm 106 806 20 mm 106 816 20 mm 106 826 16 mm 106 83625 mm 106 807 25 mm 106 817 25 mm 106 827 18 mm 106 83732 mm 106 808 32 mm 106 818 32 mm 106 828 20 mm 106 838


231

F

F

H

H

H

H

H

H


ER Collet Set,

DIN 6499 Form B

Part No. Price $

ER 25, 16-pieces 1 - 16 mm 106 050

ER 32, 6-pieces 6, 8, 10, 12, 16, 20 mm 106 052

ER 40, 15-pieces 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 15, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26 mm

106 054

Combo Shell-end Milling Arbor MAS-BT

Model d L1 Part No. Price $

BT30x13 13 55 103 950

BT30x16 16 55 103 951

BT30x22 22 55 103 952

BT40x40 40 100 103 953

BT50x40 40 100 103 954

BT50x50 50 125 103 955

Model Part No. Price $ Part No. Price $

A A B B

BT 30 (A) (B) 103 600 103 604

BT 40 (A) (B) 103 601 103 605

BT 50 (A) (B) 103 603 103 607

Draw Bolts MAS-BT

Model D D1 L L1 L2 Part No. Price $

BT30xB16 15,733 31,75 117,40 45 24 104 790

BT30xB18 17,75 31,75 125,40 45 32 104 791

BT40xB16 15,733 44,45 134,40 45 24 104 792

BT40xB18 17,75 44,45 142,40 45 32 104 793

Model D D1 L1 Part No. Price $

BT30-ER25 42 31,75 70 104 200

BT30-ER32 50 31,75 70 104 201

BT40-ER32 50 44,45 100 104 202

BT40-ER40 63 44,45 100 104 203

BT50-ER32 50 69,85 100 104 204

BT50-ER40 63 69,85 100 104 205

Collet Chuck MAS-BT

Adapter Sleeves MAS-BT

Model D D1 L L1 Part No. Price $

BT30xMK1 25 31,75 93,40 45 103 780

BT30xMK2 32 31,75 108,40 60 103 781

BT30xMK3 40 31,75 128,40 80 103 782

BT40xMK2 32 44,45 125,40 60 103 783

BT40xMK3 40 44,45 140,40 75 103 784

BT40xMK4 40 44, 45 160, 4 95 103 785

Drill Chuck Mount MAS-BT

Drill Chucks see page 241

Collets from 2 to 20 mm Ø Prices starting at2 mm Ø Part No. 104 325, 3 mm Ø Part No. 104 330 ...

For other chucks for MT 3 / MT 4, visit www.knuth-usa.com

ER 32

Mount MT 3 MT 4 ISO 30 ISO 40

Part No. 106 057 106 058 106 055 106 056

Price $

ER 40

Part No. 106 063 106 064 106 061 106 062

Price $

ER Collet Chucks

Collet Chucks for End Mills

Tool Taper Chuck Range Part No. Price $

MT 3 2 - 20 104 300

MT 4 2 - 20 104 305

ST 30 2 - 20 104 310

ST 40 2 - 20 104 320

To

ols

an

d A

cc

es

so

rie

s

232

H

232

H

starting at

2-PC. swivel hold-down clamp sets

Length Bore for Part no. Price $ stud bolts4” M 12 105 790 4” M 14 105 795 5” M 16 105 800

• High quality steel, black-finished• Vailable in pairs only

Thread Part no. Price $12 M 10 105 290 14 M 12 105 295 16 M 14 105 300 18 M 16 105 305

Thread Part no. Price $14 M 12 105 355 16 M 14 105 360

De LuxeClamping Tool Set• In a convenient, sturdy steel magazine,

52 parts• 24 stud bolts, 4 each in the lengths 3, 4,

5, 6, 6.75, 7.75”• 4 extension nuts, 6 stepped clamps

(3 pair), 6 T-slot nuts, 6 hexagon nuts flanged, step blocks (3 pairs)

Stud Bolt Set, andT-Slot Nuts• 38 parts• 24 stud bolts, 4 ea in the lengths 3, 4, 5,

6, 6.75, 7.75”• 6 T-slot nuts• 4 extension nuts• Hexagon nuts flanged Set of Step Blocks

• 20 each (10 pairs) in wooden box• Black-finished steelPart no. 105 340 Price $

starting at

233

HH

FH H

Accessories for Drill Presses

MT Part No. Price $

2 / 3 104 690

4 / 5 104 695

Taper DriftsMT Part No. Price $

2 / 3 104 660

3 / 4 104 665

4 / 5 104 670

Extension Sleeves

MT Part No. Price $

2 / 1 103 805

3 / 1 103 810

3 / 2 103 815

4 / 1 103 820

4 / 2 103 825

4 / 3 103 830

5 / 2 103 835

5 / 3 103 840

5 / 4 103 845

Reducing Sleeves MT/MTTaper Bits Part No. Price $

ISO 30 B 16 104 775

ISO 30 B 18 104 776

ISO 40 B 16 104 780

ISO 40 B 18 104 781

BT 40 B 16 104 785

BT 40 B 18 104 786

Drill Chuck MountMT 2 Part No. Price $

B 16 104 725

B 18 104 730

MT 3

B 16 104 739

B 18 104 740

MT 4

B 16 104 745

B 18 104 750

Tool-Holder Bits for drill chuck

Chuck Range

Mount Part No. Price $

0.04 - 0.51 in B 16 104 765

0.12 - 0.63 in B 18 104 770

Quick-Action Drill Chuck

Contents / Set: MT 2 (6-piece) MT 3 (7-piece) MT 4 (8-piece) ISO 30 (4-piece) ISO 40 (5-piece)

Reducing Sleeve MT 2 / MT 1 MT 3 / MT 2 MT 4 / MT 3 ISO 30 / MT 2 ISO 40 / MT 2

Reducing Sleeve - MT 3 / MT 1 MT 4 / MT 2 ISO 30 / MT 3 ISO 40 / MT 3

Reducing Sleeve - - MT 4 / MT 1 - ISO 40 / MT 4

Extension Sleeve MT 2 / MT 3 MT 3 / MT 4 MT 4 / MT 5 - -

Tool-Holder Bits MT 2 / B 16 MT 3 / B 18 MT 4 / B 18 ISO 30 / B 18 ISO 40 / B 18

Tool-Holder Bits MT 2 / B 18 MT 3 / B 16 MT 4 / B 16 - -

Quick-action Chuck 0.12 - 0.63 in / B 18 0.12 - 0.63 in / B 18 0.12 - 0.63 in / B 18 0.12 - 0.63 in / B 18 0.12 - 0.63 in / B 18

Quick-action Chuck 0.04 - 0.51 in / 16 0.04 - 0.51 in / 16 0.04 - 0.51 in / 16 - -

Part No. 104 592 104 593 104 594 104 595 104 596

Price $

• Includes quick-action drill chuck and bits• Packed in a wooden case

Specifications

Flutes 0.39 in

Mounts Taper ST 40, BT 40, DIN 2080

dim.- (LxWxH) 8.3 x 4.1 x 5.1 in

Part No. 108 930

Price $

Assembly Stand• For setting up milling and drilling tools• Horizontal and Vertical Mounts• For easier set-up and shorter tooling times

Electronic Edge Tracer

• For setting up drill presses and milling machines, machining centers, etc.

• LED indicator lights up as soon as the workpiece is being touched

• Outside and inside centering• When moving across the

reference edge, the meas-uring ball is pushed aside

• 0.79 in shankPart No. 129 055

Price $

Edge Tracer Set• 1 bilateral 10x10x4 / 2 unilateral 10x10• 3 bilateral 10x10x4 / 4 unilateral 10x4• 5 bilateral 12x12x4


starting at

To

ols

an

d A

cc

es

so

rie

s

234

ADA

H

F

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

starting at

Universal Facing / Lathe Bore Head

• With self-actuated slide advance and automatic stop activation

• Can be used on drill presses, lathes, milling machines, etc.

• Autom. advance ensures consistent feed of tools

• Adjustable guides• Adjustable stops• Made of carbon-chromium-molybdenum steel• All parts are hardened and precision-ground• Guaranteed maximum accuracy • Incl. reducing sleeves 4, 8, 12 mm

Specifications ADA MT3 MT4 SK30 SK40External turning diameter mm 150 350 350 350Max. cross slide adjustment mm ± 15 ± 25 ± 25 ± 25Micro-feed per angle degree 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.005Rapid feed mm/rev 2 3 3 3Autom. feed/rev 0.02, 0.04, 0.06, 0.03, 0.06, 0.09, 0.03, 0.06, 0.09, 0.03, 0.06, 0.09, 0.08, 0.10, 0.12 0.18 0.18 0.12Boring bar diameter mm 18 22 22 22Part No. 103 401 103 402 103 403 103 404Price $

Standard Equipment: boring bar holder

1. Bores (small diameters)2. Bores (large diameters)3. Facing (small diameters)4. Facing (large diameters)5. Facing (back side)6. Groove cutting7. Recesses in large bores8. External turning9. Taper turning10. Tapping

Mounting ShaftsShaft with draw bolt MT 3 MT 4 ISO 30 ISO 40Part No. 108 639 108 641 108 635 108 637Price $

Lathe Bore Head with Boring Bar Set

• For easy inside diameter turning on drill presses, lathes, and milling machines

• Micrometer screw for precise inside turning diameter adjustment

• High-quality steel, hardened and precision-ground• Feed: 0.01 mm/graduation line• 2 vertical tool mounts, 1 horizontal tool mount

Boring Head with 9-piece boring bar setHead diameter mm 50 Tool mount mm 12Possible bore diameters mm 10 - 125Part No. 108 631Price $

Boring Head with 12-piece boring bar setHead diameter mm 75 Tool mount mm 18Possible bore diameters mm 12 - 225Part No. 108 633Price $

MK 4 shownISO 40 shown

Boring Head shown with 12-piece boring bar set and optional accessories (mounting shaft)


235

H

B

H

B

H H

Stop Screwsfor 5C collets• Threads are hardened across their entire length• Adjustable for workpiece depths up to 75 mm

(from the collet surface)


Clamping Part No. Price

Ø $

1 106 103 2 106 104 3 106 105 4 106 110 5 106 115 6 106 120 7 106 125

8 106 130 9 106 135 10 106 140 11 106 145 12 106 150 13 106 155 14 106 160 15 106 165 16 106 170

17 106 175 18 106 180 19 106 185 20 106 190 21 106 195 22 106 200 23 106 205 24 106 210 25 106 215

Ø 4.92”

A 4.96”

B 4.23”

C 0.16”

D 3.74”

F 4.25”

G 3 x M8 x 45

weight 11 lbs

A 6,61”

B 5,12”

C 1”

D 0,2”

E 3,93”

F 2,16”

G 4,33”

H 5,79”

weight 22 lbs

5C collets• Hardened and precision ground premium steel• Female and male threads

Power collet holders (vertical and horizontal)• With setup angle for vertical and

horizontal use


Corrugated Parallel Pads• Save time when clamping parts for grinding, cutting, drilling, etc.• No chips stay back on the support face, which ensures maximum parallelism of

the clamped workpiece• Several flat or single thin workpieces can be easily clamped• Spring steel, hardened and tempered , 110 mm long, ± 0,005 mm parallelism,

precision-ground• 8 pairs per set - 2 mm increments

9 - 23 mm 25 - 39 mmPart No. 128 960 Price $ Part No. 128 961 Price $

5C Collet Chuck• The key-verified chuck ensures uniform and

torsion-free clamping of workpieces • Quick setup and easy handling• The 5C Collet System is available in mm-

increments from 1 to 25 mm


5C Collet Chuck for Lathes

To

ols

an

d A

cc

es

so

rie

s


Pnaumatic 5C Collet Chuck• Pneumatic 5C collet chuck for rapid tool

changes• Including 1.0 in through-hole• Fits all 5C collets • Spindle bore 1.0 in• Speed (max.) 5000 rpm


236

H

C

B

D

E

A

starting at

starting atVises

Precision Grindingand Control Vise• High precision, robust structure, hardened

and ground v-grooves, high holding capacity

• Can be used on 4 different sides• Face parallelism 0.0002 to 4”• Solid steel structure, hardness 58-62 HRC• Weight PSK 50 = 6 lbs, PSK 75 = 10 lbs,

PSK 100 = 24 lbs, PSK 125 = 33 lbs

Model A B C D E Part no. Price $PSK 50 2” 5.5” 2.5” 2” 1” 128 820 PSK 75 2.75” 7” 4” 2.75” 2” 128 821 PSK 100 4” 9.5” 5” 3.5” 1.75” 128 824 PSK 125 5” 11.25” 6.25” 4” 2” 128 825

Model A B C D E Part no. Price $PSG 50 2” 6” 2.5” 2” 1” 128 826 PSG 75 2.75” 8.25” 4” 2.75” 1.25” 128 827 PSG 100 4” 10.25” 5” 3.5” 1.75” 128 828 PSG 125 5” 11.75” 6.25” 4” 2” 128 829

• Swivels on 2 levels, 360° horizontal, ± 45° vertical

• Scale for precise minute readout• Screw for upward and downward swing• For grinding, boring, milling, eroding

A B C E F G H J L O P S N.W. Part no. Price $

PSS 70 2.75” 3.2” 1.2” 5.25” 6.25” 1.25” 1.3” 1.75” 4.25” 2.25” 3” 7” 27 lbs 128 815

PSS

PSG 50 shown

PSK 50 shownincl. pull-down feature

237

HNCS

H

NZM

Hydraulic Machine Vise

Machine vise with pull-down system

• Made of high-quality cast-iron• Hardened and precision-ground

steel jaws• Dial turns 360° and has 1° scale division• Parallelism ± 0.0001”• Precise, hardened jaw guides

Specifications NZM100 NZM125 NZM160 NZM200Jaw width 4” 5” 6” 8” Jaw height 1.25” 1.5” 1.75” 2”Opening capacity 4” 5” 7.5” 7.5”Height 4.5” 5.25” 6” 7”Dial diameter 6” 7.25” 9” 10.5”Weight lbs 36 53 110 125Part No. 104 916 104 918 104 920 104 922Price $

starting at

HNCS 100V 130V 160V 200VJaw width 4” 5” 6” 8”Clear opening 0-5” 0-7” 0-9.25” 0-11”Jaw height 2” 2” 2.25” 2.5”Overall height 5.25” 6” 6.5” 7”Clamping force lbs 8100 10400 12600 16000Weight lbs 55 85 130 175Part No. 104 930 104 932 104 934 104 936Price $

• High-grade machine vise for hydraulic clamping of parts

• Hardened and ground surfaces ensure high-precision clamping, even when working with in-series connected vises

• 4 work surfaces• Pull-down system for maximum

secure clamping• Spindle safety guard protects

from chips • Face parallelism 0.0008”

Optional Equipment:Dial for HNCS 100V 130V 160V 200VDial diam. 9.75” 11.5” 12.25” 14.75”Dial height 1” 1” 1.25” 1.75”Part No. 104 931 104 933 104 935 104 937Price $

starting at

Pull-down system: absolutely secure work-piece hold even during heavy workpiece cutting

To

ols

an

d A

cc

es

so

rie

s

238

PMS

H

HS

starting at

Precision Machine Vise

• High precision vise for accurate and exact precision mechanics work (also suitable for watch making, jewelry industries)

• Swivels from horizontal (180°) to vertical (90°)• Turns 360° on a dial• Jaws are made of hardened and precision-ground tool steel

Specifications PMS 50 PMS 75 PMS 100Jaw height 1” 1.25” 1.5”Width 2” 3” 4”Throat 2” 3” 4”Weight lbs 9 22 38Part no. 125 010 125 011 125 012Price $

Hydraulic Machine Vise

• Hardened and precision-ground jaws and body• High precision and wear-resistant material ensure long

service-life• Clamping pressure is up to ten times as high as with

conventional machine vises• Swivel-base mounted vise body, 360° swivel• Consistent clamping pressure, unaffected by vibration

and shock• Hydraulic power amplifier

Specifications HS 100 HS 125 HS 150 HS 200Jaw width 4” 5.25” 6” 7.75” clear opening 6.5” 8.5” 11.75” 11.75”Jaw height 1.25” 1.75” 2” 2.5”Clamping force lbs 5600 9000 10100 18000Swivel-base / weight lbs 22 27 49 71Dimens. (LxWxH) 21x7x4” 26x7x5” 32x9x5” 32x11x6”Weight lbs 58 95 165 275Part no. 105 096 125 024 125 028 125 029Price $

III. PMS 50

III. HS 100

Swivels on 2 axes

starting at

239

HH

BMS

PB

MS

UMS

Precision Drill Press Vise

Model Jaw width Opening Jaw depth Part No. Price $

PB 80 3” 3” 1” 104 835

PB 100 4” 3.75” 1.25” 104 840

PB 120 4.75” 4” 1.25” 104 845

• 1 horizontal v-groove and 3 vertical v-grooves• Precision-ground base and guides• Parallelism of jaws: 0.0001” guide to base: 0.0001”

Quick-Action Vise

• Shiftable chuck jaw• Clamping lever operation for clamping

and locking• Ground and hardened guides and clamping

mechanism, high-quality cast iron (FC 25)• Steel clamping jaws• Jaw width 4”• Clamp. width 4.25”Part no. 104 925 Price $

Machine Vise

• High quality cast iron• Hardened and ground replaceable steel jaws• Covered spindle• Forged bronze spindle nut• Including hand crank, swivel-base, and scale

Specifications MS 100 MS 125 MS 160 MS 200

Jaw width 4” 5” 6.25” 7.75”Jaw height 1.5” 1.75” 2” 2.25”Opening cap. 3” 4” 5” 6.25”Height 4” 5” 7.5” 10”Weight lbs 27 44 71 133

Part No. 104 950 104 955 104 960 104 965

Price $

starting at

starting at

starting at

Ill. PB 80

Ill. MS 100

Ill. BMS

Ill. UMS 200

To

ols

an

d A

cc

es

so

rie

s

Specifi cations UMS 100 UMS 140 UMS 200

Jaw width in 3.9 5.5 7.9

Opening in 4.3 5.9 8.3

Jaw depth in 1.6 2.0 2.4

Assembly width in 6.7 7.4 9.8

Height in 2.8 3.5 4.5

Length in 18.1 24 31

Deep hole Dim. in 3.5 x 0.5 4 x 0.6 6.4 x 0.6

Weight lb 29 40 44

Part No. 125 030 125 031 125 032

Price $

Universal Machine Vice

• Deep hole bores for flexible clamping• Low height for cost-effective use of machine

Solid vise, ideal for drill presses

240

HH

For clamping of parts at the precise angle during welding or assembly

Compound Sliding Table

starting at

• Heavy-duty cast-iron design• Ideal for welded joints at a right angle• The joint will always be in a perfect 90º angle,

regardless if it is a corner joint, miter joint, or T-connection, even in different workpiece widths

• Cast-iron structure• T-slots, coolant groove• Dovetail guides, adjustable

Angle Vice

Specifications for Angle ViceMax. clamping widthin 4.1 4.9Max. opening in 2.4 3.9Jaw height in 1.4 2.4Weight lb 11 20Part No. 107 005 107 010Price $

• Spindle and spindle nut are copper-plated to prevent burn-in of welding beads and splatter

Specifications

Table setup area in 18.5 x 7.1 26.4 x 7.1 28.7 x 8.3 33.7 x 11.6

Table height in 6.3 6.3 8.2 6.3

X / Y axis travel in 11 x 7.7 18.9 x 7.7 19.7 x 8.3 24.4 x 9.4

T-slot width in 0.5 0.5 0.6 0.5 x 0.9

Hand-wheel scale divisions in 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002

Dimensions in 29 x 19 37 x 19 42 x 25 50 x 24

Weight lb 110 143 216 287

Part No. 106 007 106 008 106 009 106 017

Price $

Rigid and precise compound sliding table for coordinate drilling on radial, column, and bench drill presses

starting at

Part No. 106 009 is shown

Part No. 106 017 is shown

241

H

ST

H

starting at

Table size 9 x 5.75” 12.5 x 5.75” 20 x 9.25”Height 6” 6” 7.75”Cross travel 4.75” 4.75” 7.5” longitud. travel 6.25” 10.25” 13.75”T-slots 0.4” 0.4” 0.5”Max. table load capacity lbs 185 220 305Swivel range 360° 360° 360°Handwheel incr. mm 0,025 0,025 0,05Weight lbs 55 66 190Part no. 106 001 106 003 106 006Price $

Specifications ST 250 ST 300 ST 380Number of T-slots 3 3 3T-slot spacing 2” 2.25” 3.5”T-slot width 0.5” 0.5” 0.6”Swivel angle ± 50° ± 50° ± 50°Weight lbs 44 82 100Dimensions (LxWxH) 10 x 7 x 5” 12 x 9 x 6” 15 x 10 x 6”Part no. 129 335 129 340 129 345Price $

Ill. Compound Sliding Tables 5.75 x 9”

• 1 scale gradation direct read-out at the table• Cast-iron frame, ground table surface

and guideways

• Cast iron dovetail guides

starting at

To

ols

an

d A

cc

es

so

rie

s

For small cutting operations on the bench or floor drill press

Compound Sliding Tables

For precise machining of corner bores, angular cutting, angular grinding, etc.

Swivel Table

F

242

H

F

Dial Gauge• Accuracy acc. to DIN 878• Matte-finish chrome-plated

metal encl.• Clamping shaft 8mm h6• Outer race with 2 adjustable

tolerance markers• Gradation 0.01 mm• Measuring range 10 mmPart No. 129 020 Price $

Precision Dial Gauge• Accuracy acc. to DIN 2270• Automatically reversing tracer arm• Rotating outer race for zeroing• Stainless steel precision bearing

for friction-free adjustment of tracing point

• Gradation 0.01 mm• Measuring range 0.8 mm (0-40-0)• Including wooden casePart No. 129 065 Price $

Precision Dial• Accuracy and design acc. to

industry standard• Measuring range

0 - 1.27 mm• Clamping shaft 8 mm • Smallest increment

0.002 mmPart No. 129 022 Price $

3-Point Inside Micrometer, Sets• Accuracy acc. to DIN 863• Read-out: 0.005 mm • Scale drum and scale sleeve • With satin chrome-plated finish• Drum diam. 19 mm to 11 mm drum diam.

23 mm over 11 mm• Screw pitch 0.5 mm• Measuring face: carbide• With ratchet, screwdriver, wrench, adjustment and extension• Includes wooden case

Precision Inside Micrometer Set 50 - 600 mm

• Screw 50 - 63 mm with 6 extension elements (13, 25, 50, 100, 150, 200 mm)

• Control gauge 50 mm• Reading accuracy 0.01 mm• Steel, satin chrome-plated finish• Incl. wooden boxPart No. 129 048 Price $

Length Part no. Price $300* mm 129 031 500* mm 129 032 1000* mm 129 033 (* available with bottom spout only)

Dial Caliper• Including clamping screw• Measuring range 150 mm or

300 mm• 0.02 mm increments• Satin chrome plated

WorkshopCaliper INOX• Lapped measuring surface• Micro-infeed screw• Including wooden case

Length Part no. Price $6” 129 025 7.75” 129 026 12” 129 027 19.5”* 129 029 (* 19.5” available with bottom spout only)

• For inside, outside, and height measurments

• Including case150 mm, Part no. 129 030Price $ 300 mm, Part no. 129 131Price $

starting at

• Jaw length 300 mm = 55 mm, 500 mm = 100 mm and 1000 mm = 140 mm

• Caliper jaw 20 mm (300 mm = 15 mm)

starting at

Range Part No. Price $11-14, 14-17,17-20 Adj. Ring 11 and 17 mm 129 06120-25, 25-30, 30-35, 35-40, Adj. Ring: 25 and 35 mm 129 06240-50, 50-60, 60-70, 70-80, 80-90, 90-100Adj. Ring: 50, 70 and 90 mm 129 063

Digital Caliper Rules• Automatical switch off after 5 min.• 5-digit LCD display• Stainless steel• Toggle switch inch / mm• Accuracy ± 0.0008”• Readout 0.0004”• Dirt protected


starting at

• F

243

starting at

Measuring ToolsExternal Micrometer Set 6 pcs. 0 - 150 mm• Accuracy acc. to DIN 863• Readout 0.01 mm• Satin chrome-plated scales• Micrometer screw diam. 6.35 mm• Tungsten carbide tipped

measuring surfaces • C-frame with hand protection• Thimble diam. 17 mm• Including ratchet• Spindle pitch 0.5 mm• Measuring range 25 mm

a. up with adjustm. gauge• Including wooden box• Measuring range 0-25,

25-50, 50-75, 75-100, 100-125, 125-150 mm


External Micrometer Set6-pcs. 150 - 300 mm• Measuring range 25 mm each• Accuracy in acc. with DIN 863• Readout 0.01 mm• Satin chrome-plated scales• Micrometer screw diam. 8 mm• C-frame with hand protection• Thimble diam. 17 mm• Including ratchet• Spindle pitch 0.5 mm• With adjustment gauge• Including wooden case• Measuring range 150-175, 175-200, 200-225,

225-250, 250-275, 275-300 mmPart no. 129 012Price $

Digital Micrometer Calipers• Large LCD display 30 x 10 mm• Accuracy according to DIN 863• Smallest input increment 0.001 mm• Carbide measuring surface• Automatic display of max. and min. values• Zeroing at any point• Unit selection (metric/inch)• Interface for printer connection

Meas. Range Part No. Price $0 - 25 mm 108 360 25 - 50 mm 108 361 50 - 75 mm 108 362 75 - 100 mm 108 363 0 - 100 mm 108 365 (4 pieces per set)

Parallel Gauge-Block Sets, 83 pc.• Accuracy acc. to DIN ISO 3650• Material: a carefully selected, high quality, special steel

alloy, aged, hardened, and hand lapped. Accuracy of parallel end measurements conforms to DIN 861

• For the control of check gauges, and for the adjustment of length measuring devices, as well as exact testing in standards laboratory

• 1 each 1.005, 49 each 1.01 -1.4923 each 0.5 - 9.50, 10 each 10 - 100 (83 total)


Measuring Tool Set M5In sturdy wooden box consisting of:• Depth gauge 200 mm, rust-proof,

with clamping bolt, satin chrome-plating 100 mm, readout 0.05 mm• Vernier caliper 150 mm, with instant adjustment, satin chromeplated, Nonius 0.05 mm• Ext. micrometer 0 - 25 mm, satin chrome-plated, readout 0.01 mm tungsten

carbide tipped• Bevelled steel square 100 mm, bevelled steel edge 100 mmPart no. 108 344 Price $

To

ols

an

d A

cc

es

so

rie

s


244

H

H

F

F

Surface Plates and Test Plates

• Compressive strength 36,300-37,700 psi• DIN 876/0• Mohs hardness 6-7• Corrosion-free• Thermal and dynamic stability• No electric or thermal conductivity• Blueish-black granite, ground and

lobed with fine, light colored inclusionsbase frame

Part. No.127 290

Ill. surface plate

with base frame

90°-angle Part.no Price $ Part no.V-blocks, pairs Part no. Price $ Parallel indicators, pairs Part no. Price $0.8x6x4” 127 220 L4xW4xH4”, 90° 127 240 6x1x0.6”, 118 μin 127 250 1x10x6” 127 225 L4xW6xH6”, 90° 127 245 15.75x2.5x1.5”, 315 μin 127 255 1.5x15.75x10” 127 230

Surface plate Part no. Price $15.75x10x2.75”, 236 μin 127 270 25x15.75x4”, 276 μin 127 275 39x25x6”, 354 μin 127 280 Base frame for 25 + 39” 127 290

Dimens. (mm) 19.5x15.75” 31.5x23.5” 79x23.5” 39x39” 39x59” 39x79.75” Part. no. 127 302 127 304 127 306 127 308 127 310 127 312Price $

• Rigid ribbed cast-iron• Scraped surface

• Unfinished surfaces are painted• Accuracy acc. to DIN 876

Concentricity Tester• Center distance 0-23.5”• Center height 6.5”• Weight 175 lbsPart no. 127 350Price $

Cast-iron surface plate - grade 0

starting at

Rulers/edges Part no. Price $15.75x2.25x1”, 102 μin 127 260 39x6x2”, 197 μin 127 265

3-in-1 ClampingJust turn the clamping knob for a quick and secure fixation of all 3 motion points• Foot dimensions

15.75 x 2 x2” holding power 130 lbs

Part No. 108 796

Price $

Hydraulic high-precisionmagnetic measuring tripod• Central clamping with 1

rotating knob• High clamping force via

hydraulics• Foot dim. 3.5x2x2”• Holding power 110Part No. 108 810 Price $

Individual clamping• Measuring column

0.5” Ø x 7”• Transverse arm

0.4” Ø x 6”• Foot dimensions

2.5 x 2 x 2”• Holding power 130 lbs• Plus fine adjustmentsPart No. 108 800 Price $

PRECISION ANGLE - V-BLOCKS

Shown with optional equipment

Magnetic V-BLOCK

H B B1 L Part no. Price $2.75” 2.25” 1.85” 2.75” 108 880 3.75” 2.75” 2” 4” 108 885

Face is ground exactly square to the v-block surface. For round, rectangular, and square workpieces. Use for grinding, drilling, and as a control station. V-block angle 90°

Magnetic micrometer Holders

• Hardened (HRC 52-55°)• Precision ground• Accuracy 10• Nonius readout• Swivels 0° - 60°

• Dimensions (LxWxH): 14 x 1 x 2”


H

HP 100

T 110

ST 130 • 155

245

THL 201

245

Electronic Hardness Tester

• Gear ratio 1:90, disengageable, chuck can be rotated manually by 360°• Hand-wheel with scale ring, Nonius graduation 10"• 6 masks for direct division of 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 24• Hardened and ground teeth with 3-jaw chuck, 6.3 or 7.9 in• For additional specifications, see www.knuth-usa.com

ST 130 Part No. 110 960 Price $ ST 155 Part No. 110 965 Price $

• Versatile and user-friendly • Hardness tester for testing hardness acc. to

Brinell, Rockwell and Vickers• Wide measuring range and large measure-

ment storage (holds 255 measurements)• 5 x 2.5 in LCD• Accuracy +/- 0.8%• Sturdy cast aluminum housing

for easy handling• Rechargeable battery powered

via USB port


Hardness testing in seconds for steel, cast-iron, stainless steel, aluminum, brass, and copper

Standard Equipment: Test block, USB cable, operating instructions

• Swivels from horizontal to vertical 90° (scale)• With 3-jaw lathe chuck 4.3 in• Center height of 2.8 in, with knurled nut for

clamping the chuck (360º scale)• Disengageable for direct turning

of the chuck by hand• Lathe chuck capacity Ø 0.98 in• Weight: 20 lb• For additional specifications,

see www.knuth-usa.com


Hardness Tester Dividers

Optional accessory set for ST 130 & ST 155:Dividing plate A: 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 37, 38, 39, 41, 43, 44, 46, 47, 49, 51, 53, 57, 59Dividing plate B: 61, 63, 67, 69, 71, 73, 77, 79, 81, 83, 87, 89, 91, 93, 97, 99 Tailstock ST 130 Part No. 110 970 Price $ ST 155 Part No. 110 971 Price $

• Measuring range Rockwell HRA > 70, HRB 30 - 100, HRC 20 - 67

• Max. part height 6.7 in• Throat 5.3 in• Dimensions 18 x 9 x 25 in• Weight 143 lb


Heavy-Duty Hardness Tester for workshop operations

Standard Equipment: 3 weights (132, 221, 331 lb), 2 level test benches, 1 V-guide test bench, 1 penetrator with diamond tip,1 penetrator with steel ball, Rockwell standard block, operating instructions

Options: Hardness Tester DiamondPart No. 128 915 Price $

Divider

starting at

To

ols

an

d A

cc

es

so

rie

s

H

S 200

246

HT

HT 0 Indexing Head TailstockA B H h a b g spindle bore A1 B1 H1 h a1 b1 g7.25” 5.5” 6.75” 4” 6.25” 3.5” 0.5” 0.7” 7” 3” 4.25” 4” 5” 3.5”0.5”

Accuracy Spindle concentricity, radial 0.0004”Axial concentricity, clamping plate 0.0006” plane parallelism fromClamping plate to base plate 0.0008”Squareness of setup area 0.0006/7.75”Indexing accuracy (for 24) 25”

Standard Equipment S 200:6 indexing masks, chuck, operating tools

Direct Indexing Head

• For direct and indirect divisions• Spindle runs in precision tapered roller bearings• Phosphorous/bronze worm gear with

hardened and ground CrNi steel worm• Disengage gears for direct divisions• Gear ratio 40:1• Swivels from 10º below horizontal to

vertical (-10º to 90º)• Every division for 2 to 50 parts, and many

divisions up to 380 partsPart No. 110 953 Price $

Standard Equipment: tailstock, 2 dividing plates, center, drive chuck, and chuck flange

The S200 Direct Indexing Head can be used in a horizontal or vertical setup. The indexing unit is enclosed in the resistant cast-iron body of the divider, where it is protected from contamination to ensure precise and consistent divisions of 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, and 24. An easy-to-read circum-ferentially mounted Nonius scale provides exact divisions up to 360º. A sturdy clamping lever is provided for the torsion-proof fi xture of the chuck at any set position.

Specifications S 200Center height 6”3-jaw chuck 8.25”Divisions 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 24Part No. 110 966Price $

Universal Indexing Head

247

X.divB

To

ols

an

d A

cc

es

so

rie

s

CNC Dividers

Specifications X.divFace plate diameter in 5 6.7 8.3 10 12.6 15.7Face plate height (vertical) in 6 6 6 6.6 8.7 9.8Spin axis (horizontal) in 110 135 160 160 210 255Through-hole diameter in 0.98 1.4 1.8 1.6 1.6 1.6T-slot width in 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.6 0.6T-slots in 0.6 0.7 0.6 0.7 0.7 0.7Speed (max.) rpm 33.3 33.3 33.3 11.1 11.1 11.1Reduction 0 0 0 0 0 0Step angle 0.001° 0.001° 0.001° 0.001° 0.001° 0.001°Angular accuracy 40" 20" 20" 15" 15" 15"Repeatability ± 2“ ± 2“ ± 2“ ± 4“ ± 4“ ± 4“Max. load capacity (vertical) lb 221 331 331 551 772 1,102Max. load capacity (horizontal) lb 110 165 165 221 331 441Max. turning diameter in 5 6.7 8.3 10 12.6 15.7Weight with motor lb 55 84 95 194 357 578Without servo drivePart No. 125 765 125 770 125 775 125 780 125 785 125 790Price $For Fanuc ControlPart No. 125 766 125 771 125 776 125 781 125 786 125 791Price $For Siemens ControlPart No. 125 767 125 772 125 777 125 782 125 787 125 792Price $For GPlus ControlPart No. 125 768 125 773 125 778 125 783 125 788 125 793Price $

Suitable for vertical and horizontal use Manual tailstock included in standard equipment

Manual chuckMax. part diameter in 5 6 7 8 10 12Part No. 125 769 125 774 125 779 125 784 125 789 125 794Price $

starting at

CNC Divider for Universal Use on CNC Milling and Engraving Machines

• X.div Dividers have been customized for optimum use on KNUTH CNC Milling and Engraving Machines• X.div Dividers for Fanuc, Siemens and GPlus controls - Complete package including motor and axis module for KNUTH Machines• X.div Dividers without drive unit provide an optimum basis for equipping or retrofitting a wide variety of machines

248

RTH

Rotary Table

Accuracy (max. deviation)

Face concentricity of work table

setup surface 12 : 0.0006”

Work table concentricity 0.0006”

Parallelism of setup table

to base plane 12 : 0.0008”

Taper bore concentricity 0.0004”

Parallelism of bore axis to

vertical setup surface 0.0012”

Parallelism of bore axis to groove

in the vertical setup surface 0.0008”

Parallelism between vertical setup

surface and connecting axis taper

center-tailstock center 0.0008”

Parallelism between groove in the

vertical setup surface and the

connecting axis between centers 0.0008”

Division accuracy 45”

Type D H A B C E F MT d Ratio Weight Setup Part no. Price $RT 100 4.25” 3” 4.5” 5.7” 3.25” 0.4” 0.4” 2 1” 1:90 16 lbs hor. + vert. 125 800 RT 160 6.25” 3.25” 7.7” 9.5” 5” 0.4” 0.5” 2 1” 1:90 57 lbs horizontal 125 830 RT 200 7.75” 4” 9.25” 11” 6” 0.5” 0.5” 3 1.2” 1:90 68 lbs hor. + vert. 125 835 RT 250 9.75” 4.25” 11.25” 13” 6.5” 0.5” 0.5” 3 1.2” 1:90 97 lbs hor. + vert. 125 840 RT 320 12.5” 4.7” 14” 16” 8.25” 0.5” 0.7” 4 1.5” 1:90 165 lbs hor. + vert. 125 845

• Type RT 250 and RT 320 with 6 radial setup T-slots

• Very low profile• Guide slot in the vertical base plane• Except for RT 160, all RTs can be used

vertically

• Index FeatureRT 160 - 320

• For direct and indirect division• From 2 to 66: all divisions from 68 to

132: those divisable by 2, 3 and 5 can be performed

Part no. 125 805 Price $ RT 100Part no. 125 802 Price $ Tailstock for RT 100Part no. 125 801 Price $ Tailstock for RT 200 and RT 250Part no. 125 820 Price $ Tailstock for RT 320Part no. 125 825 Price $ • Design features as described under

RTS• Type RT 100 with 3 radial setup T-slots • Type RT 160 and RT 200 with 4 radial

setup T-slots (0.5”)

starting at

249

RTSH

Accuracy RTS 250 RTS 320Face concentricity ofwork table setupsurface < = 0.0008”Concentricity of setuptable < = 0.0008”Parallelism of setupto base surface < = 0.0008”Concentricity of setuptable taperbore < = 0.0004”Parallelism of tablesetup to crossgroove < = 0.0008”<=0.0008”Division accuracy 45”

• Completely enclosed design, prevents contamination from dirt and chips

• Setup table rotates on a large, ring-shaped, oil-bath lubricated, guideway

• The very effective clamp pulls the setup table down straight, without any change of position or radial pressure, and presses it against the guideway

• For quick manual turning, the worm can be disengaged from the worm gear by pushing down the hand-lever

• The zero-backlash of worm and worm gear is adjustable

• Setup table with 360° scale• The high precision worm gear is almost

as large as the rotary table

INDEX Feature• for direct and indirect division• from 2 to 66, all divisions from 68 to

132 dividable by 2, 3 a. 5 can be performedPart no. 125 805Price $

Type D H H1 B L F E d MT Ratio Weight Part no. Price $

RTS 250 10” 8” 5.5” 10.5” 12.25” 0.6” 0.5” 1.2” Nr.3 1:90 175 lbs 125 810

RTS 320 12.5” 10” 6.75” 13” 15” 0.7” 0.6” 1.5” Nr.4 1:90 295 lbs 125 815

• Hardened, ground, and oil-bath lubricated worm

• Worm gear ratio 90:1• Handwheel scale gradation 10”• Handwheel can be replaced with

indexing plate

Swivelable Rotary Table

starting at

To

ols

an

d A

cc

es

so

rie

s

250

GxGxGxGGGG

H

... and suddenly your old machine tool is exact again!

Miniature Precision Scales(incl. metal enclosure)Meas. length 1) Part No. Price $4” 111 501 6” 111 502 8” 111 503 10” 111 504 12” 111 505 14” 111 506 16” 111 507 18” 111 508 20” 111 509 21.5” 111 510 23.5” 111 511 25.5” 111 512 27.5” 111 513 29.5” 111 514 31.5” 111 515 33.5” 111 516 35” 111 517 37” 111 518 39” 111 519 43” 111 521 47” 111 523 51” 111 525 55” 111 527 59” 111 529 63” 111 531 67” 111 533 71” 111 535 75” 111 537 79” 111 539 118” 111 559 1) minimum length = max. mechan. traversehigher gauge length upon request

Position Indicators - a Must for any Machine Tool

As new addition or for retrofitting machine tools like milling machi-nes and lathes, including measuring machines

3-Axis Position Indicator X.pos 3

• More accuracy• Lower error rate• Increased manufacturing safety• Significant time savings• Increased productivity• Easy to read display• Operator-specific features• Convenient keyboard layout• Resolution: 0.0004 / 0.0002”• Default coordinates• Axis position is maintained

when display is turned off• Hole circle pattern calculation• Pocket calculator feature• Storage for 10 tools

• Radius / diameter toggle• mm/inch conversion• Easy expansion and maintenance-

free operation• Display for top (Z0) and bedway slide

(Z1) both separate and in differential / cumulative modefor lathes


251

GxGxGxGGGG

H

X.pos Plus

For new installations or for retrofitting existing milling machines, drill presses, grinders or even measuring machines • High-resolution display with excellent legibility• State-of-the art electronics and a very robust, completely

sealed enclosure ensure maximum safety and optimum production conditions

• A major focus during the development and selection of electronic components was the achievement of maximum resistance against external interferences and maintaining low temperature levels

• Background colors of the display can be changed as required or desired

• The keyboard membrane is highly durable and yet very comfortable to touch

• When using for lathes, the values for top slide (Z0) and

bed slide (Z1) can be displayed either individually or as differentiation/summation circuit for lathes

• The display also provides a key to toggle between radius and diameter

• The axis position is maintained when the display is turned off• Graphical support with residual path display and sketch

drawing• Linear and non-linear length correction is possible• Easy mounting, easy electric connection, and maintenance-

free operationPart No. 123 455 Price $

3-Axis Position Indicator

• Default coordinates• Calculation of hole circle

pattern• Radius and tool length

correction• Vibration filter feature• mm/inch conversion• 8 display languages• Pocket calculator function

Fully compatible with older X.pos scales - Upgrade now!

X.pos Plus - You will gain productivity, quality and comfort

Bea

mC

ente

r

KNUTH Machine Tools USA, Inc. • 590 Bond Street • Lincolnshire, Illinois • Tel +1-847-415-3333 • Fax +1-847-415-2402

Th

e C

om

ple

te C

hai

n o

f P

rod

uct

ion

T

he

Max

imu

m in

Ste

el M

ach

inin

g

CN

C P

rod

uct

ion

Cen

ter

for

Bea

m C

on

stru

ctio

n

Re

ad

y f

oR

a d

em

o

at

ou

r h

ea

dq

ua

rte

rs

in W

as

be

k,

Ge

rma

ny

dR

illi

nG

m

aR

kin

G

Sa

Win

GC

om

ple

te

ma

Ch

inin

G

Sim

ult

an

eo

uS

3-

Sid

ed

ma

Ch

inin

G

47 x

31.

5 in

Th

e M

axim

um

in S

awin

g

• M

iter

cuts

+60

° / -

45°

• In

tegr

ated

chi

p co

nvey

or•

Hyd

raul

ic w

orkp

iece

cla

mpi

ng

Rel

iabl

e &

acc

urat

eT

he

Max

imu

m in

Mar

kin

g

• E

mbo

ssin

g he

ad m

oves

, m

ater

ial r

emai

ns fi

xed

• In

divi

dual

ly r

epla

ceab

le

em

boss

ing

stam

ps

• P

ower

ful h

ydra

ulic

s

yste

m

fast

& S

trea

mlin

edT

he

Max

imu

m in

Dri

llin

g

• S

imul

tane

ous

3-ax

is m

achi

ning

• 4-

stat

ion

tool

cha

nger

for

each

spi

ndle

• H

oriz

onta

l and

ver

tical

hyd

raul

ic

cla

mpi

ng

ext

enda

ble

up t

o 66

fee

tT

he

Max

imu

m in

Po

siti

on

ing

• F

eed

and

disc

harg

e un

it w

. mat

eria

l pos

ition

ing

• In

depe

nden

tly g

uide

d po

sitio

ning

uni

t with

h

ydra

ulic

grip

per

Documents

Catalogo Knuth